tDOM

*.vc

*/win/Debug*
*/win/Release*
*/win/version*.vc
*/win/nmakehlp.exe
*/win/nmakehlp.obj
*/win/nmakehlp.out
*/win/_junk.pch

on

2016-10-01 Rolf Ade  <[email protected]>

        Updated to expat 2.2.0.

2015-09-11 Rolf Ade  <[email protected]>

        Added options -xmlDeclaration and -encString to the asXML
................................................................................
        Added option -feedbackcmd to the dom parse method. This option
        allows to specify a script, which will be called as feedback
        command. For backward compatibility, if no -feedbackcmd is
        given, but there is a tcl proc named ::dom::domParseFeedback
        then this proc is used as -feedbackcmd. If there isn't such a
        proc and -feedbackAfter is used, it is an error to not also
        use -feedbackcmd. A return -code break from the -feedbackcmd
        causes the parser to almost immediatly abort parsing and let
        the [dom parse] call return the empty string (instead of a
        document) without raising error. 

        For expat parser objects: If a handler script returns -code
        return, then parsing is aborted, but no error is raised.

2013-12-04 Rolf Ade <[email protected]>

2018-10-12  Rolf Ade  <[email protected]>

        Updated to expat 2.2.6.

2018-08-08  Rolf Ade  <[email protected]>

        Changed the license to MPL 2.0.

--- Release 0.9.1, 24. Jul. 2018 --- 

2018-07-16  Rolf Ade  <[email protected]>

        The package name is tDOM, but it always has been requested by
        [package require tdom] and now the scripted helper commands in
        tdom.tcl are also in the namespace tdom (not anymore in tDOM).
        The new pullparser command is now also in this namespace.
        There are aliases from the old command names to the new one,
        so there must be nothing done; old scripts will run as they
        did. It's just, that you in new code don't have to write
        serveral upcase letters in a row because of tDOM.

2018-07-14  Rolf Ade  <[email protected]>

        Updated to expat 2.2.5. Expat now want to use a "good" entropy
        source to salt internal hash table (to reduce the possibility
        of DoS attacts with malicious XML input). Configure tries to
        figure out automatically the most appropriate entropy source
        on your platform. The new configure switch --with-entropy
        gives control over that. The configure switch
        --without-entropy disables all this; expat (and in turn tDOM)
        will use what was used in earlier expat versions.

2018-07-12  Rolf Ade  <[email protected]>

        Updated TEA.

2018-05-17  Rolf Ade  <[email protected]>

        Added new method attributeNames to domNode (cmds).

2018-05-10  Rolf Ade  <[email protected]>

        Added new methods line and column to most pull parser states.

2018-05-04  Rolf Ade  <[email protected]>

        More fine grain control about serialization details: new asXML
        options -nogtescape and -noEmptyElementTag.

2018-04-24  Rolf Ade  <[email protected]>

        Fixed a potentially dramatic speed problem in case of certain
        classes of XPath expressions if a threads enabled tDOM is
        used, the result set is large and the DOM tree to query was
        altered somewhere before the query by an operation, which
        appended, inserted or replaced a node.

2018-03-09  Rolf Ade  <[email protected]>

        Added command tDOM::pullparser, with creates simple XML "pull"
        parser commands. This commands parse XML input and stop at
        certain points ("events"). You continue parsing at your will.

2018-03-06  Rolf Ade  <[email protected]>

        Fixed a potentially dramatic speed problem, if the expat
        parser is used w/ "Welch dispatch" with any 8.6 version. The
        core changed behaviour, we had to adapt.

        Added method "delete" to the [expat] push parser (as an alias
        to the still there "free").

2018-02-14  Rolf Ade  <[email protected]>

        Added [dom featureinfo versionhash], which returns the fossil
        repository version hash of the sources build from.
        
2018-02-03  Rolf Ade  <[email protected]>

        In a bunch of spell fixes a few changes (partly even marginal,
        e.g. during configuration) in error messages for uniformly
        usage of names.

2017-11-07  Rolf Ade  <[email protected]>

        New flag -keepCDATA for [dom parse ...].

--- Release 0.9.0, 24. Aug. 2017 --- 

2017-08-21 Ashok Nadkarni

        Windows build system (VC and mingw) modernised.

2017-08-17 Rolf Ade  <[email protected]>

        New feature "creating real FQ nodes with *fromScript methods",
        by adding option -namespace to [dom createNodeCmd].

2017-08-14 Rolf Ade  <[email protected]>

        Updated TEA.

2017-07-29 Rolf Ade  <[email protected]>

        Removed hacky check on [load] time if the tclsh and tDOM are
        build with incompatible TCL_UTF_MAX (because it did not work
        anymore with recent tcl because of changes in core).

2017-07-28 Rolf Ade  <[email protected]>

        Added JSON support. New -json option to [dom parse]. New doc
        method asJSON. New node method jsonType. New option -jsonType
        of [dom createNodeCmd]. New option -tagName of [dom
        createNodeCmd]. New option -jsonType to dom method
        createDocumentNode.

2017-04-06 Rolf Ade  <[email protected]>

        Added HTM5 parser (new -html5 option to [dom parse]). Requires
        gumbo lib and must be enabled at configure time.
        
2016-10-01 Rolf Ade  <[email protected]>

        Updated to expat 2.2.0.

2015-09-11 Rolf Ade  <[email protected]>

        Added options -xmlDeclaration and -encString to the asXML
................................................................................
        Added option -feedbackcmd to the dom parse method. This option
        allows to specify a script, which will be called as feedback
        command. For backward compatibility, if no -feedbackcmd is
        given, but there is a tcl proc named ::dom::domParseFeedback
        then this proc is used as -feedbackcmd. If there isn't such a
        proc and -feedbackAfter is used, it is an error to not also
        use -feedbackcmd. A return -code break from the -feedbackcmd
        causes the parser to almost immediately abort parsing and let
        the [dom parse] call return the empty string (instead of a
        document) without raising error. 

        For expat parser objects: If a handler script returns -code
        return, then parsing is aborted, but no error is raised.

2013-12-04 Rolf Ade <[email protected]>

NOTICE: This file isn't kept up to date anymore. Look at the timeline
of the leading fossil repository
(https://46.163.78.80/cgi-bin/repros/tdom/timeline) or at the backup
repository at https://core.tcl.tk/tdom/timeline for detailed lists of
code changes.

User interface changes/enhancements and other important changes will
still be documented in the CHANGES file.

2012-05-17  Rolf Ade  <[email protected]>
................................................................................
2005-01-11  Rolf Ade  <[email protected]>

        * doc/domDoc.*
        * doc/domNode.*: Added documentation for the -cache option of
          the selectNodes method.

        * lib/tdom.tcl: Scripted xpath function element-available:
          moved xsl:output to the avaliable elements, since it's in
          fact avaliable in the meantime (with exception of the
          'version' and 'cdata-section-elements' attributes) - the
          output options can be queried from the result doc, but it's
          the responsibility of the application, to serialize the tree
          according to that settings.

2005-01-10  Rolf Ade  <[email protected]>

................................................................................
        * doc/domNode.*
        * generic/tcldom.c: Improved speed of the getAttribute
          shortcut '@attname' (and, not so notable, of tcl coded
          methods of the dom, domDoc and domNode cmds). Corrected typo
          in domNode usage msg for getElementByID. Improved error msg
          for getAttribute, if attribute is not found. Changed
          behavior of getElementByID: if no element with the given id
          is found, returns now the emtpy string, not a TCL_ERROR
          (closer to DOM rec, getElementByID never raise an
          exception). Bug fix: nodeName now returns the per DOM rec
          correct values for comment and cdata section nodes (were as
          yet reported as if they where text nodes).

        * tests/entity.test  
        * generic/tclexpat.c: Better error msg in case of 'filename'
................................................................................

2003-10-16  Zoran Vasiljevic  <[email protected]>

	* generic/tcldom.c: added "dom detachDocument" command
	  to match the already present "dom attachDocument".
	  This is used only for threaded tdom builds.

	* generic/domlock.c: changed lock caching to accomodate for
	  situation with huge number of created documnents
	
	  Also, added new "domDoc" command as a first-class tdom citizen,
	  analogous to the already existing "domNode". It operates on the
	  document token.

	  Attempt has been made to start to follow Tcl-style-guide
................................................................................
          overwriting named templates without match attribute with an
          other named template). Improved error reports: for more
          detected errors there is now a line/column number
          given. Plenty of improvements in detecting erroneous
          stylesheets: more checks for format-number formatting
          patters (although especically format-number patterns are
          still a can of worms), added parameter number check for
          additional XPath function current(), template, paramter,
          variable, sort, choose, copy, and message elements.

2003-03-26  Rolf Ade  <[email protected]>
        
        * generic/domxslt.c: Fixed some memory problems, mostly in
          case of erroneous stylesheets.

................................................................................

        * lib/tdom.tcl
          generic/dom.c: Improved ::tDOM::xml(Read|Open)File. Now
          handles also utf-16 files with BOM right.

        * generic/domxslt.c: Made some functions static. Removed a
          TODO note, which already was done. Improved some error msgs
          (now with line/column info, if avaliable). Bug fix:
          xsltXPathFuncs must return -1 to signal error, because if
          the source of the function call was inside of domxslt.c the
          result code (rc) check rule is rc < 0. Fixed text in a
          xsl:attribute error msg. Fixed memory leak in error case in
          ExecAction, case forEach. Added a missing result code check
          in ExecAction, case procinstr. Bug fix: Even literal result
          element subtrees are relevant for xslt variable scope
................................................................................
2002-12-20  Zoran Vasiljevic  ([email protected])

	* generic/tcldom.c
	* generic/dom.c
	* generic/domxpath.c
	* generic/domalloc.c
	* generic/domhtml.c
	* generic/docxpath.c: added DBG macro arround some fprintf's

2002-11-28  Rolf Ade  <[email protected]>

        * generic/domxslt.c: Reuse already parsed trees only if it is
          requested again for the same matter (as stylesheet or as
          source dir), otherwise create a new tree, because of the
          different white space stripping rules for stylesheets and
................................................................................
        * lib/tdom.tcl: tDOM::xmlOpenFile fix for files < 4 Byte size.    
        
        * generic/domxpath.c
        * generic/domxpath.h: Fixed ridiculously long runtime of
          certain // expr on certain documents. During analysis and
          testing, it turned out, that it would have been an even
          simpler approach, to simply expand the abbreviation // in
          the according productions. Though, the choosen implentation
          seems often to be (slightly) faster and is a start to
          collect experiences with early predicate evaluation.

2002-11-02  Zoran Vasiljevic  <[email protected]>

	* lib/tdomhtml.tcl: removed in favour of new tdom extension

NOTICE: This file isn't kept up to date anymore. Look at the timeline
of the leading fossil repository (http://tdom.org) or at the backup

repository at https://core.tcl.tk/tdom/timeline for detailed lists of
code changes.

User interface changes/enhancements and other important changes will
still be documented in the CHANGES file.

2012-05-17  Rolf Ade  <[email protected]>
................................................................................
2005-01-11  Rolf Ade  <[email protected]>

        * doc/domDoc.*
        * doc/domNode.*: Added documentation for the -cache option of
          the selectNodes method.

        * lib/tdom.tcl: Scripted xpath function element-available:
          moved xsl:output to the available elements, since it's in
          fact available in the meantime (with exception of the
          'version' and 'cdata-section-elements' attributes) - the
          output options can be queried from the result doc, but it's
          the responsibility of the application, to serialize the tree
          according to that settings.

2005-01-10  Rolf Ade  <[email protected]>

................................................................................
        * doc/domNode.*
        * generic/tcldom.c: Improved speed of the getAttribute
          shortcut '@attname' (and, not so notable, of tcl coded
          methods of the dom, domDoc and domNode cmds). Corrected typo
          in domNode usage msg for getElementByID. Improved error msg
          for getAttribute, if attribute is not found. Changed
          behavior of getElementByID: if no element with the given id
          is found, returns now the empty string, not a TCL_ERROR
          (closer to DOM rec, getElementByID never raise an
          exception). Bug fix: nodeName now returns the per DOM rec
          correct values for comment and cdata section nodes (were as
          yet reported as if they where text nodes).

        * tests/entity.test  
        * generic/tclexpat.c: Better error msg in case of 'filename'
................................................................................

2003-10-16  Zoran Vasiljevic  <[email protected]>

	* generic/tcldom.c: added "dom detachDocument" command
	  to match the already present "dom attachDocument".
	  This is used only for threaded tdom builds.

	* generic/domlock.c: changed lock caching to accommodate for
	  situation with huge number of created documnents
	
	  Also, added new "domDoc" command as a first-class tdom citizen,
	  analogous to the already existing "domNode". It operates on the
	  document token.

	  Attempt has been made to start to follow Tcl-style-guide
................................................................................
          overwriting named templates without match attribute with an
          other named template). Improved error reports: for more
          detected errors there is now a line/column number
          given. Plenty of improvements in detecting erroneous
          stylesheets: more checks for format-number formatting
          patters (although especically format-number patterns are
          still a can of worms), added parameter number check for
          additional XPath function current(), template, parameter,
          variable, sort, choose, copy, and message elements.

2003-03-26  Rolf Ade  <[email protected]>
        
        * generic/domxslt.c: Fixed some memory problems, mostly in
          case of erroneous stylesheets.

................................................................................

        * lib/tdom.tcl
          generic/dom.c: Improved ::tDOM::xml(Read|Open)File. Now
          handles also utf-16 files with BOM right.

        * generic/domxslt.c: Made some functions static. Removed a
          TODO note, which already was done. Improved some error msgs
          (now with line/column info, if available). Bug fix:
          xsltXPathFuncs must return -1 to signal error, because if
          the source of the function call was inside of domxslt.c the
          result code (rc) check rule is rc < 0. Fixed text in a
          xsl:attribute error msg. Fixed memory leak in error case in
          ExecAction, case forEach. Added a missing result code check
          in ExecAction, case procinstr. Bug fix: Even literal result
          element subtrees are relevant for xslt variable scope
................................................................................
2002-12-20  Zoran Vasiljevic  ([email protected])

	* generic/tcldom.c
	* generic/dom.c
	* generic/domxpath.c
	* generic/domalloc.c
	* generic/domhtml.c
	* generic/docxpath.c: added DBG macro around some fprintf's

2002-11-28  Rolf Ade  <[email protected]>

        * generic/domxslt.c: Reuse already parsed trees only if it is
          requested again for the same matter (as stylesheet or as
          source dir), otherwise create a new tree, because of the
          different white space stripping rules for stylesheets and
................................................................................
        * lib/tdom.tcl: tDOM::xmlOpenFile fix for files < 4 Byte size.    
        
        * generic/domxpath.c
        * generic/domxpath.h: Fixed ridiculously long runtime of
          certain // expr on certain documents. During analysis and
          testing, it turned out, that it would have been an even
          simpler approach, to simply expand the abbreviation // in
          the according productions. Though, the chosen implementation
          seems often to be (slightly) faster and is a start to
          collect experiences with early predicate evaluation.

2002-11-02  Zoran Vasiljevic  <[email protected]>

	* lib/tdomhtml.tcl: removed in favour of new tdom extension

The tDOM specific source files come with the Mozilla Public License 
Version 1.1.
If you want to distribute/use tDOM under a different license please 
feel free to contact the author ([email protected]).


For Expat XML parser package license look into the directory expat.

The tDOM specific source files come with the Mozilla Public License 
Version 2.0.




For Expat XML parser package license look into the directory expat.

<!DOCTYPE html>
<html>
<head>
  <meta charset="utf-8" />
  <meta name="generator" content="pandoc" />
  <title>Mozilla Public License, version 2.0</title>
  <!--[if lt IE 9]>
    <script src="/media/js/libs/html5shiv.42594ff91377.js"></script>
  <![endif]-->

  
    <link href="/media/css/BUNDLES/mpl-2-0.e529fc4408b6.css" rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" />
  
</head>
<body>
<h1 id="mozilla-public-license-version-2.0">Mozilla Public License<br>Version 2.0</h1>
<h2 id="definitions">1. Definitions</h2>
<dl>
<dt>1.1. “Contributor”</dt>
<dd><p>means each individual or legal entity that creates, contributes to the creation of, or owns Covered Software.</p>
</dd>
<dt>1.2. “Contributor Version”</dt>
<dd><p>means the combination of the Contributions of others (if any) used by a Contributor and that particular Contributor’s Contribution.</p>
</dd>
<dt>1.3. “Contribution”</dt>
<dd><p>means Covered Software of a particular Contributor.</p>
</dd>
<dt>1.4. “Covered Software”</dt>
<dd><p>means Source Code Form to which the initial Contributor has attached the notice in Exhibit A, the Executable Form of such Source Code Form, and Modifications of such Source Code Form, in each case including portions thereof.</p>
</dd>
<dt>1.5. “Incompatible With Secondary Licenses”</dt>
<dd><p>means</p>
<ol type="a">
<li><p>that the initial Contributor has attached the notice described in Exhibit B to the Covered Software; or</p></li>
<li><p>that the Covered Software was made available under the terms of version 1.1 or earlier of the License, but not also under the terms of a Secondary License.</p></li>
</ol>
</dd>
<dt>1.6. “Executable Form”</dt>
<dd><p>means any form of the work other than Source Code Form.</p>
</dd>
<dt>1.7. “Larger Work”</dt>
<dd><p>means a work that combines Covered Software with other material, in a separate file or files, that is not Covered Software.</p>
</dd>
<dt>1.8. “License”</dt>
<dd><p>means this document.</p>
</dd>
<dt>1.9. “Licensable”</dt>
<dd><p>means having the right to grant, to the maximum extent possible, whether at the time of the initial grant or subsequently, any and all of the rights conveyed by this License.</p>
</dd>
<dt>1.10. “Modifications”</dt>
<dd><p>means any of the following:</p>
<ol type="a">
<li><p>any file in Source Code Form that results from an addition to, deletion from, or modification of the contents of Covered Software; or</p></li>
<li><p>any new file in Source Code Form that contains any Covered Software.</p></li>
</ol>
</dd>
<dt>1.11. “Patent Claims” of a Contributor</dt>
<dd><p>means any patent claim(s), including without limitation, method, process, and apparatus claims, in any patent Licensable by such Contributor that would be infringed, but for the grant of the License, by the making, using, selling, offering for sale, having made, import, or transfer of either its Contributions or its Contributor Version.</p>
</dd>
<dt>1.12. “Secondary License”</dt>
<dd><p>means either the GNU General Public License, Version 2.0, the GNU Lesser General Public License, Version 2.1, the GNU Affero General Public License, Version 3.0, or any later versions of those licenses.</p>
</dd>
<dt>1.13. “Source Code Form”</dt>
<dd><p>means the form of the work preferred for making modifications.</p>
</dd>
<dt>1.14. “You” (or “Your”)</dt>
<dd><p>means an individual or a legal entity exercising rights under this License. For legal entities, “You” includes any entity that controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with You. For purposes of this definition, “control” means (a) the power, direct or indirect, to cause the direction or management of such entity, whether by contract or otherwise, or (b) ownership of more than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding shares or beneficial ownership of such entity.</p>
</dd>
</dl>
<h2 id="license-grants-and-conditions">2. License Grants and Conditions</h2>
<h3 id="grants">2.1. Grants</h3>
<p>Each Contributor hereby grants You a world-wide, royalty-free, non-exclusive license:</p>
<ol type="a">
<li><p>under intellectual property rights (other than patent or trademark) Licensable by such Contributor to use, reproduce, make available, modify, display, perform, distribute, and otherwise exploit its Contributions, either on an unmodified basis, with Modifications, or as part of a Larger Work; and</p></li>
<li><p>under Patent Claims of such Contributor to make, use, sell, offer for sale, have made, import, and otherwise transfer either its Contributions or its Contributor Version.</p></li>
</ol>
<h3 id="effective-date">2.2. Effective Date</h3>
<p>The licenses granted in Section&nbsp;2.1 with respect to any Contribution become effective for each Contribution on the date the Contributor first distributes such Contribution.</p>
<h3 id="limitations-on-grant-scope">2.3. Limitations on Grant Scope</h3>
<p>The licenses granted in this Section&nbsp;2 are the only rights granted under this License. No additional rights or licenses will be implied from the distribution or licensing of Covered Software under this License. Notwithstanding Section&nbsp;2.1(b) above, no patent license is granted by a Contributor:</p>
<ol type="a">
<li><p>for any code that a Contributor has removed from Covered Software; or</p></li>
<li><p>for infringements caused by: (i) Your and any other third party’s modifications of Covered Software, or (ii) the combination of its Contributions with other software (except as part of its Contributor Version); or</p></li>
<li><p>under Patent Claims infringed by Covered Software in the absence of its Contributions.</p></li>
</ol>
<p>This License does not grant any rights in the trademarks, service marks, or logos of any Contributor (except as may be necessary to comply with the notice requirements in Section&nbsp;3.4).</p>
<h3 id="subsequent-licenses">2.4. Subsequent Licenses</h3>
<p>No Contributor makes additional grants as a result of Your choice to distribute the Covered Software under a subsequent version of this License (see Section&nbsp;10.2) or under the terms of a Secondary License (if permitted under the terms of Section&nbsp;3.3).</p>
<h3 id="representation">2.5. Representation</h3>
<p>Each Contributor represents that the Contributor believes its Contributions are its original creation(s) or it has sufficient rights to grant the rights to its Contributions conveyed by this License.</p>
<h3 id="fair-use">2.6. Fair Use</h3>
<p>This License is not intended to limit any rights You have under applicable copyright doctrines of fair use, fair dealing, or other equivalents.</p>
<h3 id="conditions">2.7. Conditions</h3>
<p>Sections 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, and 3.4 are conditions of the licenses granted in Section&nbsp;2.1.</p>
<h2 id="responsibilities">3. Responsibilities</h2>
<h3 id="distribution-of-source-form">3.1. Distribution of Source Form</h3>
<p>All distribution of Covered Software in Source Code Form, including any Modifications that You create or to which You contribute, must be under the terms of this License. You must inform recipients that the Source Code Form of the Covered Software is governed by the terms of this License, and how they can obtain a copy of this License. You may not attempt to alter or restrict the recipients’ rights in the Source Code Form.</p>
<h3 id="distribution-of-executable-form">3.2. Distribution of Executable Form</h3>
<p>If You distribute Covered Software in Executable Form then:</p>
<ol type="a">
<li><p>such Covered Software must also be made available in Source Code Form, as described in Section&nbsp;3.1, and You must inform recipients of the Executable Form how they can obtain a copy of such Source Code Form by reasonable means in a timely manner, at a charge no more than the cost of distribution to the recipient; and</p></li>
<li><p>You may distribute such Executable Form under the terms of this License, or sublicense it under different terms, provided that the license for the Executable Form does not attempt to limit or alter the recipients’ rights in the Source Code Form under this License.</p></li>
</ol>
<h3 id="distribution-of-a-larger-work">3.3. Distribution of a Larger Work</h3>
<p>You may create and distribute a Larger Work under terms of Your choice, provided that You also comply with the requirements of this License for the Covered Software. If the Larger Work is a combination of Covered Software with a work governed by one or more Secondary Licenses, and the Covered Software is not Incompatible With Secondary Licenses, this License permits You to additionally distribute such Covered Software under the terms of such Secondary License(s), so that the recipient of the Larger Work may, at their option, further distribute the Covered Software under the terms of either this License or such Secondary License(s).</p>
<h3 id="notices">3.4. Notices</h3>
<p>You may not remove or alter the substance of any license notices (including copyright notices, patent notices, disclaimers of warranty, or limitations of liability) contained within the Source Code Form of the Covered Software, except that You may alter any license notices to the extent required to remedy known factual inaccuracies.</p>
<h3 id="application-of-additional-terms">3.5. Application of Additional Terms</h3>
<p>You may choose to offer, and to charge a fee for, warranty, support, indemnity or liability obligations to one or more recipients of Covered Software. However, You may do so only on Your own behalf, and not on behalf of any Contributor. You must make it absolutely clear that any such warranty, support, indemnity, or liability obligation is offered by You alone, and You hereby agree to indemnify every Contributor for any liability incurred by such Contributor as a result of warranty, support, indemnity or liability terms You offer. You may include additional disclaimers of warranty and limitations of liability specific to any jurisdiction.</p>
<h2 id="inability-to-comply-due-to-statute-or-regulation">4. Inability to Comply Due to Statute or Regulation</h2>
<p>If it is impossible for You to comply with any of the terms of this License with respect to some or all of the Covered Software due to statute, judicial order, or regulation then You must: (a) comply with the terms of this License to the maximum extent possible; and (b) describe the limitations and the code they affect. Such description must be placed in a text file included with all distributions of the Covered Software under this License. Except to the extent prohibited by statute or regulation, such description must be sufficiently detailed for a recipient of ordinary skill to be able to understand it.</p>
<h2 id="termination">5. Termination</h2>
<p>5.1. The rights granted under this License will terminate automatically if You fail to comply with any of its terms. However, if You become compliant, then the rights granted under this License from a particular Contributor are reinstated (a) provisionally, unless and until such Contributor explicitly and finally terminates Your grants, and (b) on an ongoing basis, if such Contributor fails to notify You of the non-compliance by some reasonable means prior to 60 days after You have come back into compliance. Moreover, Your grants from a particular Contributor are reinstated on an ongoing basis if such Contributor notifies You of the non-compliance by some reasonable means, this is the first time You have received notice of non-compliance with this License from such Contributor, and You become compliant prior to 30 days after Your receipt of the notice.</p>
<p>5.2. If You initiate litigation against any entity by asserting a patent infringement claim (excluding declaratory judgment actions, counter-claims, and cross-claims) alleging that a Contributor Version directly or indirectly infringes any patent, then the rights granted to You by any and all Contributors for the Covered Software under Section&nbsp;2.1 of this License shall terminate.</p>
<p>5.3. In the event of termination under Sections&nbsp;5.1 or 5.2 above, all end user license agreements (excluding distributors and resellers) which have been validly granted by You or Your distributors under this License prior to termination shall survive termination.</p>
<h2 id="disclaimer-of-warranty">6. Disclaimer of Warranty</h2>
<p><em>Covered Software is provided under this License on an “as is” basis, without warranty of any kind, either expressed, implied, or statutory, including, without limitation, warranties that the Covered Software is free of defects, merchantable, fit for a particular purpose or non-infringing. The entire risk as to the quality and performance of the Covered Software is with You. Should any Covered Software prove defective in any respect, You (not any Contributor) assume the cost of any necessary servicing, repair, or correction. This disclaimer of warranty constitutes an essential part of this License. No use of any Covered Software is authorized under this License except under this disclaimer.</em></p>
<h2 id="limitation-of-liability">7. Limitation of Liability</h2>
<p><em>Under no circumstances and under no legal theory, whether tort (including negligence), contract, or otherwise, shall any Contributor, or anyone who distributes Covered Software as permitted above, be liable to You for any direct, indirect, special, incidental, or consequential damages of any character including, without limitation, damages for lost profits, loss of goodwill, work stoppage, computer failure or malfunction, or any and all other commercial damages or losses, even if such party shall have been informed of the possibility of such damages. This limitation of liability shall not apply to liability for death or personal injury resulting from such party’s negligence to the extent applicable law prohibits such limitation. Some jurisdictions do not allow the exclusion or limitation of incidental or consequential damages, so this exclusion and limitation may not apply to You.</em></p>
<h2 id="litigation">8. Litigation</h2>
<p>Any litigation relating to this License may be brought only in the courts of a jurisdiction where the defendant maintains its principal place of business and such litigation shall be governed by laws of that jurisdiction, without reference to its conflict-of-law provisions. Nothing in this Section shall prevent a party’s ability to bring cross-claims or counter-claims.</p>
<h2 id="miscellaneous">9. Miscellaneous</h2>
<p>This License represents the complete agreement concerning the subject matter hereof. If any provision of this License is held to be unenforceable, such provision shall be reformed only to the extent necessary to make it enforceable. Any law or regulation which provides that the language of a contract shall be construed against the drafter shall not be used to construe this License against a Contributor.</p>
<h2 id="versions-of-the-license">10. Versions of the License</h2>
<h3 id="new-versions">10.1. New Versions</h3>
<p>Mozilla Foundation is the license steward. Except as provided in Section&nbsp;10.3, no one other than the license steward has the right to modify or publish new versions of this License. Each version will be given a distinguishing version number.</p>
<h3 id="effect-of-new-versions">10.2. Effect of New Versions</h3>
<p>You may distribute the Covered Software under the terms of the version of the License under which You originally received the Covered Software, or under the terms of any subsequent version published by the license steward.</p>
<h3 id="modified-versions">10.3. Modified Versions</h3>
<p>If you create software not governed by this License, and you want to create a new license for such software, you may create and use a modified version of this License if you rename the license and remove any references to the name of the license steward (except to note that such modified license differs from this License).</p>
<h3 id="distributing-source-code-form-that-is-incompatible-with-secondary-licenses">10.4. Distributing Source Code Form that is Incompatible With Secondary Licenses</h3>
<p>If You choose to distribute Source Code Form that is Incompatible With Secondary Licenses under the terms of this version of the License, the notice described in Exhibit B of this License must be attached.</p>
<h2 id="exhibit-a---source-code-form-license-notice">Exhibit A - Source Code Form License Notice</h2>
<blockquote>
<p>This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this file, You can obtain one at https://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.</p>
</blockquote>
<p>If it is not possible or desirable to put the notice in a particular file, then You may include the notice in a location (such as a LICENSE file in a relevant directory) where a recipient would be likely to look for such a notice.</p>
<p>You may add additional accurate notices of copyright ownership.</p>
<h2 id="exhibit-b---incompatible-with-secondary-licenses-notice">Exhibit B - “Incompatible With Secondary Licenses” Notice</h2>
<blockquote>
<p>This Source Code Form is “Incompatible With Secondary Licenses”, as defined by the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0.</p>
</blockquote>
</body>
</html>

#  Makefile.in --
#
#	This file is a Makefile for the tdom TEA Extension. If it has the name
#	"Makefile.in" then it is a template for a Makefile;  to generate the
#	actual Makefile, run "./configure", which is a configuration script
#	generated by the "autoconf" program (constructs like "@[email protected]" will get
#	replaced in the actual Makefile.
#
................................................................................
DESTDIR		=

PKG_DIR		= $(PACKAGE_NAME)$(PACKAGE_VERSION)
pkgdatadir	= $(datadir)/$(PKG_DIR)
pkglibdir	= $(libdir)/$(PKG_DIR)
pkgincludedir	= $(includedir)/$(PKG_DIR)

top_builddir	= .

INSTALL_OPTIONS =
INSTALL		= $(SHELL) $(srcdir)/tclconfig/install-sh -c ${INSTALL_OPTIONS}
INSTALL_DATA_DIR = ${INSTALL} -d -m 755

INSTALL_PROGRAM	= ${INSTALL} -m 555
INSTALL_DATA	= ${INSTALL} -m 444
INSTALL_SCRIPT	= ${INSTALL_PROGRAM}
INSTALL_LIBRARY	= ${INSTALL_DATA}

PACKAGE_NAME	= @[email protected]
PACKAGE_VERSION	= @[email protected]
CC		= @[email protected]
CFLAGS_DEFAULT	= @[email protected]
CFLAGS_WARNING	= @[email protected]
EXEEXT		= @[email protected]
................................................................................
STLIB_LD	= @[email protected]
#TCL_DEFS	= @[email protected]
TCL_BIN_DIR	= @[email protected]
TCL_SRC_DIR	= @[email protected]
#TK_BIN_DIR	= @[email protected]
#TK_SRC_DIR	= @[email protected]

MATH_LIBS	= @[email protected]

# Not used, but retained for reference of what libs Tcl required
#TCL_LIBS	= @[email protected]

TDOMSHELL_LIBS = @[email protected] @[email protected]

#========================================================================
# TCLLIBPATH seeds the auto_path in Tcl's init.tcl so we can test our
................................................................................
TCLLIBPATH	= $(top_builddir)
TCLSH_ENV	= TCL_LIBRARY=`@[email protected] $(TCL_SRC_DIR)/library`
PKG_ENV		= @[email protected]="$(EXTRA_PATH):$(@[email protected])" \
		  PATH="$(EXTRA_PATH):$(PATH)" \
		  TCLLIBPATH="$(TCLLIBPATH)"

TCLSH_PROG	= @[email protected]
TCLSH		= $(PKG_ENV) $(TCLSH_ENV) $(TCLSH_PROG)

#WISH_ENV	= TK_LIBRARY=`@[email protected] $(TK_SRC_DIR)/library`
#WISH_PROG	= @[email protected]
#WISH		= $(PKG_ENV) $(TCLSH_ENV) $(WISH_ENV) $(WISH_PROG)

SHARED_BUILD	= @[email protected]

INCLUDES	= @[email protected] @[email protected]
#INCLUDES	= @[email protected] @[email protected] @[email protected] @[email protected]

PKG_CFLAGS	= @[email protected]

# TCL_DEFS is not strictly need here, but if you remove it, then you
# must make sure that configure.in checks for the necessary components
# that your library may use.  TCL_DEFS can actually be a problem if
# you do not compile with a similar machine setup as the Tcl core was
# compiled with.
#DEFS		= $(TCL_DEFS) @[email protected] $(PKG_CFLAGS)
DEFS		= @[email protected] $(PKG_CFLAGS)

# Move pkgIndex.tcl to 'BINARIES' var if it is generated in the Makefile
CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES = Makefile pkgIndex.tcl
CLEANFILES	= @[email protected]

CPPFLAGS	= @[email protected]
LIBS		= @[email protected] @[email protected]
AR		= @[email protected]
CFLAGS		= @[email protected]
COMPILE		= $(CC) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS)






.SUFFIXES: .c .$(OBJEXT)

#========================================================================
# Start of user-definable TARGETS section
#========================================================================

#========================================================================
................................................................................

all: binaries libraries doc

#========================================================================
# TDOM enabled shell is build as an extra directive, since non TEA. 
#========================================================================

$(TDOMSHELL): $(PKG_OBJECTS) $(srcdir)/unix/tclAppInit.c
	$(COMPILE) -c `@[email protected] $(srcdir)/unix/tclAppInit.c`
	$(CC) @[email protected] -o [email protected] tclAppInit.$(OBJEXT) $(PKG_OBJECTS) \
	  $(TCL_LIB_SPEC) $(TDOMSHELL_LIBS) $(TDOM_LD_SEARCH_FLAGS)

#========================================================================
# The binaries target builds executable programs, Windows .dll's, unix
# shared/static libraries, and any other platform-dependent files.
# The list of targets to build for "binaries:" is specified at the top
# of the Makefile, in the "BINARIES" variable.
#========================================================================

binaries: $(BINARIES) pkgIndex.tcl-hand

libraries:

#========================================================================
# Your doc target should differentiate from doc builds (by the developer)
# and doc installs (see install-doc), which just install the docs on the
# end user machine when building from source.
................................................................................
	@cp $(srcdir)/lib/tdom.tcl .
	$(TCLSH) `@[email protected] $(srcdir)/tests/all.tcl` $(TESTFLAGS)

shell: binaries libraries
	@$(TCLSH) $(SCRIPT)

gdb:
	$(TCLSH_ENV) gdb $(TCLSH_PROG) $(SCRIPT)

VALGRINDARGS =	--tool=memcheck --num-callers=20 --leak-resolution=high \
		--leak-check=yes --show-reachable=yes -v





valgrind: binaries libraries
	$(TCLSH_ENV) valgrind $(VALGRINDARGS) $(TCLSH_PROG) \

		`@[email protected] $(srcdir)/tests/all.tcl` $(TESTFLAGS)

valgrindshell: binaries libraries
	$(TCLSH_ENV) valgrind $(VALGRINDARGS) $(TCLSH_PROG) $(SCRIPT)


depend:

#========================================================================
# $(PKG_LIB_FILE) should be listed as part of the BINARIES variable
# mentioned above.  That will ensure that this target is built when you
# run "make binaries".
................................................................................
#========================================================================

pkgIndex.tcl-hand:
	@(echo 'package ifneeded $(PACKAGE_NAME) $(PACKAGE_VERSION) \
	"load [list [file join $$dir $(PKG_LIB_FILE)]];\
         source [list [file join $$dir tdom.tcl]]"'\
	) > pkgIndex.tcl



















#========================================================================
# Distribution creation
# You may need to tweak this target to make it work correctly.
#========================================================================

#COMPRESS	= tar cvf $(PKG_DIR).tar $(PKG_DIR); compress $(PKG_DIR).tar
COMPRESS	= tar zcvf $(PKG_DIR).tar.gz $(PKG_DIR)
DIST_ROOT	= /tmp/dist
DIST_DIR	= $(DIST_ROOT)/$(PKG_DIR)





dist-clean:
	rm -rf $(DIST_DIR) $(DIST_ROOT)/$(PKG_DIR).tar.*

dist: dist-clean
	mkdir -p $(DIST_DIR)
	cp -p $(srcdir)/ChangeLog $(srcdir)/README* $(srcdir)/license* \



		$(srcdir)/aclocal.m4 $(srcdir)/configure $(srcdir)/*.in \
		$(DIST_DIR)/
	chmod 664 $(DIST_DIR)/Makefile.in $(DIST_DIR)/aclocal.m4
	chmod 775 $(DIST_DIR)/configure $(DIST_DIR)/configure.in

	for i in $(srcdir)/*.[ch]; do \
	    if [ -f $$i ]; then \
		cp -p $$i $(DIST_DIR)/ ; \
	    fi; \
	done;

	mkdir $(DIST_DIR)/tclconfig

	cp $(srcdir)/tclconfig/install-sh $(srcdir)/tclconfig/tcl.m4 \
		$(DIST_DIR)/tclconfig/














	chmod 664 $(DIST_DIR)/tclconfig/tcl.m4
	chmod +x $(DIST_DIR)/tclconfig/install-sh

	list='demos doc generic library mac tests unix win'; \

	for p in $$list; do \
	    if test -d $(srcdir)/$$p ; then \
		mkdir $(DIST_DIR)/$$p; \
		cp -p $(srcdir)/$$p/*.* $(DIST_DIR)/$$p/; \
	    fi; \
	done








	(cd $(DIST_ROOT); $(COMPRESS);)

#========================================================================
# End of user-definable section
#========================================================================

#========================================================================
# Don't modify the file to clean here.  Instead, set the "CLEANFILES"
# variable in configure.in
#========================================================================

clean:
	-test -z "$(BINARIES)" || rm -f $(BINARIES)
	-rm -f *.$(OBJEXT) core *.core
	-test -z "$(CLEANFILES)" || rm -f $(CLEANFILES)

................................................................................

install-lib-binaries: binaries
	@$(INSTALL_DATA_DIR) $(DESTDIR)$(pkglibdir)
	@list='$(lib_BINARIES)'; for p in $$list; do \
	  if test -f $$p; then \
	    echo " $(INSTALL_LIBRARY) $$p $(DESTDIR)$(pkglibdir)/$$p"; \
	    $(INSTALL_LIBRARY) $$p $(DESTDIR)$(pkglibdir)/$$p; \
	    stub=`echo $$p|sed -e "s/.*\(stub\).*/\1/"`; \
	    if test "x$$stub" = "xstub"; then \
		echo " $(RANLIB_STUB) $(DESTDIR)$(pkglibdir)/$$p"; \
		$(RANLIB_STUB) $(DESTDIR)$(pkglibdir)/$$p; \
	    else \
		echo " $(RANLIB) $(DESTDIR)$(pkglibdir)/$$p"; \
		$(RANLIB) $(DESTDIR)$(pkglibdir)/$$p; \
	    fi; \
	    ext=`echo $$p|sed -e "s/.*\.//"`; \
	    if test "x$$ext" = "xdll"; then \
		lib=`basename $$p|sed -e 's/.[^.]*$$//'`.lib; \
		if test -f $$lib; then \
		    echo " $(INSTALL_DATA) $$lib $(DESTDIR)$(pkglibdir)/$$lib"; \
	            $(INSTALL_DATA) $$lib $(DESTDIR)$(pkglibdir)/$$lib; \
		fi; \
	    fi; \
	  fi; \
	done


	@list='$(PKG_TCL_SOURCES)'; for p in $$list; do \
	  if test -f $(srcdir)/$$p; then \
	    destp=`basename $$p`; \
	    echo " Install $$destp $(DESTDIR)$(pkglibdir)/$$destp"; \
	    $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/$$p $(DESTDIR)$(pkglibdir)/$$destp; \
	  fi; \
	done
................................................................................
	  rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(pkglibdir)/$$p; \
	done
	list='$(bin_BINARIES)'; for p in $$list; do \
	  rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(bindir)/$$p; \
	done

.PHONY: all binaries clean depend distclean doc install libraries test


# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables.
# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded.
.NOEXPORT:

# Makefile.in --
#
#	This file is a Makefile for the tdom TEA Extension. If it has the name
#	"Makefile.in" then it is a template for a Makefile;  to generate the
#	actual Makefile, run "./configure", which is a configuration script
#	generated by the "autoconf" program (constructs like "@[email protected]" will get
#	replaced in the actual Makefile.
#
................................................................................
DESTDIR		=

PKG_DIR		= $(PACKAGE_NAME)$(PACKAGE_VERSION)
pkgdatadir	= $(datadir)/$(PKG_DIR)
pkglibdir	= $(libdir)/$(PKG_DIR)
pkgincludedir	= $(includedir)/$(PKG_DIR)

top_builddir	= @[email protected]

INSTALL_OPTIONS	=
INSTALL		= @[email protected] $(INSTALL_OPTIONS)
INSTALL_DATA_DIR = @INSTALL[email protected]
INSTALL_DATA	= @[email protected]
INSTALL_PROGRAM	= @INSTALL[email protected]

INSTALL_SCRIPT	= @INSTALL_[email protected]
INSTALL_LIBRARY	= @INSTALL_[email protected]

PACKAGE_NAME	= @[email protected]
PACKAGE_VERSION	= @[email protected]
CC		= @[email protected]
CFLAGS_DEFAULT	= @[email protected]
CFLAGS_WARNING	= @[email protected]
EXEEXT		= @[email protected]
................................................................................
STLIB_LD	= @[email protected]
#TCL_DEFS	= @[email protected]
TCL_BIN_DIR	= @[email protected]
TCL_SRC_DIR	= @[email protected]
#TK_BIN_DIR	= @[email protected]
#TK_SRC_DIR	= @[email protected]



# Not used, but retained for reference of what libs Tcl required
#TCL_LIBS	= @[email protected]

TDOMSHELL_LIBS = @[email protected] @[email protected]

#========================================================================
# TCLLIBPATH seeds the auto_path in Tcl's init.tcl so we can test our
................................................................................
TCLLIBPATH	= $(top_builddir)
TCLSH_ENV	= TCL_LIBRARY=`@[email protected] $(TCL_SRC_DIR)/library`
PKG_ENV		= @[email protected]="$(EXTRA_PATH):$(@[email protected])" \
		  PATH="$(EXTRA_PATH):$(PATH)" \
		  TCLLIBPATH="$(TCLLIBPATH)"

TCLSH_PROG	= @[email protected]
TCLSH		= $(TCLSH_ENV) $(PKG_ENV) $(TCLSH_PROG)

#WISH_ENV	= TK_LIBRARY=`@[email protected] $(TK_SRC_DIR)/library`
#WISH_PROG	= @[email protected]
#WISH		= $(TCLSH_ENV) $(WISH_ENV) $(PKG_ENV) $(WISH_PROG)

SHARED_BUILD	= @[email protected]

INCLUDES	= @[email protected] @[email protected] -I$(top_builddir)
#INCLUDES	= @[email protected] @[email protected] @[email protected] @[email protected]

PKG_CFLAGS	= @[email protected]

# TCL_DEFS is not strictly need here, but if you remove it, then you
# must make sure that configure.ac checks for the necessary components
# that your library may use.  TCL_DEFS can actually be a problem if
# you do not compile with a similar machine setup as the Tcl core was
# compiled with.
#DEFS		= $(TCL_DEFS) @[email protected] $(PKG_CFLAGS)
DEFS		= @[email protected] $(PKG_CFLAGS)

# Move pkgIndex.tcl to 'BINARIES' var if it is generated in the Makefile
CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES = Makefile pkgIndex.tcl tdomConfig.sh versionhash.h
CLEANFILES	= @[email protected]

CPPFLAGS	= @[email protected]
LIBS		= @[email protected] @[email protected]
AR		= @[email protected]
CFLAGS		= @[email protected]
COMPILE		= $(CC) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS)

GDB		= gdb
VALGRIND	= valgrind
VALGRINDARGS	= --tool=memcheck --num-callers=20 --leak-resolution=high \
		  --leak-check=yes --show-reachable=yes -v

.SUFFIXES: .c .$(OBJEXT)

#========================================================================
# Start of user-definable TARGETS section
#========================================================================

#========================================================================
................................................................................

all: binaries libraries doc

#========================================================================
# TDOM enabled shell is build as an extra directive, since non TEA. 
#========================================================================

$(TDOMSHELL): binaries $(srcdir)/unix/tclAppInit.c
	$(COMPILE) -c `@[email protected] $(srcdir)/unix/tclAppInit.c`
	$(CC) @[email protected] -o [email protected] tclAppInit.$(OBJEXT) $(PKG_OBJECTS) \
	  $(TCL_LIB_SPEC) $(TDOMSHELL_LIBS) $(TDOM_LD_SEARCH_FLAGS)

#========================================================================
# The binaries target builds executable programs, Windows .dll's, unix
# shared/static libraries, and any other platform-dependent files.
# The list of targets to build for "binaries:" is specified at the top
# of the Makefile, in the "BINARIES" variable.
#========================================================================

binaries: $(top_builddir)/versionhash.h $(BINARIES)

libraries:

#========================================================================
# Your doc target should differentiate from doc builds (by the developer)
# and doc installs (see install-doc), which just install the docs on the
# end user machine when building from source.
................................................................................
	@cp $(srcdir)/lib/tdom.tcl .
	$(TCLSH) `@[email protected] $(srcdir)/tests/all.tcl` $(TESTFLAGS)

shell: binaries libraries
	@$(TCLSH) $(SCRIPT)

gdb:
	$(TCLSH_ENV) $(PKG_ENV) $(GDB) $(TCLSH_PROG) $(SCRIPT)

gdb-test: binaries libraries 
	$(TCLSH_ENV) $(PKG_ENV) $(GDB) \
	    --args $(TCLSH_PROG) `@[email protected] $(srcdir)/tests/all.tcl` \
	    $(TESTFLAGS) -singleproc 1 \
	    -load "package ifneeded $(PACKAGE_NAME) $(PACKAGE_VERSION) \
		[list load `@[email protected] $(PKG_LIB_FILE)` $(PACKAGE_NAME)]"

valgrind: binaries libraries

	$(TCLSH_ENV) $(PKG_ENV) $(VALGRIND) $(VALGRINDARGS) $(TCLSH_PROG) \
	    `@[email protected] $(srcdir)/tests/all.tcl` $(TESTFLAGS)

valgrindshell: binaries libraries

	$(TCLSH_ENV) $(PKG_ENV) $(VALGRIND) $(VALGRINDARGS) $(TCLSH_PROG) $(SCRIPT)

depend:

#========================================================================
# $(PKG_LIB_FILE) should be listed as part of the BINARIES variable
# mentioned above.  That will ensure that this target is built when you
# run "make binaries".
................................................................................
#========================================================================

pkgIndex.tcl-hand:
	@(echo 'package ifneeded $(PACKAGE_NAME) $(PACKAGE_VERSION) \
	"load [list [file join $$dir $(PKG_LIB_FILE)]];\
         source [list [file join $$dir tdom.tcl]]"'\
	) > pkgIndex.tcl

#========================================================================
# Create tdomDecls.h and tdomStubInit.c from tdom.decls
#========================================================================

genstubs: $(srcdir)/generic/tdom.decls
	$(TCLSH_PROG) $(TCL_SRC_DIR)/tools/genStubs.tcl $(srcdir)/generic \
               $(srcdir)/generic/tdom.decls

#========================================================================
# Create a include file that #define the current fossil hash
#========================================================================
$(top_builddir)/versionhash.h: $(srcdir)/manifest.uuid
	@echo "#define FOSSIL_HASH \"" | tr -d '\n\r' > $(top_builddir)/versionhash.h
	@cat $(srcdir)/manifest.uuid | tr -d '\n\r' >> $(top_builddir)/versionhash.h
	@echo "\"" >> $(top_builddir)/versionhash.h

tcldom.o: $(srcdir)/generic/tcldom.c $(top_builddir)/versionhash.h

#========================================================================
# Distribution creation
# You may need to tweak this target to make it work correctly.
#========================================================================

#COMPRESS	= tar cvf $(PKG_DIR).tar $(PKG_DIR); compress $(PKG_DIR).tar
COMPRESS	= tar zcvf $(DIST_PKG_DIR)-src.tgz $(DIST_PKG_DIR)
DIST_ROOT	= /tmp/dist
DIST_DIR	= $(DIST_ROOT)/$(DIST_PKG_DIR)
DIST_PKG_DIR	= $(PACKAGE_NAME)-$(PACKAGE_VERSION)

DIST_INSTALL_DATA	= CPPROG='cp -p' $(INSTALL) -m 644
DIST_INSTALL_SCRIPT	= CPPROG='cp -p' $(INSTALL) -m 755

dist-clean:
	rm -rf $(DIST_DIR) $(DIST_ROOT)/$(DIST_PKG_DIR)-src.tgz

dist: dist-clean
	$(INSTALL_DATA_DIR) $(DIST_DIR)


	# TEA files
	$(DIST_INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/Makefile.in \
	    $(srcdir)/aclocal.m4 $(srcdir)/configure.ac \
	    $(DIST_DIR)/

	$(DIST_INSTALL_SCRIPT) $(srcdir)/configure $(DIST_DIR)/







	$(INSTALL_DATA_DIR) $(DIST_DIR)/tclconfig
	$(DIST_INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/tclconfig/README.txt \
	    $(srcdir)/tclconfig/tcl.m4 $(srcdir)/tclconfig/install-sh \
	    $(DIST_DIR)/tclconfig/

	# Extension files
	$(DIST_INSTALL_DATA) \
	    $(srcdir)/CHANGES \
	    $(srcdir)/ChangeLog \
	    $(srcdir)/LICENSE \
	    $(srcdir)/MPL_2.0.html \
	    $(srcdir)/README \
	    $(srcdir)/README.AOL \
	    $(srcdir)/manifest \
	    $(srcdir)/manifest.uuid \
	    $(srcdir)/tdomConfig.sh.in \
	    $(srcdir)/tdom.m4 \
	    $(srcdir)/pkgIndex.tcl.in \
	    $(DIST_DIR)/



	list='apps doc expat generic lib macosx unix win xe'; \
	for p in $$list; do \

	    $(INSTALL_DATA_DIR) $(DIST_DIR)/$$p; \
	    $(DIST_INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/$$p/* $(DIST_DIR)/$$p/; \

	done

	$(INSTALL_DATA_DIR) $(DIST_DIR)/tests/data
	$(DIST_INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/tests/*.* $(DIST_DIR)/tests/
	$(DIST_INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/tests/data/*.* $(DIST_DIR)/tests/data/

	$(INSTALL_DATA_DIR) $(DIST_DIR)/extensions
	cp -rp $(srcdir)/extensions/* $(DIST_DIR)/extensions/

	(cd $(DIST_ROOT); $(COMPRESS);)

#========================================================================
# End of user-definable section
#========================================================================

#========================================================================
# Don't modify the file to clean here.  Instead, set the "CLEANFILES"
# variable in configure.ac
#========================================================================

clean:
	-test -z "$(BINARIES)" || rm -f $(BINARIES)
	-rm -f *.$(OBJEXT) core *.core
	-test -z "$(CLEANFILES)" || rm -f $(CLEANFILES)

................................................................................

install-lib-binaries: binaries
	@$(INSTALL_DATA_DIR) $(DESTDIR)$(pkglibdir)
	@list='$(lib_BINARIES)'; for p in $$list; do \
	  if test -f $$p; then \
	    echo " $(INSTALL_LIBRARY) $$p $(DESTDIR)$(pkglibdir)/$$p"; \
	    $(INSTALL_LIBRARY) $$p $(DESTDIR)$(pkglibdir)/$$p; \








	    ext=`echo $$p|sed -e "s/.*\.//"`; \
	    if test "x$$ext" = "xdll"; then \
		lib=`basename $$p|sed -e 's/.[^.]*$$//'`.lib; \
		if test -f $$lib; then \
		    echo " $(INSTALL_DATA) $$lib $(DESTDIR)$(pkglibdir)/$$lib"; \
	            $(INSTALL_DATA) $$lib $(DESTDIR)$(pkglibdir)/$$lib; \
		fi; \
	    fi; \
	  fi; \
	done
	@echo "Installing tdomConfig.sh to $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/"
	@$(INSTALL_DATA) tdomConfig.sh "$(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/tdomConfig.sh"
	@list='$(PKG_TCL_SOURCES)'; for p in $$list; do \
	  if test -f $(srcdir)/$$p; then \
	    destp=`basename $$p`; \
	    echo " Install $$destp $(DESTDIR)$(pkglibdir)/$$destp"; \
	    $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/$$p $(DESTDIR)$(pkglibdir)/$$destp; \
	  fi; \
	done
................................................................................
	  rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(pkglibdir)/$$p; \
	done
	list='$(bin_BINARIES)'; for p in $$list; do \
	  rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(bindir)/$$p; \
	done

.PHONY: all binaries clean depend distclean doc install libraries test
.PHONY: gdb gdb-test valgrind valgrindshell

# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables.
# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded.
.NOEXPORT:

<HTML>
<HEAD>
<TITLE>Netscape Public License version 1.1</TITLE>
</HEAD>
<BODY BGCOLOR="#FFFFFF" TEXT="#000000">






   

   








<center><b><font size=+2>MOZILLA PUBLIC LICENSE</font></b>

<br><b>Version 1.1</b>

<p>

<hr WIDTH="20%"></center>



<p><b>1. Definitions.</b>

<ul><b>1.0.1. "Commercial Use" </b>means distribution or otherwise making

the Covered Code available to a third party.

<p><b>1.1. ''Contributor''</b> means each entity that creates or contributes

to the creation of Modifications.

<p><b>1.2. ''Contributor Version''</b> means the combination of the Original

Code, prior Modifications used by a Contributor, and the Modifications

made by that particular Contributor.

<p><b>1.3. ''Covered Code''</b> means the Original Code or Modifications

or the combination of the Original Code and Modifications, in each case

including portions thereof<b>.</b>

<p><b>1.4. ''Electronic Distribution Mechanism''</b> means a mechanism

generally accepted in the software development community for the electronic

transfer of data.

<p><b>1.5. ''Executable''</b> means Covered Code in any form other than

Source Code.

<p><b>1.6. ''Initial Developer''</b> means the individual or entity identified

as the Initial Developer in the Source Code notice required by <b>Exhibit

A</b>.

<p><b>1.7. ''Larger Work''</b> means a work which combines Covered Code

or portions thereof with code not governed by the terms of this License.

<p><b>1.8. ''License''</b> means this document.

<p><b>1.8.1. "Licensable"</b> means having the right to grant, to the maximum

extent possible, whether at the time of the initial grant or subsequently

acquired, any and all of the rights conveyed herein.

<p><b>1.9. ''Modifications''</b> means any addition to or deletion from

the substance or structure of either the Original Code or any previous

Modifications. When Covered Code is released as a series of files, a Modification

is:

<ul><b>A.</b> Any addition to or deletion from the contents of a file containing

Original Code or previous Modifications.

<p><b>B.</b> Any new file that contains any part of the Original Code or

previous Modifications.

<br>&nbsp;</ul>

<b>1.10. ''Original Code''</b> means Source Code of computer software code

which is described in the Source Code notice required by <b>Exhibit A</b>

as Original Code, and which, at the time of its release under this License

is not already Covered Code governed by this License.

<p><b>1.10.1. "Patent Claims"</b> means any patent claim(s), now owned

or hereafter acquired, including without limitation,&nbsp; method, process,

and apparatus claims, in any patent Licensable by grantor.

<p><b>1.11. ''Source Code''</b> means the preferred form of the Covered

Code for making modifications to it, including all modules it contains,

plus any associated interface definition files, scripts used to control

compilation and installation of an Executable, or source code differential

comparisons against either the Original Code or another well known, available

Covered Code of the Contributor's choice. The Source Code can be in a compressed

or archival form, provided the appropriate decompression or de-archiving

software is widely available for no charge.

<p><b>1.12. "You'' (or "Your")&nbsp;</b> means an individual or a legal

entity exercising rights under, and complying with all of the terms of,

this License or a future version of this License issued under Section 6.1.

For legal entities, "You'' includes any entity which controls, is controlled

by, or is under common control with You. For purposes of this definition,

"control'' means (a) the power, direct or indirect, to cause the direction

or management of such entity, whether by contract or otherwise, or (b)

ownership of more than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding shares or

beneficial ownership of such entity.</ul>

<b>2. Source Code License.</b>

<ul><b>2.1. The Initial Developer Grant.</b>

<br>The Initial Developer hereby grants You a world-wide, royalty-free,

non-exclusive license, subject to third party intellectual property claims:

<ul><b>(a)</b>&nbsp;<b> </b>under intellectual property rights (other than

patent or trademark) Licensable by Initial Developer to use, reproduce,

modify, display, perform, sublicense and distribute the Original Code (or

portions thereof) with or without Modifications, and/or as part of a Larger

Work; and

<p><b>(b)</b> under Patents Claims infringed by the making, using or selling

of Original Code, to make, have made, use, practice, sell, and offer for

sale, and/or otherwise dispose of the Original Code (or portions thereof).

<ul>

<ul>&nbsp;</ul>

</ul>

<b>(c) </b>the licenses granted in this Section 2.1(a) and (b) are effective

on the date Initial Developer first distributes Original Code under the

terms of this License.

<p><b>(d) </b>Notwithstanding Section 2.1(b) above, no patent license is

granted: 1) for code that You delete from the Original Code; 2) separate

from the Original Code;&nbsp; or 3) for infringements caused by: i) the

modification of the Original Code or ii) the combination of the Original

Code with other software or devices.

<br>&nbsp;</ul>

<b>2.2. Contributor Grant.</b>

<br>Subject to third party intellectual property claims, each Contributor

hereby grants You a world-wide, royalty-free, non-exclusive license

<ul>&nbsp;

<br><b>(a)</b>&nbsp;<b> </b>under intellectual property rights (other than

patent or trademark) Licensable by Contributor, to use, reproduce, modify,

display, perform, sublicense and distribute the Modifications created by

such Contributor (or portions thereof) either on an unmodified basis, with

other Modifications, as Covered Code and/or as part of a Larger Work; and

<p><b>(b)</b> under Patent Claims infringed by the making, using, or selling

of&nbsp; Modifications made by that Contributor either alone and/or in<font color="#000000">

combination with its Contributor Version (or portions of such combination),

to make, use, sell, offer for sale, have made, and/or otherwise dispose

of: 1) Modifications made by that Contributor (or portions thereof); and

2) the combination of&nbsp; Modifications made by that Contributor with

its Contributor Version (or portions of such combination).</font>

<p><b>(c) </b>the licenses granted in Sections 2.2(a) and 2.2(b) are effective

on the date Contributor first makes Commercial Use of the Covered Code.

<p><b>(d)&nbsp;</b>&nbsp;&nbsp; Notwithstanding Section 2.2(b) above, no

patent license is granted: 1) for any code that Contributor has deleted

from the Contributor Version; 2)&nbsp; separate from the Contributor Version;&nbsp;

3)&nbsp; for infringements caused by: i) third party modifications of Contributor

Version or ii)&nbsp; the combination of Modifications made by that Contributor

with other software&nbsp; (except as part of the Contributor Version) or

other devices; or 4) under Patent Claims infringed by Covered Code in the

absence of Modifications made by that Contributor.</ul>

</ul>



<p><br><b>3. Distribution Obligations.</b>

<ul><b>3.1. Application of License.</b>

<br>The Modifications which You create or to which You contribute are governed

by the terms of this License, including without limitation Section <b>2.2</b>.

The Source Code version of Covered Code may be distributed only under the

terms of this License or a future version of this License released under

Section <b>6.1</b>, and You must include a copy of this License with every

copy of the Source Code You distribute. You may not offer or impose any

terms on any Source Code version that alters or restricts the applicable

version of this License or the recipients' rights hereunder. However, You

may include an additional document offering the additional rights described

in Section <b>3.5</b>.

<p><b>3.2. Availability of Source Code.</b>

<br>Any Modification which You create or to which You contribute must be

made available in Source Code form under the terms of this License either

on the same media as an Executable version or via an accepted Electronic

Distribution Mechanism to anyone to whom you made an Executable version

available; and if made available via Electronic Distribution Mechanism,

must remain available for at least twelve (12) months after the date it

initially became available, or at least six (6) months after a subsequent

version of that particular Modification has been made available to such

recipients. You are responsible for ensuring that the Source Code version

remains available even if the Electronic Distribution Mechanism is maintained

by a third party.

<p><b>3.3. Description of Modifications.</b>

<br>You must cause all Covered Code to which You contribute to contain

a file documenting the changes You made to create that Covered Code and

the date of any change. You must include a prominent statement that the

Modification is derived, directly or indirectly, from Original Code provided

by the Initial Developer and including the name of the Initial Developer

in (a) the Source Code, and (b) in any notice in an Executable version

or related documentation in which You describe the origin or ownership

of the Covered Code.

<p><b>3.4. Intellectual Property Matters</b>

<ul><b>(a) Third Party Claims</b>.

<br>If Contributor has knowledge that a license under a third party's intellectual

property rights is required to exercise the rights granted by such Contributor

under Sections 2.1 or 2.2, Contributor must include a text file with the

Source Code distribution titled "LEGAL'' which describes the claim and

the party making the claim in sufficient detail that a recipient will know

whom to contact. If Contributor obtains such knowledge after the Modification

is made available as described in Section 3.2, Contributor shall promptly

modify the LEGAL file in all copies Contributor makes available thereafter

and shall take other steps (such as notifying appropriate mailing lists

or newsgroups) reasonably calculated to inform those who received the Covered

Code that new knowledge has been obtained.

<p><b>(b) Contributor APIs</b>.

<br>If Contributor's Modifications include an application programming interface

and Contributor has knowledge of patent licenses which are reasonably necessary

to implement that API, Contributor must also include this information in

the LEGAL file.

<br>&nbsp;</ul>

&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; <b>(c)&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;

Representations.</b>

<ul>Contributor represents that, except as disclosed pursuant to Section

3.4(a) above, Contributor believes that Contributor's Modifications are

Contributor's original creation(s) and/or Contributor has sufficient rights

to grant the rights conveyed by this License.</ul>



<p><br><b>3.5. Required Notices.</b>

<br>You must duplicate the notice in <b>Exhibit A</b> in each file of the

Source Code.&nbsp; If it is not possible to put such notice in a particular

Source Code file due to its structure, then You must include such notice

in a location (such as a relevant directory) where a user would be likely

to look for such a notice.&nbsp; If You created one or more Modification(s)

You may add your name as a Contributor to the notice described in <b>Exhibit

A</b>.&nbsp; You must also duplicate this License in any documentation

for the Source Code where You describe recipients' rights or ownership

rights relating to Covered Code.&nbsp; You may choose to offer, and to

charge a fee for, warranty, support, indemnity or liability obligations

to one or more recipients of Covered Code. However, You may do so only

on Your own behalf, and not on behalf of the Initial Developer or any Contributor.

You must make it absolutely clear than any such warranty, support, indemnity

or liability obligation is offered by You alone, and You hereby agree to

indemnify the Initial Developer and every Contributor for any liability

incurred by the Initial Developer or such Contributor as a result of warranty,

support, indemnity or liability terms You offer.

<p><b>3.6. Distribution of Executable Versions.</b>

<br>You may distribute Covered Code in Executable form only if the requirements

of Section <b>3.1-3.5</b> have been met for that Covered Code, and if You

include a notice stating that the Source Code version of the Covered Code

is available under the terms of this License, including a description of

how and where You have fulfilled the obligations of Section <b>3.2</b>.

The notice must be conspicuously included in any notice in an Executable

version, related documentation or collateral in which You describe recipients'

rights relating to the Covered Code. You may distribute the Executable

version of Covered Code or ownership rights under a license of Your choice,

which may contain terms different from this License, provided that You

are in compliance with the terms of this License and that the license for

the Executable version does not attempt to limit or alter the recipient's

rights in the Source Code version from the rights set forth in this License.

If You distribute the Executable version under a different license You

must make it absolutely clear that any terms which differ from this License

are offered by You alone, not by the Initial Developer or any Contributor.

You hereby agree to indemnify the Initial Developer and every Contributor

for any liability incurred by the Initial Developer or such Contributor

as a result of any such terms You offer.

<p><b>3.7. Larger Works.</b>

<br>You may create a Larger Work by combining Covered Code with other code

not governed by the terms of this License and distribute the Larger Work

as a single product. In such a case, You must make sure the requirements

of this License are fulfilled for the Covered Code.</ul>

<b>4. Inability to Comply Due to Statute or Regulation.</b>

<ul>If it is impossible for You to comply with any of the terms of this

License with respect to some or all of the Covered Code due to statute,

judicial order, or regulation then You must: (a) comply with the terms

of this License to the maximum extent possible; and (b) describe the limitations

and the code they affect. Such description must be included in the LEGAL

file described in Section <b>3.4</b> and must be included with all distributions

of the Source Code. Except to the extent prohibited by statute or regulation,

such description must be sufficiently detailed for a recipient of ordinary

skill to be able to understand it.</ul>

<b>5. Application of this License.</b>

<ul>This License applies to code to which the Initial Developer has attached

the notice in <b>Exhibit A</b> and to related Covered Code.</ul>

<b>6. Versions of the License.</b>

<ul><b>6.1. New Versions</b>.

<br>Netscape Communications Corporation (''Netscape'') may publish revised

and/or new versions of the License from time to time. Each version will

be given a distinguishing version number.

<p><b>6.2. Effect of New Versions</b>.

<br>Once Covered Code has been published under a particular version of

the License, You may always continue to use it under the terms of that

version. You may also choose to use such Covered Code under the terms of

any subsequent version of the License published by Netscape. No one other

than Netscape has the right to modify the terms applicable to Covered Code

created under this License.

<p><b>6.3. Derivative Works</b>.

<br>If You create or use a modified version of this License (which you

may only do in order to apply it to code which is not already Covered Code

governed by this License), You must (a) rename Your license so that the

phrases ''Mozilla'', ''MOZILLAPL'', ''MOZPL'', ''Netscape'', "MPL", ''NPL''

or any confusingly similar phrase do not appear in your license (except

to note that your license differs from this License) and (b) otherwise

make it clear that Your version of the license contains terms which differ

from the Mozilla Public License and Netscape Public License. (Filling in

the name of the Initial Developer, Original Code or Contributor in the

notice described in <b>Exhibit A</b> shall not of themselves be deemed

to be modifications of this License.)</ul>

<b>7. DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTY.</b>

<ul>COVERED CODE IS PROVIDED UNDER THIS LICENSE ON AN "AS IS'' BASIS, WITHOUT

WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION,

WARRANTIES THAT THE COVERED CODE IS FREE OF DEFECTS, MERCHANTABLE, FIT

FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON-INFRINGING. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY

AND PERFORMANCE OF THE COVERED CODE IS WITH YOU. SHOULD ANY COVERED CODE

PROVE DEFECTIVE IN ANY RESPECT, YOU (NOT THE INITIAL DEVELOPER OR ANY OTHER

CONTRIBUTOR) ASSUME THE COST OF ANY NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION.

THIS DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTY CONSTITUTES AN ESSENTIAL PART OF THIS LICENSE.

NO USE OF ANY COVERED CODE IS AUTHORIZED HEREUNDER EXCEPT UNDER THIS DISCLAIMER.</ul>

<b>8. TERMINATION.</b>

<ul><b>8.1.&nbsp; </b>This License and the rights granted hereunder will

terminate automatically if You fail to comply with terms herein and fail

to cure such breach within 30 days of becoming aware of the breach. All

sublicenses to the Covered Code which are properly granted shall survive

any termination of this License. Provisions which, by their nature, must

remain in effect beyond the termination of this License shall survive.

<p><b>8.2.&nbsp; </b>If You initiate litigation by asserting a patent infringement

claim (excluding declatory judgment actions) against Initial Developer

or a Contributor (the Initial Developer or Contributor against whom You

file such action is referred to as "Participant")&nbsp; alleging that:

<p><b>(a)&nbsp; </b>such Participant's Contributor Version directly or

indirectly infringes any patent, then any and all rights granted by such

Participant to You under Sections 2.1 and/or 2.2 of this License shall,

upon 60 days notice from Participant terminate prospectively, unless if

within 60 days after receipt of notice You either: (i)&nbsp; agree in writing

to pay Participant a mutually agreeable reasonable royalty for Your past

and future use of Modifications made by such Participant, or (ii) withdraw

Your litigation claim with respect to the Contributor Version against such

Participant.&nbsp; If within 60 days of notice, a reasonable royalty and

payment arrangement are not mutually agreed upon in writing by the parties

or the litigation claim is not withdrawn, the rights granted by Participant

to You under Sections 2.1 and/or 2.2 automatically terminate at the expiration

of the 60 day notice period specified above.

<p><b>(b)</b>&nbsp; any software, hardware, or device, other than such

Participant's Contributor Version, directly or indirectly infringes any

patent, then any rights granted to You by such Participant under Sections

2.1(b) and 2.2(b) are revoked effective as of the date You first made,

used, sold, distributed, or had made, Modifications made by that Participant.

<p><b>8.3.&nbsp; </b>If You assert a patent infringement claim against

Participant alleging that such Participant's Contributor Version directly

or indirectly infringes any patent where such claim is resolved (such as

by license or settlement) prior to the initiation of patent infringement

litigation, then the reasonable value of the licenses granted by such Participant

under Sections 2.1 or 2.2 shall be taken into account in determining the

amount or value of any payment or license.

<p><b>8.4.</b>&nbsp; In the event of termination under Sections 8.1 or

8.2 above,&nbsp; all end user license agreements (excluding distributors

and resellers) which have been validly granted by You or any distributor

hereunder prior to termination shall survive termination.</ul>

<b>9. LIMITATION OF LIABILITY.</b>

<ul>UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES AND UNDER NO LEGAL THEORY, WHETHER TORT (INCLUDING

NEGLIGENCE), CONTRACT, OR OTHERWISE, SHALL YOU, THE INITIAL DEVELOPER,

ANY OTHER CONTRIBUTOR, OR ANY DISTRIBUTOR OF COVERED CODE, OR ANY SUPPLIER

OF ANY OF SUCH PARTIES, BE LIABLE TO ANY PERSON FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL,

INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY CHARACTER INCLUDING, WITHOUT

LIMITATION, DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF GOODWILL, WORK STOPPAGE, COMPUTER FAILURE

OR MALFUNCTION, OR ANY AND ALL OTHER COMMERCIAL DAMAGES OR LOSSES, EVEN

IF SUCH PARTY SHALL HAVE BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.

THIS LIMITATION OF LIABILITY SHALL NOT APPLY TO LIABILITY FOR DEATH OR

PERSONAL INJURY RESULTING FROM SUCH PARTY'S NEGLIGENCE TO THE EXTENT APPLICABLE

LAW PROHIBITS SUCH LIMITATION. SOME JURISDICTIONS DO NOT ALLOW THE EXCLUSION

OR LIMITATION OF INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, SO THIS EXCLUSION

AND LIMITATION MAY NOT APPLY TO YOU.</ul>

<b>10. U.S. GOVERNMENT END USERS.</b>

<ul>The Covered Code is a ''commercial item,'' as that term is defined

in 48 C.F.R. 2.101 (Oct. 1995), consisting of ''commercial computer software''

and ''commercial computer software documentation,'' as such terms are used

in 48 C.F.R. 12.212 (Sept. 1995). Consistent with 48 C.F.R. 12.212 and

48 C.F.R. 227.7202-1 through 227.7202-4 (June 1995), all U.S. Government

End Users acquire Covered Code with only those rights set forth herein.</ul>

<b>11. MISCELLANEOUS.</b>

<ul>This License represents the complete agreement concerning subject matter

hereof. If any provision of this License is held to be unenforceable, such

provision shall be reformed only to the extent necessary to make it enforceable.

This License shall be governed by California law provisions (except to

the extent applicable law, if any, provides otherwise), excluding its conflict-of-law

provisions. With respect to disputes in which at least one party is a citizen

of, or an entity chartered or registered to do business in the United States

of America, any litigation relating to this License shall be subject to

the jurisdiction of the Federal Courts of the Northern District of California,

with venue lying in Santa Clara County, California, with the losing party

responsible for costs, including without limitation, court costs and reasonable

attorneys' fees and expenses. The application of the United Nations Convention

on Contracts for the International Sale of Goods is expressly excluded.

Any law or regulation which provides that the language of a contract shall

be construed against the drafter shall not apply to this License.</ul>

<b>12. RESPONSIBILITY FOR CLAIMS.</b>

<ul>As between Initial Developer and the Contributors, each party is responsible

for claims and damages arising, directly or indirectly, out of its utilization

of rights under this License and You agree to work with Initial Developer

and Contributors to distribute such responsibility on an equitable basis.

Nothing herein is intended or shall be deemed to constitute any admission

of liability.</ul>

<b>13. MULTIPLE-LICENSED CODE.</b>

<ul>Initial Developer may designate portions of the Covered Code as �Multiple-Licensed�.&nbsp;

�Multiple-Licensed� means that the Initial Developer permits you to utilize

portions of the Covered Code under Your choice of the NPL or the alternative

licenses, if any, specified by the Initial Developer in the file described

in Exhibit A.</ul>



<p><br><b>EXHIBIT A -Mozilla Public License.</b>

<ul>``The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License

Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance

with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at

<br>http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/

<p>Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS"

basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF

<br>ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific

language governing rights and

<br>limitations under the License.

<p>The Original Code is ______________________________________.

<p>The Initial Developer of the Original Code is ________________________.

Portions created by

<br>&nbsp;______________________ are Copyright (C) ______ _______________________.

All Rights

<br>Reserved.

<p>Contributor(s): ______________________________________.

<p>Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms

of the _____ license (the&nbsp; �[___] License�), in which case the provisions

of [______] License are applicable&nbsp; instead of those above.&nbsp;

If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only under the terms

of the [____] License and not to allow others to use your version of this

file under the MPL, indicate your decision by deleting&nbsp; the provisions

above and replace&nbsp; them with the notice and other provisions required

by the [___] License.&nbsp; If you do not delete the provisions above,

a recipient may use your version of this file under either the MPL or the

[___] License."

<p>[NOTE: The text of this Exhibit A may differ slightly from the text

of the notices in the Source Code files of the Original Code. You should

use the text of this Exhibit A rather than the text found in the Original

Code Source Code for Your Modifications.]

<p>

<hr WIDTH="100%">

<br><b>AMENDMENTS</b>

<p><b>The Netscape Public License Version 1.1 ("NPL") consists of the Mozilla

Public License Version 1.1 with the following Amendments, including Exhibit

A-Netscape Public License.&nbsp; Files identified with "Exhibit A-Netscape

Public License" are governed by the Netscape Public License Version 1.1.</b>

<p><b>Additional Terms applicable to the Netscape Public License.</b>

<ul><b>I. Effect.</b>

<br>These additional terms described in this Netscape Public <nobr>License

--</nobr> Amendments shall apply to the Mozilla Communicator client code

and to all Covered Code under this License.

<p><b>II. </b>''<b>Netscape's Branded Code''</b> means Covered Code that

Netscape distributes and/or permits others to distribute under one or more

trademark(s) which are controlled by Netscape but which are not licensed

for use under this License.

<p><b>III. Netscape and logo.</b>

<br>This License does not grant any rights to use the trademarks "Netscape'',

the "Netscape N and horizon'' logo or the "Netscape lighthouse" logo, "Netcenter",

"Gecko", "Java" or "JavaScript", "Smart Browsing" even if such marks are

included in the Original Code or Modifications.

<p><b>IV. Inability to Comply Due to Contractual Obligation.</b>

<br>Prior to licensing the Original Code under this License, Netscape has

licensed third party code for use in Netscape's Branded Code. To the extent

that Netscape is limited contractually from making such third party code

available under this License, Netscape may choose to reintegrate such code

into Covered Code without being required to distribute such code in Source

Code form, even if such code would otherwise be considered ''Modifications''

under this License.

<p><b>V. Use of Modifications and Covered Code by Initial Developer.</b>

<ul><b>V.1. In General.</b>

<br>The obligations of Section <b>3</b> apply to Netscape, except to the

extent specified in this Amendment, Section <b>V.2</b> and <b>V.3</b>.

<p><b>V.2. Other Products.</b>

<br>Netscape may include Covered Code in products other than the Netscape's

Branded Code which are released by Netscape during the two (2) years following

the release date of the Original Code, without such additional products

becoming subject to the terms of this License, and may license such additional

products on different terms from those contained in this License.

<p><b>V.3. Alternative Licensing.</b>

<br>Netscape may license the Source Code of Netscape's Branded Code, including

Modifications incorporated therein, without such Netscape Branded Code

becoming subject to the terms of this License, and may license such Netscape

Branded Code on different terms from those contained in this License.

<br>&nbsp;</ul>

<b>VI. Litigation.</b>

<br>Notwithstanding the limitations of Section 11 above, the provisions

regarding litigation in Section 11(a), (b) and (c) of the License shall

apply to all disputes relating to this License.</ul>



<p><br><b>EXHIBIT A-Netscape Public License.</b>

<ul>&nbsp;

<br>''The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License

Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance

with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/

<p>Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS"

basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the

License for the specific language governing rights and limitations under

the License.

<p>The Original Code is Mozilla Communicator client code, released March

31, 1998.

<p>The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Netscape Communications

Corporation. Portions created by Netscape are Copyright (C) 1998-1999 Netscape

Communications Corporation. All Rights Reserved.

<p>Contributor(s): ______________________________________.</ul>



<ul>&nbsp;

<br>Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms

of the _____ license (the&nbsp; �[___] License�), in which case the provisions

of [______] License are applicable&nbsp; instead of those above.&nbsp;

If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only under the terms

of the [____] License and not to allow others to use your version of this

file under the NPL, indicate your decision by deleting&nbsp; the provisions

above and replace&nbsp; them with the notice and other provisions required

by the [___] License.&nbsp; If you do not delete the provisions above,

a recipient may use your version of this file under either the NPL or the

[___] License."</ul>

</ul>



</BODY>
</HTML>

              tDOM - a XML/DOM/XPath/XSLT implementation for Tcl
                          (Version 0.8.3)

		    Jochen Loewer ([email protected])
                       Rolf Ade ([email protected])

                       with some contributions by:

                 Zoran Vasiljevic ([email protected])
                

This directory contains a freely distributable (under the Mozilla Public 
License) thread-safe extension to Tcl/Tk called tDOM.


tDOM contains:

    *  the newest version of Expat, the XML parser from James Clark,
       including namespace and DTD support.


    *  a modified version of Steve Ball's Tclexpat, the Tcl interface to 
       expat, for event-like (SAX-like) XML parsing. The modifications
       are for performance improvements, to make the newest Expat
       features (XML namespace) available and for some additional features.


    *  a (partial) DOM I and II implementation in C for maximum
       performance and minimum memory need following the W3C DOM Core
       Level 1 recommendation using a OO-like syntax.

    *  a very complete, compliant and fast XPath implementation in C
       following the November 99 W3C recommendation.


    *  a fast XSLT implementation in C following the W3C Recommendation
       16 November 1999.
    
    *  a (partial) implementation in C of the XPointer (97) navigational 
       functions.


    *  UTF-8 to 8 bit encoding back conversion functionality to support
       Tcl version < 8.1x


    *  optional DTD validation   








    *  additional convenience methods
 
    *  documentation in TMML, HTML and nroff format































COMPILING/USING tDOM

    Depending on your platform, (unix or win) go to the corresponding
    directory and invoke the configure script:

        ../configure
        make 
        make test
        make install

    Alternatively, you can build the tDOM package in just about any
    directory elsewhere on the fileystem (since TEA-compatible).
    
    You might also want to do "../configure --help" to get list of all
    supported options of the configure script. In the "unix" directory
    there is a "CONFIG" file containing some examples on how to invoke
    the "configure" script for some common cases. You can peek
    there. This file also includes a short description of the tDOM
    specific configure options.

    Since tDOM is TEA-compatible you should be able to build it using
    the MinGW build environment for Windows. There is also the MSVC
    nmake file so you can compile the package with Microsoft tools.



    The compile process will build the tDOM shared library suitable for
    loading into the Tcl shell using standard "package require" mechanism.

Have fun! 

- EOF -

    tDOM - a XML/DOM/XPath/XSLT/HTML/JSON implementation for Tcl
                          (Version 0.9.2)









This directory contains a freely distributable thread-safe extension
to Tcl/Tk called tDOM.


tDOM contains:

    *  for convenience expat 2.2.5, the XML parser originated from
       James Clark, although you're able to link tDOM with other
       expat versions or the library provided by the system.


    *  building a DOM tree from XML in one go implemented in C for
       maximum performance and minimum memory usage, and DOM I and II
       methods to work on such a tree using either a OO-like or a
       handle syntax.


    *  a Tcl interface to expat for event-like (SAX-like) XML parsing.


    *  a complete, compliant and fast XPath implementation in C
       following the November 99 W3C recommendation for navigating and
       data extraction.

    *  a fast XSLT implementation in C following the W3C Recommendation
       16 November 1999.
    
    *  optional DTD validation.


    *  a JSON parser which parses any possible JSON input into a DOM
       tree without losing information.


    *  an efficient and Tcl'ish way to create XML and HTML documents
       and JSON string.

    *  as build option an interface to the gumbo HTML5 parser, which
       also digests almost any other HTML.

    *  an even faster simple XML parser for trusted XML input.

    *  A slim Tcl interface to use expat as pull-parser.

    *  additional convenience methods.
 

    *  and more.


DOCUMENTATION

    The documentation is included into the source distribution in HTML
    and man format. Alternatively, read it online starting at
    http://tdom.org/index.html/doc/trunk/doc/index.html


GETTING THE CODE

    The development repository is hosted at http://tdom.org and is
    mirrored at http://core.tcl.tk/tdom. You are encouraged to use
    trunk.

    If you insist on using an older tDOM with lesser features and
    probably more bugs, you should use the latest release 0.9.1. Get
    the source code release from
    http://tdom.org/downloads/tdom-0.9.1-src.tgz or
    http://tdom.org/downloads/tdom-0.9.1-src.zip

    Windows binaries (32 bit as well as 64 bit) of the 0.9.1 release
    are also available. Get it from
    http://tdom.org/downloads/tdom-0.9.1-windows-x64.zip and 
    http://tdom.org/downloads/tdom-0.9.1-windows-x86.zip
    
    The provided windows binaries include (statically linked) the
    HTML5 parser.


COMPILING tDOM

    Depending on your platform (unix/mac or win), go to the
    corresponding directory and invoke the configure script:

        ../configure
        make 
        make test
        make install

    Alternatively, you can build the tDOM package in just about any
    directory elsewhere on the filesystem (since TEA-compatible).
    
    You might also want to do "../configure --help" to get a list of
    all supported options of the configure script. In the "unix"
    directory there is a "CONFIG" file containing some examples on how
    to invoke the "configure" script for some common cases. You can
    peek there. This file also includes a short description of the
    tDOM specific configure options.

    Since tDOM is TEA-compatible you should be able to build it using
    the MinGW build environment for Windows. There is also the MSVC
    nmake file so you can compile the package with Microsoft tools.
    Refer to the README in the win directory for more details about
    building on Windows.

    The compile process will build the tDOM shared library suitable for
    loading into the Tcl shell using standard "package require" mechanism.




REPORTING BUGS

    Please head to http://tdom.org/index.html/ticket and click on "New
    Ticket". Log in as anonymous and report your findings. If you
    prefer to have an individual login write Rolf a mail.


HISTORY

    tDOM was started by Jochen Loewer ([email protected]) and
    developed by Jochen and Rolf Ade ([email protected]) with
    contributions by Zoran Vasiljevic ([email protected]). Since more
    than a dozen years it is maintained and developed by Rolf Ade.

              tDOM - a XML/DOM/XPath/XSLT implementation for Tcl
                          (Version 0.8.3)

		    Jochen Loewer ([email protected])
                       Rolf Ade ([email protected])

                       with some contributions by:

                 Zoran Vasiljevic ([email protected])

              tDOM - a XML/DOM/XPath/XSLT implementation for Tcl
                          (Version 0.9.2)

		    Jochen Loewer ([email protected])
                       Rolf Ade ([email protected])

                       with some contributions by:

                 Zoran Vasiljevic ([email protected])

#   $Id$
#
#
#   A simple command line XSLT processor using tDOMs XSLT engine.
#
#
#   The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License
#   Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in
#   compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
#   http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
#
#   Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS"
#   basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
#   License for the specific language governing rights and limitations
#   under the License.

#   $Id$
#
#
#   A simple command line XSLT processor using tDOMs XSLT engine.
#
#
#   The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License
#   Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in
#   compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
#   http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
#
#   Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS"
#   basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
#   License for the specific language governing rights and limitations
#   under the License.

#! /bin/sh
# Guess values for system-dependent variables and create Makefiles.
# Generated by GNU Autoconf 2.69 for tdom 0.8.3.
#
#
# Copyright (C) 1992-1996, 1998-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
#
#
# This configure script is free software; the Free Software Foundation
# gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it.
................................................................................
subdirs=
MFLAGS=
MAKEFLAGS=

# Identity of this package.
PACKAGE_NAME='tdom'
PACKAGE_TARNAME='tdom'
PACKAGE_VERSION='0.8.3'
PACKAGE_STRING='tdom 0.8.3'
PACKAGE_BUGREPORT=''
PACKAGE_URL=''

# Factoring default headers for most tests.
ac_includes_default="\
#include <stdio.h>
#ifdef HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H
................................................................................
STLIB_LD
CFLAGS_WARNING
CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE
CFLAGS_DEBUG
RC
CELIB_DIR
AR

SHARED_BUILD
TCL_THREADS
TCL_TOP_DIR_NATIVE
TCL_INCLUDES

PKG_OBJECTS
PKG_SOURCES
MATH_LIBS
EGREP
GREP
RANLIB
SET_MAKE
CPP
TCL_SHLIB_LD_LIBS
TCL_LD_FLAGS
................................................................................
TCL_LIB_SPEC
TCL_LIB_FLAG
TCL_LIB_FILE
TCL_SRC_DIR
TCL_BIN_DIR
TCL_PATCH_LEVEL
TCL_VERSION






PKG_CFLAGS
PKG_LIBS
PKG_INCLUDES
PKG_HEADERS
PKG_TCL_SOURCES
PKG_STUB_OBJECTS
PKG_STUB_SOURCES
................................................................................
SHELL'
ac_subst_files=''
ac_user_opts='
enable_option_checking
with_tcl
with_aol
with_expat

enable_html5
with_tclinclude
enable_threads
enable_shared

enable_64bit
enable_64bit_vis
enable_rpath
enable_wince
with_celib
enable_symbols
enable_dtd
................................................................................
#
# Report the --help message.
#
if test "$ac_init_help" = "long"; then
  # Omit some internal or obsolete options to make the list less imposing.
  # This message is too long to be a string in the A/UX 3.1 sh.
  cat <<_ACEOF
\`configure' configures tdom 0.8.3 to adapt to many kinds of systems.

Usage: $0 [OPTION]... [VAR=VALUE]...

To assign environment variables (e.g., CC, CFLAGS...), specify them as
VAR=VALUE.  See below for descriptions of some of the useful variables.

Defaults for the options are specified in brackets.
................................................................................

  cat <<\_ACEOF
_ACEOF
fi

if test -n "$ac_init_help"; then
  case $ac_init_help in
     short | recursive ) echo "Configuration of tdom 0.8.3:";;
   esac
  cat <<\_ACEOF

Optional Features:
  --disable-option-checking  ignore unrecognized --enable/--with options
  --disable-FEATURE       do not include FEATURE (same as --enable-FEATURE=no)
  --enable-FEATURE[=ARG]  include FEATURE [ARG=yes]
  --enable-html5          build with HTML5 parsing support (default: if
                          available)
  --enable-threads        build with threads
  --enable-shared         build and link with shared libraries (default: on)


  --enable-64bit          enable 64bit support (default: off)
  --enable-64bit-vis      enable 64bit Sparc VIS support (default: off)
  --disable-rpath         disable rpath support (default: on)
  --enable-wince          enable Win/CE support (where applicable)
  --enable-symbols        build with debugging symbols (default: off)
  --enable-dtd            build with dtd support (default: on)
  --enable-ns             build with XML namespace support (default: on)
................................................................................
Optional Packages:
  --with-PACKAGE[=ARG]    use PACKAGE [ARG=yes]
  --without-PACKAGE       do not use PACKAGE (same as --with-PACKAGE=no)
  --with-tcl              directory containing tcl configuration
                          (tclConfig.sh)
  --with-aolserver        directory with AOLserver distribution
  --with-expat            directory with expat installation

  --with-tclinclude       directory containing the public Tcl header files
  --with-celib=DIR        use Windows/CE support library from DIR

Some influential environment variables:
  CC          C compiler command
  CFLAGS      C compiler flags
  LDFLAGS     linker flags, e.g. -L<lib dir> if you have libraries in a
................................................................................
    cd "$ac_pwd" || { ac_status=$?; break; }
  done
fi

test -n "$ac_init_help" && exit $ac_status
if $ac_init_version; then
  cat <<\_ACEOF
tdom configure 0.8.3
generated by GNU Autoconf 2.69

Copyright (C) 2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This configure script is free software; the Free Software Foundation
gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it.
_ACEOF
  exit
................................................................................
fi
eval ac_res=\$$3
	       { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_res" >&5
$as_echo "$ac_res" >&6; }
  eval $as_lineno_stack; ${as_lineno_stack:+:} unset as_lineno

} # ac_fn_c_check_func

# ac_fn_c_check_header_mongrel LINENO HEADER VAR INCLUDES
# -------------------------------------------------------
# Tests whether HEADER exists, giving a warning if it cannot be compiled using
# the include files in INCLUDES and setting the cache variable VAR
# accordingly.
ac_fn_c_check_header_mongrel ()
{
  as_lineno=${as_lineno-"$1"} as_lineno_stack=as_lineno_stack=$as_lineno_stack
  if eval \${$3+:} false; then :
  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $2" >&5
$as_echo_n "checking for $2... " >&6; }
if eval \${$3+:} false; then :
  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
fi
eval ac_res=\$$3
	       { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_res" >&5
$as_echo "$ac_res" >&6; }
else
  # Is the header compilable?
{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking $2 usability" >&5
$as_echo_n "checking $2 usability... " >&6; }
cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
/* end confdefs.h.  */
$4
#include <$2>
_ACEOF
if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :
  ac_header_compiler=yes
else
  ac_header_compiler=no
fi
rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_header_compiler" >&5
$as_echo "$ac_header_compiler" >&6; }

# Is the header present?
{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking $2 presence" >&5
$as_echo_n "checking $2 presence... " >&6; }
cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
/* end confdefs.h.  */
#include <$2>
_ACEOF
if ac_fn_c_try_cpp "$LINENO"; then :
  ac_header_preproc=yes
else
  ac_header_preproc=no
fi
rm -f conftest.err conftest.i conftest.$ac_ext
{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_header_preproc" >&5
$as_echo "$ac_header_preproc" >&6; }

# So?  What about this header?
case $ac_header_compiler:$ac_header_preproc:$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag in #((
  yes:no: )
    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: $2: accepted by the compiler, rejected by the preprocessor!" >&5
$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: $2: accepted by the compiler, rejected by the preprocessor!" >&2;}
    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: $2: proceeding with the compiler's result" >&5
$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: $2: proceeding with the compiler's result" >&2;}
    ;;
  no:yes:* )
    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: $2: present but cannot be compiled" >&5
$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: $2: present but cannot be compiled" >&2;}
    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: $2:     check for missing prerequisite headers?" >&5
$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: $2:     check for missing prerequisite headers?" >&2;}
    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: $2: see the Autoconf documentation" >&5
$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: $2: see the Autoconf documentation" >&2;}
    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: $2:     section \"Present But Cannot Be Compiled\"" >&5
$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: $2:     section \"Present But Cannot Be Compiled\"" >&2;}
    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: $2: proceeding with the compiler's result" >&5
$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: $2: proceeding with the compiler's result" >&2;}
    ;;
esac
  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $2" >&5
$as_echo_n "checking for $2... " >&6; }
if eval \${$3+:} false; then :
  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
else
  eval "$3=\$ac_header_compiler"
fi
eval ac_res=\$$3
	       { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_res" >&5
$as_echo "$ac_res" >&6; }
fi
  eval $as_lineno_stack; ${as_lineno_stack:+:} unset as_lineno

} # ac_fn_c_check_header_mongrel
cat >config.log <<_ACEOF
This file contains any messages produced by compilers while
running configure, to aid debugging if configure makes a mistake.

It was created by tdom $as_me 0.8.3, which was
generated by GNU Autoconf 2.69.  Invocation command line was

  $ $0 [email protected]

_ACEOF
exec 5>>config.log
{
................................................................................
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# Call TEA_INIT as the first TEA_ macro to set up initial vars.
# This will define a ${TEA_PLATFORM} variable == "unix" or "windows"
# as well as PKG_LIB_FILE and PKG_STUB_LIB_FILE.
#--------------------------------------------------------------------


    # TEA extensions pass this us the version of TEA they think they
    # are compatible with.
    TEA_VERSION="3.9"

    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for correct TEA configuration" >&5
$as_echo_n "checking for correct TEA configuration... " >&6; }
    if test x"${PACKAGE_NAME}" = x ; then
	as_fn_error $? "
The PACKAGE_NAME variable must be defined by your TEA configure.in" "$LINENO" 5
    fi
    if test x"3.9" = x ; then
	as_fn_error $? "
TEA version not specified." "$LINENO" 5
    elif test "3.9" != "${TEA_VERSION}" ; then
	{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: warning: requested TEA version \"3.9\", have \"${TEA_VERSION}\"" >&5
$as_echo "warning: requested TEA version \"3.9\", have \"${TEA_VERSION}\"" >&6; }
    else
	{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: ok (TEA ${TEA_VERSION})" >&5
$as_echo "ok (TEA ${TEA_VERSION})" >&6; }
    fi

    # If the user did not set CFLAGS, set it now to keep macros
    # like AC_PROG_CC and AC_TRY_COMPILE from adding "-g -O2".
    if test "${CFLAGS+set}" != "set" ; then
	CFLAGS=""
    fi

    case "`uname -s`" in
	*win32*|*WIN32*|*MINGW32_*)
	    # Extract the first word of "cygpath", so it can be a program name with args.
set dummy cygpath; ac_word=$2
{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5
$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
if ${ac_cv_prog_CYGPATH+:} false; then :
  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
else
................................................................................
as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
for as_dir in $PATH
do
  IFS=$as_save_IFS
  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
    for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
  if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
    ac_cv_prog_CYGPATH="cygpath -w"
    $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
    break 2
  fi
done
  done
IFS=$as_save_IFS

................................................................................
fi


	    EXEEXT=".exe"
	    TEA_PLATFORM="windows"
	    ;;
	*CYGWIN_*)
	    CYGPATH=echo
	    EXEEXT=".exe"
	    # TEA_PLATFORM is determined later in LOAD_TCLCONFIG
	    ;;
	*)
	    CYGPATH=echo
	    # Maybe we are cross-compiling....
	    case ${host_alias} in
		*mingw32*)
		EXEEXT=".exe"
................................................................................
    # This package name must be replaced statically for AC_SUBST to work

    # Substitute STUB_LIB_FILE in case package creates a stub library too.


    # We AC_SUBST these here to ensure they are subst'ed,
    # in case the user doesn't call TEA_ADD_...
























































................................................................................

	    # on Darwin, check in Framework installation locations
	    if test "`uname -s`" = "Darwin" -a x"${ac_cv_c_tclconfig}" = x ; then
		for i in `ls -d ~/Library/Frameworks 2>/dev/null` \
			`ls -d /Library/Frameworks 2>/dev/null` \
			`ls -d /Network/Library/Frameworks 2>/dev/null` \
			`ls -d /System/Library/Frameworks 2>/dev/null` \



			; do
		    if test -f "$i/Tcl.framework/tclConfig.sh" ; then
			ac_cv_c_tclconfig="`(cd $i/Tcl.framework; pwd)`"
			break
		    fi
		done
	    fi
................................................................................
	    # check in a few common install locations
	    if test x"${ac_cv_c_tclconfig}" = x ; then
		for i in `ls -d ${libdir} 2>/dev/null` \
			`ls -d ${exec_prefix}/lib 2>/dev/null` \
			`ls -d ${prefix}/lib 2>/dev/null` \
			`ls -d /usr/local/lib 2>/dev/null` \
			`ls -d /usr/contrib/lib 2>/dev/null` \

			`ls -d /usr/lib 2>/dev/null` \
			`ls -d /usr/lib64 2>/dev/null` \






			; do
		    if test -f "$i/tclConfig.sh" ; then
			ac_cv_c_tclconfig="`(cd $i; pwd)`"
			break
		    fi
		done
	    fi
................................................................................
	    #endif

  ;
  return 0;
}
_ACEOF
if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :

  TEA_PLATFORM="unix"


else

  TEA_PLATFORM="windows"







































fi
rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
    CC=$hold_cc
    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $TEA_PLATFORM" >&5
$as_echo "$TEA_PLATFORM" >&6; }

................................................................................

     ;; #(
   *)
     as_fn_error $? "unknown endianness
 presetting ac_cv_c_bigendian=no (or yes) will help" "$LINENO" 5 ;;
 esac

    if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = "unix" ; then

    #--------------------------------------------------------------------
    # On a few very rare systems, all of the libm.a stuff is
    # already in libc.a.  Set compiler flags accordingly.
    # Also, Linux requires the "ieee" library for math to work
    # right (and it must appear before "-lm").
    #--------------------------------------------------------------------

    ac_fn_c_check_func "$LINENO" "sin" "ac_cv_func_sin"
if test "x$ac_cv_func_sin" = xyes; then :
  MATH_LIBS=""
else
  MATH_LIBS="-lm"
fi

    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for main in -lieee" >&5
$as_echo_n "checking for main in -lieee... " >&6; }
if ${ac_cv_lib_ieee_main+:} false; then :
  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
else
  ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS
LIBS="-lieee  $LIBS"
cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
/* end confdefs.h.  */


int
main ()
{
return main ();
  ;
  return 0;
}
_ACEOF
if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then :
  ac_cv_lib_ieee_main=yes
else
  ac_cv_lib_ieee_main=no
fi
rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
    conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS
fi
{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_lib_ieee_main" >&5
$as_echo "$ac_cv_lib_ieee_main" >&6; }
if test "x$ac_cv_lib_ieee_main" = xyes; then :
  MATH_LIBS="-lieee $MATH_LIBS"
fi


    #--------------------------------------------------------------------
    # Interactive UNIX requires -linet instead of -lsocket, plus it
    # needs net/errno.h to define the socket-related error codes.
    #--------------------------------------------------------------------

    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for main in -linet" >&5
$as_echo_n "checking for main in -linet... " >&6; }
if ${ac_cv_lib_inet_main+:} false; then :
  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
else
  ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS
LIBS="-linet  $LIBS"
cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
/* end confdefs.h.  */


int
main ()
{
return main ();
  ;
  return 0;
}
_ACEOF
if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then :
  ac_cv_lib_inet_main=yes
else
  ac_cv_lib_inet_main=no
fi
rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
    conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS
fi
{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_lib_inet_main" >&5
$as_echo "$ac_cv_lib_inet_main" >&6; }
if test "x$ac_cv_lib_inet_main" = xyes; then :
  LIBS="$LIBS -linet"
fi

    ac_fn_c_check_header_mongrel "$LINENO" "net/errno.h" "ac_cv_header_net_errno_h" "$ac_includes_default"
if test "x$ac_cv_header_net_errno_h" = xyes; then :


$as_echo "#define HAVE_NET_ERRNO_H 1" >>confdefs.h

fi



    #--------------------------------------------------------------------
    #	Check for the existence of the -lsocket and -lnsl libraries.
    #	The order here is important, so that they end up in the right
    #	order in the command line generated by make.  Here are some
    #	special considerations:
    #	1. Use "connect" and "accept" to check for -lsocket, and
    #	   "gethostbyname" to check for -lnsl.
    #	2. Use each function name only once:  can't redo a check because
    #	   autoconf caches the results of the last check and won't redo it.
    #	3. Use -lnsl and -lsocket only if they supply procedures that
    #	   aren't already present in the normal libraries.  This is because
    #	   IRIX 5.2 has libraries, but they aren't needed and they're
    #	   bogus:  they goof up name resolution if used.
    #	4. On some SVR4 systems, can't use -lsocket without -lnsl too.
    #	   To get around this problem, check for both libraries together
    #	   if -lsocket doesn't work by itself.
    #--------------------------------------------------------------------

    tcl_checkBoth=0
    ac_fn_c_check_func "$LINENO" "connect" "ac_cv_func_connect"
if test "x$ac_cv_func_connect" = xyes; then :
  tcl_checkSocket=0
else
  tcl_checkSocket=1
fi

    if test "$tcl_checkSocket" = 1; then
	ac_fn_c_check_func "$LINENO" "setsockopt" "ac_cv_func_setsockopt"
if test "x$ac_cv_func_setsockopt" = xyes; then :

else
  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for setsockopt in -lsocket" >&5
$as_echo_n "checking for setsockopt in -lsocket... " >&6; }
if ${ac_cv_lib_socket_setsockopt+:} false; then :
  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
else
  ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS
LIBS="-lsocket  $LIBS"
cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
/* end confdefs.h.  */

/* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error.
   Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC
   builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply.  */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C"
#endif
char setsockopt ();
int
main ()
{
return setsockopt ();
  ;
  return 0;
}
_ACEOF
if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then :
  ac_cv_lib_socket_setsockopt=yes
else
  ac_cv_lib_socket_setsockopt=no
fi
rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
    conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS
fi
{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_lib_socket_setsockopt" >&5
$as_echo "$ac_cv_lib_socket_setsockopt" >&6; }
if test "x$ac_cv_lib_socket_setsockopt" = xyes; then :
  LIBS="$LIBS -lsocket"
else
  tcl_checkBoth=1
fi

fi

    fi
    if test "$tcl_checkBoth" = 1; then
	tk_oldLibs=$LIBS
	LIBS="$LIBS -lsocket -lnsl"
	ac_fn_c_check_func "$LINENO" "accept" "ac_cv_func_accept"
if test "x$ac_cv_func_accept" = xyes; then :
  tcl_checkNsl=0
else
  LIBS=$tk_oldLibs
fi

    fi
    ac_fn_c_check_func "$LINENO" "gethostbyname" "ac_cv_func_gethostbyname"
if test "x$ac_cv_func_gethostbyname" = xyes; then :

else
  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for gethostbyname in -lnsl" >&5
$as_echo_n "checking for gethostbyname in -lnsl... " >&6; }
if ${ac_cv_lib_nsl_gethostbyname+:} false; then :
  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
else
  ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS
LIBS="-lnsl  $LIBS"
cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
/* end confdefs.h.  */

/* Override any GCC internal prototype to avoid an error.
   Use char because int might match the return type of a GCC
   builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply.  */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C"
#endif
char gethostbyname ();
int
main ()
{
return gethostbyname ();
  ;
  return 0;
}
_ACEOF
if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then :
  ac_cv_lib_nsl_gethostbyname=yes
else
  ac_cv_lib_nsl_gethostbyname=no
fi
rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
    conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
LIBS=$ac_check_lib_save_LIBS
fi
{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_lib_nsl_gethostbyname" >&5
$as_echo "$ac_cv_lib_nsl_gethostbyname" >&6; }
if test "x$ac_cv_lib_nsl_gethostbyname" = xyes; then :
  LIBS="$LIBS -lnsl"
fi

fi


    # TEA specific: Don't perform the eval of the libraries here because
    # DL_LIBS won't be set until we call TEA_CONFIG_CFLAGS

    TCL_LIBS='${DL_LIBS} ${LIBS} ${MATH_LIBS}'




    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking dirent.h" >&5
$as_echo_n "checking dirent.h... " >&6; }
if ${tcl_cv_dirent_h+:} false; then :
  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
else

    cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
/* end confdefs.h.  */
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <dirent.h>
int
main ()
{

#ifndef _POSIX_SOURCE
#   ifdef __Lynx__
	/*
	 * Generate compilation error to make the test fail:  Lynx headers
	 * are only valid if really in the POSIX environment.
	 */

	missing_procedure();
#   endif
#endif
DIR *d;
struct dirent *entryPtr;
char *p;
d = opendir("foobar");
entryPtr = readdir(d);
p = entryPtr->d_name;
closedir(d);

  ;
  return 0;
}
_ACEOF
if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then :
  tcl_cv_dirent_h=yes
else
  tcl_cv_dirent_h=no
fi
rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
    conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
fi
{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $tcl_cv_dirent_h" >&5
$as_echo "$tcl_cv_dirent_h" >&6; }

    if test $tcl_cv_dirent_h = no; then

$as_echo "#define NO_DIRENT_H 1" >>confdefs.h

    fi

    # TEA specific:
    ac_fn_c_check_header_mongrel "$LINENO" "errno.h" "ac_cv_header_errno_h" "$ac_includes_default"
if test "x$ac_cv_header_errno_h" = xyes; then :

else

$as_echo "#define NO_ERRNO_H 1" >>confdefs.h

fi


    ac_fn_c_check_header_mongrel "$LINENO" "float.h" "ac_cv_header_float_h" "$ac_includes_default"
if test "x$ac_cv_header_float_h" = xyes; then :

else

$as_echo "#define NO_FLOAT_H 1" >>confdefs.h

fi


    ac_fn_c_check_header_mongrel "$LINENO" "values.h" "ac_cv_header_values_h" "$ac_includes_default"
if test "x$ac_cv_header_values_h" = xyes; then :

else

$as_echo "#define NO_VALUES_H 1" >>confdefs.h

fi


    ac_fn_c_check_header_mongrel "$LINENO" "limits.h" "ac_cv_header_limits_h" "$ac_includes_default"
if test "x$ac_cv_header_limits_h" = xyes; then :

$as_echo "#define HAVE_LIMITS_H 1" >>confdefs.h

else

$as_echo "#define NO_LIMITS_H 1" >>confdefs.h

fi


    ac_fn_c_check_header_mongrel "$LINENO" "stdlib.h" "ac_cv_header_stdlib_h" "$ac_includes_default"
if test "x$ac_cv_header_stdlib_h" = xyes; then :
  tcl_ok=1
else
  tcl_ok=0
fi


    cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
/* end confdefs.h.  */
#include <stdlib.h>

_ACEOF
if (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>&5 |
  $EGREP "strtol" >/dev/null 2>&1; then :

else
  tcl_ok=0
fi
rm -f conftest*

    cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
/* end confdefs.h.  */
#include <stdlib.h>

_ACEOF
if (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>&5 |
  $EGREP "strtoul" >/dev/null 2>&1; then :

else
  tcl_ok=0
fi
rm -f conftest*

    cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
/* end confdefs.h.  */
#include <stdlib.h>

_ACEOF
if (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>&5 |
  $EGREP "strtod" >/dev/null 2>&1; then :

else
  tcl_ok=0
fi
rm -f conftest*

    if test $tcl_ok = 0; then

$as_echo "#define NO_STDLIB_H 1" >>confdefs.h

    fi
    ac_fn_c_check_header_mongrel "$LINENO" "string.h" "ac_cv_header_string_h" "$ac_includes_default"
if test "x$ac_cv_header_string_h" = xyes; then :
  tcl_ok=1
else
  tcl_ok=0
fi


    cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
/* end confdefs.h.  */
#include <string.h>

_ACEOF
if (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>&5 |
  $EGREP "strstr" >/dev/null 2>&1; then :

else
  tcl_ok=0
fi
rm -f conftest*

    cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
/* end confdefs.h.  */
#include <string.h>

_ACEOF
if (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>&5 |
  $EGREP "strerror" >/dev/null 2>&1; then :

else
  tcl_ok=0
fi
rm -f conftest*


    # See also memmove check below for a place where NO_STRING_H can be
    # set and why.

    if test $tcl_ok = 0; then

$as_echo "#define NO_STRING_H 1" >>confdefs.h

    fi

    ac_fn_c_check_header_mongrel "$LINENO" "sys/wait.h" "ac_cv_header_sys_wait_h" "$ac_includes_default"
if test "x$ac_cv_header_sys_wait_h" = xyes; then :

else

$as_echo "#define NO_SYS_WAIT_H 1" >>confdefs.h

fi


    ac_fn_c_check_header_mongrel "$LINENO" "dlfcn.h" "ac_cv_header_dlfcn_h" "$ac_includes_default"
if test "x$ac_cv_header_dlfcn_h" = xyes; then :

else

$as_echo "#define NO_DLFCN_H 1" >>confdefs.h

fi



    # OS/390 lacks sys/param.h (and doesn't need it, by chance).
    for ac_header in sys/param.h
do :
  ac_fn_c_check_header_mongrel "$LINENO" "sys/param.h" "ac_cv_header_sys_param_h" "$ac_includes_default"
if test "x$ac_cv_header_sys_param_h" = xyes; then :
  cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
#define HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H 1
_ACEOF

fi

done


	# Let the user call this, because if it triggers, they will
	# need a compat/strtod.c that is correct.  Users can also
	# use Tcl_GetDouble(FromObj) instead.
	#TEA_BUGGY_STRTOD
    fi


#-----------------------------------------------------------------------
# Those two are needed for compiling expat.
#-----------------------------------------------------------------------

for ac_func in memmove bcopy
................................................................................

        $as_echo "#define USE_NORMAL_ALLOCATOR 1" >>confdefs.h

    fi


#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# Add shared expat includes
#--------------------------------------------------------------------


    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for expat" >&5
$as_echo_n "checking for expat... " >&6; }

# Check whether --with-expat was given.
................................................................................

    if test x"${ac_cv_c_expat}" = x ; then
        { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: Using bundled expat distribution" >&5
$as_echo "Using bundled expat distribution" >&6; }

    vars="expat/xmlrole.c \
                         expat/xmltok.c \
                         expat/xmlparse.c"

    for i in $vars; do
	case $i in
	    \$*)
		# allow $-var names
		PKG_SOURCES="$PKG_SOURCES $i"
		PKG_OBJECTS="$PKG_OBJECTS $i"
		;;
................................................................................

    vars="-I${srcdir}/expat"
    for i in $vars; do
	PKG_INCLUDES="$PKG_INCLUDES $i"
    done





    else
        { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: Using shared expat found in ${ac_cv_c_expat}" >&5
$as_echo "Using shared expat found in ${ac_cv_c_expat}" >&6; }

    vars="-I${ac_cv_c_expat}/include"
    for i in $vars; do
	PKG_INCLUDES="$PKG_INCLUDES $i"
................................................................................
	fi
	PKG_LIBS="$PKG_LIBS $i"
    done


    fi



























































































































































































#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# Add HTML5 parsing support.
#--------------------------------------------------------------------




































































































    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether to enable support for HTML5 parsing (using gumbo)" >&5
$as_echo_n "checking whether to enable support for HTML5 parsing (using gumbo)... " >&6; }
    # Check whether --enable-html5 was given.
if test "${enable_html5+set}" = set; then :
  enableval=$enable_html5; tcl_ok=$enableval
else
................................................................................
    if test "${enable_html5+set}" = set; then
        enableval="$enable_html5"
        tcl_ok=$enableval
    else
        tcl_ok=no
    fi
    HTML5_LIBS=""

    if test "$tcl_ok" = "yes" ; then







        HAVEGUMBO=`pkg-config --exists gumbo && echo "1"`
        if test "$HAVEGUMBO" = "1" ; then
            { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: yes" >&5
$as_echo "yes" >&6; }
            $as_echo "#define TDOM_HAVE_GUMBO 1" >>confdefs.h

            HTML5_LIBS="`pkg-config --cflags --libs gumbo`"





        else
            as_fn_error $? "The required lib gumbo not found" "$LINENO" 5
        fi
    else
        { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
$as_echo "no" >&6; }
    fi
................................................................................
# and runtime Tcl library files in TEA_ADD_TCL_SOURCES.
# This defines PKG(_STUB)_SOURCES, PKG(_STUB)_OBJECTS, PKG_HEADERS
# and PKG_TCL_SOURCES.
#-----------------------------------------------------------------------


    vars="generic/xmlsimple.c \
                 generic/utf8conv.c  \
                 generic/dom.c       \
                 generic/domhtml.c   \
                 generic/domhtml5.c  \
                 generic/domjson.c   \
                 generic/domxpath.c  \
                 generic/domxslt.c   \
                 generic/domlock.c   \
                 generic/tcldom.c    \
                 generic/nodecmd.c   \
                 generic/tdominit.c  \
                 generic/tclexpat.c  \

                 generic/tdomStubInit.c"
    for i in $vars; do
	case $i in
	    \$*)
		# allow $-var names
		PKG_SOURCES="$PKG_SOURCES $i"
		PKG_OBJECTS="$PKG_OBJECTS $i"
................................................................................
	    as_fn_error $? "could not find header file '${srcdir}/$i'" "$LINENO" 5
	fi
	PKG_HEADERS="$PKG_HEADERS $i"
    done



    vars="-I${srcdir}/generic ${AOL_INCLUDES}"
    for i in $vars; do
	PKG_INCLUDES="$PKG_INCLUDES $i"
    done



    vars="${AOL_LIBS} ${HTML5_LIBS}"
................................................................................
# Add pkgIndex.tcl if it is generated in the Makefile instead of ./configure
# and change Makefile.in to move it from CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES to BINARIES var.
#
# A few miscellaneous platform-specific items:
# TEA_ADD_* any platform specific compiler/build info here.
#--------------------------------------------------------------------


if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = "windows" ; then
    $as_echo "#define BUILD_tdom 1" >>confdefs.h


    CLEANFILES="pkgIndex.tcl *.lib *.dll *.exp *.ilk *.pdb vc*.pch"
    #TEA_ADD_SOURCES([win/winFile.c])
    #TEA_ADD_INCLUDES([-I\"$(${CYGPATH} ${srcdir}/win)\"])

else
    CLEANFILES="pkgIndex.tcl tdomConfig.sh tdom.tcl tcldomsh"


    #TEA_ADD_SOURCES([unix/unixFile.c])
    #TEA_ADD_LIBS([-lsuperfly])

fi


#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# __CHANGE__
# Choose which headers you need.  Extension authors should try very
# hard to only rely on the Tcl public header files.  Internal headers
# contain private data structures and are subject to change without
# notice.
................................................................................
#--------------------------------------------------------------------


    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking how to build libraries" >&5
$as_echo_n "checking how to build libraries... " >&6; }
    # Check whether --enable-shared was given.
if test "${enable_shared+set}" = set; then :
  enableval=$enable_shared; tcl_ok=$enableval
else
  tcl_ok=yes
fi


    if test "${enable_shared+set}" = set; then
	enableval="$enable_shared"
	tcl_ok=$enableval
    else
	tcl_ok=yes
    fi

















    if test "$tcl_ok" = "yes" ; then
	{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: shared" >&5
$as_echo "shared" >&6; }
	SHARED_BUILD=1

    else
	{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: static" >&5
$as_echo "static" >&6; }
	SHARED_BUILD=0

$as_echo "#define STATIC_BUILD 1" >>confdefs.h





    fi



















#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# This macro figures out what flags to use with the compiler/linker
# when building shared/static debug/optimized objects.  This information
# can be taken from the tclConfig.sh file, but this figures it all out.
................................................................................
{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $tcl_cv_cc_visibility_hidden" >&5
$as_echo "$tcl_cv_cc_visibility_hidden" >&6; }
    if test $tcl_cv_cc_visibility_hidden = yes; then :


$as_echo "#define MODULE_SCOPE extern __attribute__((__visibility__(\"hidden\")))" >>confdefs.h





fi

    # Step 0.d: Disable -rpath support?

    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking if rpath support is requested" >&5
$as_echo_n "checking if rpath support is requested... " >&6; }
................................................................................
else
  AR="$ac_cv_prog_AR"
fi

    STLIB_LD='${AR} cr'
    LD_LIBRARY_PATH_VAR="LD_LIBRARY_PATH"
    if test "x$SHLIB_VERSION" = x; then :
  SHLIB_VERSION="1.0"


fi
    case $system in
	# TEA specific:
	windows)
	    # This is a 2-stage check to make sure we have the 64-bit SDK
	    # We have to know where the SDK is installed.
	    # This magic is based on MS Platform SDK for Win2003 SP1 - hobbs
................................................................................

	    if test "$GCC" != "yes" ; then
	        if test "${SHARED_BUILD}" = "0" ; then
		    runtime=-MT
	        else
		    runtime=-MD
	        fi



















                if test "$do64bit" != "no" ; then
		    # All this magic is necessary for the Win64 SDK RC1 - hobbs
		    CC="\"${PATH64}/cl.exe\""
		    CFLAGS="${CFLAGS} -I\"${MSSDK}/Include\" -I\"${MSSDK}/Include/crt\" -I\"${MSSDK}/Include/crt/sys\""
		    RC="\"${MSSDK}/bin/rc.exe\""
		    lflags="-nologo -MACHINE:${MACHINE} -LIBPATH:\"${MSSDK}/Lib/${MACHINE}\""
		    LINKBIN="\"${PATH64}/link.exe\""
		    CFLAGS_DEBUG="-nologo -Zi -Od -W3 ${runtime}d"
		    CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE="-nologo -O2 -W2 ${runtime}"
		    # Avoid 'unresolved external symbol __security_cookie'
		    # errors, c.f. http://support.microsoft.com/?id=894573

    vars="bufferoverflowU.lib"
................................................................................
cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
#define UNDER_CE $CEVERSION
_ACEOF

		    CFLAGS_DEBUG="-nologo -Zi -Od"
		    CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE="-nologo -Ox"
		    lversion=`echo ${CEVERSION} | sed -e 's/\(.\)\(..\)/\1\.\2/'`
		    lflags="-MACHINE:${ARCH} -LIBPATH:\"${CELIBPATH}\" -subsystem:windowsce,${lversion} -nologo"
		    LINKBIN="\"${CEBINROOT}/link.exe\""

		else
		    RC="rc"
		    lflags="-nologo"
    		    LINKBIN="link"
		    CFLAGS_DEBUG="-nologo -Z7 -Od -W3 -WX ${runtime}d"
		    CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE="-nologo -O2 -W2 ${runtime}"
		fi
	    fi

	    if test "$GCC" = "yes"; then
		# mingw gcc mode
................................................................................
$as_echo_n "checking for cross-compile version of gcc... " >&6; }
if ${ac_cv_cross+:} false; then :
  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
else
  cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
/* end confdefs.h.  */

			    #ifdef __WIN32__
				#error cross-compiler
			    #endif

int
main ()
{

................................................................................
	    LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -export-dynamic"
	    CC_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
	    LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
	    ;;
	CYGWIN_*)
	    SHLIB_CFLAGS=""
	    SHLIB_LD='${CC} -shared'

	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".dll"
	    EXEEXT=".exe"

	    CC_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
	    LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
	    ;;
	Haiku*)
	    LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -Wl,--export-dynamic"
	    SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fPIC"
	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
	    SHLIB_LD='${CC} -shared ${CFLAGS} ${LDFLAGS}'
	    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for inet_ntoa in -lnetwork" >&5
$as_echo_n "checking for inet_ntoa in -lnetwork... " >&6; }
if ${ac_cv_lib_network_inet_ntoa+:} false; then :
  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
else
  ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS
LIBS="-lnetwork  $LIBS"
................................................................................
	    SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fPIC"
	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"

	    # TEA specific:
	    CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE="-O2 -fomit-frame-pointer"

	    # TEA specific: use LDFLAGS_DEFAULT instead of LDFLAGS
	    SHLIB_LD='${CC} -shared ${CFLAGS} ${LDFLAGS_DEFAULT}'
	    LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -Wl,--export-dynamic"
	    if test $doRpath = yes; then :

		CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
fi
	    LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=${CC_SEARCH_FLAGS}
	    if test "`uname -m`" = "alpha"; then :
................................................................................
		CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
		LD_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
fi
	    ;;
	OpenBSD-*)
	    arch=`arch -s`
	    case "$arch" in
	    m88k|vax)
		SHLIB_SUFFIX=""
		SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX=""
		;;
	    *)
		SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fPIC"


		SHLIB_LD='${CC} -shared ${SHLIB_CFLAGS}'
		SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
		if test $doRpath = yes; then :

		    CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
fi
		LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=${CC_SEARCH_FLAGS}
		SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX='${TCL_TRIM_DOTS}.so.${SHLIB_VERSION}'
		;;
	    esac
	    case "$arch" in
	    m88k|vax)
		CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE="-O1"
		;;
	    *)
		CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE="-O2"
		;;
	    esac
	    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for ELF" >&5
$as_echo_n "checking for ELF... " >&6; }
if ${tcl_cv_ld_elf+:} false; then :
  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
else

		cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
/* end confdefs.h.  */

#ifdef __ELF__
	yes
#endif

_ACEOF
if (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>&5 |
  $EGREP "yes" >/dev/null 2>&1; then :
  tcl_cv_ld_elf=yes
else
  tcl_cv_ld_elf=no
fi
rm -f conftest*

fi
{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $tcl_cv_ld_elf" >&5
$as_echo "$tcl_cv_ld_elf" >&6; }
	    if test $tcl_cv_ld_elf = yes; then :

		LDFLAGS=-Wl,-export-dynamic

else
  LDFLAGS=""
fi
	    if test "${TCL_THREADS}" = "1"; then :

		# On OpenBSD:	Compile with -pthread
		#		Don't link with -lpthread
		LIBS=`echo $LIBS | sed s/-lpthread//`
		CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -pthread"

................................................................................
	    # OpenBSD doesn't do version numbers with dots.
	    UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX='${TCL_TRIM_DOTS}.a'
	    TCL_LIB_VERSIONS_OK=nodots
	    ;;
	NetBSD-*)
	    # NetBSD has ELF and can use 'cc -shared' to build shared libs
	    SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fPIC"
	    SHLIB_LD='${CC} -shared ${SHLIB_CFLAGS}'
	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
	    LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -export-dynamic"
	    if test $doRpath = yes; then :

		CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
fi
	    LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=${CC_SEARCH_FLAGS}
................................................................................

fi
	    ;;
	FreeBSD-*)
	    # This configuration from FreeBSD Ports.
	    SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fPIC"
	    SHLIB_LD="${CC} -shared"
	    TCL_SHLIB_LD_EXTRAS="-Wl,-soname \[email protected]"
	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
	    LDFLAGS=""
	    if test $doRpath = yes; then :

		CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
		LD_SEARCH_FLAGS='-rpath ${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
fi
	    if test "${TCL_THREADS}" = "1"; then :

		# The -pthread needs to go in the LDFLAGS, not LIBS
		LIBS=`echo $LIBS | sed s/-pthread//`
		CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $PTHREAD_CFLAGS"
		LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS $PTHREAD_LIBS"
fi


	    # Version numbers are dot-stripped by system policy.
	    TCL_TRIM_DOTS=`echo ${VERSION} | tr -d .`
	    UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX='${TCL_TRIM_DOTS}.a'
	    SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX='${TCL_TRIM_DOTS}\$\{DBGX\}.so.1'
	    TCL_LIB_VERSIONS_OK=nodots


	    ;;
	Darwin-*)
	    CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE="-Os"
	    SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fno-common"
	    # To avoid discrepancies between what headers configure sees during
	    # preprocessing tests and compiling tests, move any -isysroot and
	    # -mmacosx-version-min flags from CFLAGS to CPPFLAGS:
................................................................................
	    if test "$GCC" = yes; then :

		SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fPIC -melf"
		LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -melf -Wl,-Bexport"

else

	       SHLIB_CFLAGS="-Kpic -belf"
	       LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -belf -Wl,-Bexport"

fi
	    SHLIB_LD="ld -G"
	    SHLIB_LD_LIBS=""
	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
	    CC_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
	    LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
................................................................................
    # standard manufacturer compiler.

    if test "$GCC" = yes; then :

	case $system in
	    AIX-*) ;;
	    BSD/OS*) ;;
	    CYGWIN_*|MINGW32_*) ;;
	    IRIX*) ;;
	    NetBSD-*|FreeBSD-*|OpenBSD-*) ;;
	    Darwin-*) ;;
	    SCO_SV-3.2*) ;;
	    windows) ;;
	    *) SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fPIC" ;;
	esac
................................................................................
fi

    if test "$tcl_cv_cc_visibility_hidden" != yes; then :


$as_echo "#define MODULE_SCOPE extern" >>confdefs.h


$as_echo "#define NO_VIZ /**/" >>confdefs.h


fi

    if test "$SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX" = ""; then :

    # TEA specific: use PACKAGE_VERSION instead of VERSION
    SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX='${PACKAGE_VERSION}${SHLIB_SUFFIX}'
................................................................................
fi
    if test "$UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX" = ""; then :

    # TEA specific: use PACKAGE_VERSION instead of VERSION
    UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX='${PACKAGE_VERSION}.a'
fi

    if test "${GCC}" = "yes" ; then
	{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for SEH support in compiler" >&5
$as_echo_n "checking for SEH support in compiler... " >&6; }
if ${tcl_cv_seh+:} false; then :
  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
else
  if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then :
  tcl_cv_seh=no
else
  cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
/* end confdefs.h.  */

	    #define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
	    #include <windows.h>
	    #undef WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN

	    int main(int argc, char** argv) {
		int a, b = 0;
		__try {
		    a = 666 / b;
		}
		__except (EXCEPTION_EXECUTE_HANDLER) {
................................................................................
$as_echo_n "checking for winnt.h that ignores VOID define... " >&6; }
if ${tcl_cv_winnt_ignore_void+:} false; then :
  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
else
  cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
/* end confdefs.h.  */

		#define VOID void
		#define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
		#include <windows.h>
		#undef WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN

int
main ()
{

		CHAR c;
		SHORT s;
................................................................................
{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $tcl_cv_winnt_ignore_void" >&5
$as_echo "$tcl_cv_winnt_ignore_void" >&6; }
	if test "$tcl_cv_winnt_ignore_void" = "yes" ; then

$as_echo "#define HAVE_WINNT_IGNORE_VOID 1" >>confdefs.h

	fi


	# See if the compiler supports casting to a union type.
	# This is used to stop gcc from printing a compiler
	# warning when initializing a union member.

	{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for cast to union support" >&5
$as_echo_n "checking for cast to union support... " >&6; }
................................................................................
{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $tcl_cv_cast_to_union" >&5
$as_echo "$tcl_cv_cast_to_union" >&6; }
	if test "$tcl_cv_cast_to_union" = "yes"; then

$as_echo "#define HAVE_CAST_TO_UNION 1" >>confdefs.h

	fi
    fi







................................................................................
if ${tcl_cv_struct_dirent64+:} false; then :
  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
else

	    cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
/* end confdefs.h.  */
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <sys/dirent.h>
int
main ()
{
struct dirent64 p;
  ;
  return 0;
}
................................................................................
	else
	    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: enabled $tcl_ok debugging" >&5
$as_echo "enabled $tcl_ok debugging" >&6; }
	fi
    fi


#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# Everyone should be linking against the Tcl stub library.  If you
# can't for some reason, remove this definition.  If you aren't using
# stubs, you also need to modify the SHLIB_LD_LIBS setting below to
# link against the non-stubbed Tcl library.  Add Tk too if necessary.
#--------------------------------------------------------------------


$as_echo "#define USE_TCL_STUBS 1" >>confdefs.h

#AC_DEFINE(USE_TK_STUBS, 1, [Use Tk stubs])

#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# This macro generates a line to use when building a library.  It
# depends on values set by the TEA_ENABLE_SHARED, TEA_ENABLE_SYMBOLS,
# and TEA_LOAD_TCLCONFIG macros above.
#--------------------------------------------------------------------


................................................................................

    CLEANFILES="$CLEANFILES *.manifest"


fi
rm -f conftest*

	MAKE_STUB_LIB="\${STLIB_LD} -out:\[email protected] \$(PKG_STUB_OBJECTS)"
    else
	MAKE_STATIC_LIB="\${STLIB_LD} \[email protected] \$(PKG_OBJECTS)"
	MAKE_SHARED_LIB="\${SHLIB_LD} -o \[email protected] \$(PKG_OBJECTS) \${SHLIB_LD_LIBS}"
	MAKE_STUB_LIB="\${STLIB_LD} \[email protected] \$(PKG_STUB_OBJECTS)"
    fi

    if test "${SHARED_BUILD}" = "1" ; then
................................................................................
    # substituted. (@@@ Might not be necessary anymore)
    #--------------------------------------------------------------------

    if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = "windows" ; then
	if test "${SHARED_BUILD}" = "1" ; then
	    # We force the unresolved linking of symbols that are really in
	    # the private libraries of Tcl and Tk.
	    SHLIB_LD_LIBS="${SHLIB_LD_LIBS} \"`${CYGPATH} ${TCL_BIN_DIR}/${TCL_STUB_LIB_FILE}`\""
	    if test x"${TK_BIN_DIR}" != x ; then
		SHLIB_LD_LIBS="${SHLIB_LD_LIBS} \"`${CYGPATH} ${TK_BIN_DIR}/${TK_STUB_LIB_FILE}`\""
	    fi




	    eval eval "PKG_LIB_FILE=${PACKAGE_NAME}${SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX}"
	else
	    eval eval "PKG_LIB_FILE=${PACKAGE_NAME}${UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX}"


	fi

	# Some packages build their own stubs libraries
	eval eval "PKG_STUB_LIB_FILE=${PACKAGE_NAME}stub${UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX}"
	if test "$GCC" = "yes"; then
	    PKG_STUB_LIB_FILE=lib${PKG_STUB_LIB_FILE}
	fi
	# These aren't needed on Windows (either MSVC or gcc)
	RANLIB=:
	RANLIB_STUB=:
    else
	RANLIB_STUB="${RANLIB}"
	if test "${SHARED_BUILD}" = "1" ; then
	    SHLIB_LD_LIBS="${SHLIB_LD_LIBS} ${TCL_STUB_LIB_SPEC}"
	    if test x"${TK_BIN_DIR}" != x ; then
		SHLIB_LD_LIBS="${SHLIB_LD_LIBS} ${TK_STUB_LIB_SPEC}"
	    fi
	    eval eval "PKG_LIB_FILE=lib${PACKAGE_NAME}${SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX}"
	    RANLIB=:
	else
	    eval eval "PKG_LIB_FILE=lib${PACKAGE_NAME}${UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX}"
	fi
	# Some packages build their own stubs libraries
	eval eval "PKG_STUB_LIB_FILE=lib${PACKAGE_NAME}stub${UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX}"
    fi

    # These are escaped so that only CFLAGS is picked up at configure time.
    # The other values will be substituted at make time.
    CFLAGS="${CFLAGS} \${CFLAGS_DEFAULT} \${CFLAGS_WARNING}"
    if test "${SHARED_BUILD}" = "1" ; then
	CFLAGS="${CFLAGS} \${SHLIB_CFLAGS}"
................................................................................


    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for tclsh" >&5
$as_echo_n "checking for tclsh... " >&6; }
    if test -f "${TCL_BIN_DIR}/Makefile" ; then
        # tclConfig.sh is in Tcl build directory
        if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = "windows"; then

            TCLSH_PROG="${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclsh${TCL_MAJOR_VERSION}${TCL_MINOR_VERSION}${TCL_DBGX}${EXEEXT}"







        else
            TCLSH_PROG="${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclsh"
        fi
    else
        # tclConfig.sh is in install location
        if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = "windows"; then
            TCLSH_PROG="tclsh${TCL_MAJOR_VERSION}${TCL_MINOR_VERSION}${TCL_DBGX}${EXEEXT}"
................................................................................




#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# Finally, substitute all of the various values into the Makefile.
# You may alternatively have a special pkgIndex.tcl.in or other files
# which require substituting th AC variables in.  Include these here.
#--------------------------------------------------------------------

ac_config_files="$ac_config_files Makefile tdomConfig.sh"

cat >confcache <<\_ACEOF
# This file is a shell script that caches the results of configure
# tests run on this system so they can be shared between configure
# scripts and configure runs, see configure's option --config-cache.
# It is not useful on other systems.  If it contains results you don't
# want to keep, you may remove or edit it.
................................................................................
test $as_write_fail = 0 && chmod +x $CONFIG_STATUS || ac_write_fail=1

cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
# Save the log message, to keep $0 and so on meaningful, and to
# report actual input values of CONFIG_FILES etc. instead of their
# values after options handling.
ac_log="
This file was extended by tdom $as_me 0.8.3, which was
generated by GNU Autoconf 2.69.  Invocation command line was

  CONFIG_FILES    = $CONFIG_FILES
  CONFIG_HEADERS  = $CONFIG_HEADERS
  CONFIG_LINKS    = $CONFIG_LINKS
  CONFIG_COMMANDS = $CONFIG_COMMANDS
  $ $0 [email protected]
................................................................................

Report bugs to the package provider."

_ACEOF
cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
ac_cs_config="`$as_echo "$ac_configure_args" | sed 's/^ //; s/[\\""\`\$]/\\\\&/g'`"
ac_cs_version="\\
tdom config.status 0.8.3
configured by $0, generated by GNU Autoconf 2.69,
  with options \\"\$ac_cs_config\\"

Copyright (C) 2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This config.status script is free software; the Free Software Foundation
gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it."

................................................................................
cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1

# Handling of arguments.
for ac_config_target in $ac_config_targets
do
  case $ac_config_target in
    "Makefile") CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES Makefile" ;;

    "tdomConfig.sh") CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES tdomConfig.sh" ;;

  *) as_fn_error $? "invalid argument: \`$ac_config_target'" "$LINENO" 5;;
  esac
done

#! /bin/sh
# Guess values for system-dependent variables and create Makefiles.
# Generated by GNU Autoconf 2.69 for tdom 0.9.2.
#
#
# Copyright (C) 1992-1996, 1998-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
#
#
# This configure script is free software; the Free Software Foundation
# gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it.
................................................................................
subdirs=
MFLAGS=
MAKEFLAGS=

# Identity of this package.
PACKAGE_NAME='tdom'
PACKAGE_TARNAME='tdom'
PACKAGE_VERSION='0.9.2'
PACKAGE_STRING='tdom 0.9.2'
PACKAGE_BUGREPORT=''
PACKAGE_URL=''

# Factoring default headers for most tests.
ac_includes_default="\
#include <stdio.h>
#ifdef HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H
................................................................................
STLIB_LD
CFLAGS_WARNING
CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE
CFLAGS_DEBUG
RC
CELIB_DIR
AR
STUBS_BUILD
SHARED_BUILD
TCL_THREADS
TCL_TOP_DIR_NATIVE
TCL_INCLUDES
PKG_CONFIG
PKG_OBJECTS
PKG_SOURCES

EGREP
GREP
RANLIB
SET_MAKE
CPP
TCL_SHLIB_LD_LIBS
TCL_LD_FLAGS
................................................................................
TCL_LIB_SPEC
TCL_LIB_FLAG
TCL_LIB_FILE
TCL_SRC_DIR
TCL_BIN_DIR
TCL_PATCH_LEVEL
TCL_VERSION
INSTALL_LIBRARY
INSTALL_SCRIPT
INSTALL_PROGRAM
INSTALL_DATA
INSTALL_DATA_DIR
INSTALL
PKG_CFLAGS
PKG_LIBS
PKG_INCLUDES
PKG_HEADERS
PKG_TCL_SOURCES
PKG_STUB_OBJECTS
PKG_STUB_SOURCES
................................................................................
SHELL'
ac_subst_files=''
ac_user_opts='
enable_option_checking
with_tcl
with_aol
with_expat
with_entropy
enable_html5
with_tclinclude
enable_threads
enable_shared
enable_stubs
enable_64bit
enable_64bit_vis
enable_rpath
enable_wince
with_celib
enable_symbols
enable_dtd
................................................................................
#
# Report the --help message.
#
if test "$ac_init_help" = "long"; then
  # Omit some internal or obsolete options to make the list less imposing.
  # This message is too long to be a string in the A/UX 3.1 sh.
  cat <<_ACEOF
\`configure' configures tdom 0.9.2 to adapt to many kinds of systems.

Usage: $0 [OPTION]... [VAR=VALUE]...

To assign environment variables (e.g., CC, CFLAGS...), specify them as
VAR=VALUE.  See below for descriptions of some of the useful variables.

Defaults for the options are specified in brackets.
................................................................................

  cat <<\_ACEOF
_ACEOF
fi

if test -n "$ac_init_help"; then
  case $ac_init_help in
     short | recursive ) echo "Configuration of tdom 0.9.2:";;
   esac
  cat <<\_ACEOF

Optional Features:
  --disable-option-checking  ignore unrecognized --enable/--with options
  --disable-FEATURE       do not include FEATURE (same as --enable-FEATURE=no)
  --enable-FEATURE[=ARG]  include FEATURE [ARG=yes]
  --enable-html5          build with HTML5 parsing support (default: off)

  --enable-threads        build with threads (default: on)
  --enable-shared         build and link with shared libraries (default: on)
  --enable-stubs          build and link with stub libraries. Always true for
                          shared builds (default: on)
  --enable-64bit          enable 64bit support (default: off)
  --enable-64bit-vis      enable 64bit Sparc VIS support (default: off)
  --disable-rpath         disable rpath support (default: on)
  --enable-wince          enable Win/CE support (where applicable)
  --enable-symbols        build with debugging symbols (default: off)
  --enable-dtd            build with dtd support (default: on)
  --enable-ns             build with XML namespace support (default: on)
................................................................................
Optional Packages:
  --with-PACKAGE[=ARG]    use PACKAGE [ARG=yes]
  --without-PACKAGE       do not use PACKAGE (same as --with-PACKAGE=no)
  --with-tcl              directory containing tcl configuration
                          (tclConfig.sh)
  --with-aolserver        directory with AOLserver distribution
  --with-expat            directory with expat installation
  --with-entropy          source of entropy to use
  --with-tclinclude       directory containing the public Tcl header files
  --with-celib=DIR        use Windows/CE support library from DIR

Some influential environment variables:
  CC          C compiler command
  CFLAGS      C compiler flags
  LDFLAGS     linker flags, e.g. -L<lib dir> if you have libraries in a
................................................................................
    cd "$ac_pwd" || { ac_status=$?; break; }
  done
fi

test -n "$ac_init_help" && exit $ac_status
if $ac_init_version; then
  cat <<\_ACEOF
tdom configure 0.9.2
generated by GNU Autoconf 2.69

Copyright (C) 2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This configure script is free software; the Free Software Foundation
gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it.
_ACEOF
  exit
................................................................................
fi
eval ac_res=\$$3
	       { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_res" >&5
$as_echo "$ac_res" >&6; }
  eval $as_lineno_stack; ${as_lineno_stack:+:} unset as_lineno

} # ac_fn_c_check_func























































































cat >config.log <<_ACEOF
This file contains any messages produced by compilers while
running configure, to aid debugging if configure makes a mistake.

It was created by tdom $as_me 0.9.2, which was
generated by GNU Autoconf 2.69.  Invocation command line was

  $ $0 [email protected]

_ACEOF
exec 5>>config.log
{
................................................................................
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# Call TEA_INIT as the first TEA_ macro to set up initial vars.
# This will define a ${TEA_PLATFORM} variable == "unix" or "windows"
# as well as PKG_LIB_FILE and PKG_STUB_LIB_FILE.
#--------------------------------------------------------------------




    TEA_VERSION="3.13"

    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking TEA configuration" >&5
$as_echo_n "checking TEA configuration... " >&6; }
    if test x"${PACKAGE_NAME}" = x ; then
	as_fn_error $? "
The PACKAGE_NAME variable must be defined by your TEA configure.ac" "$LINENO" 5
    fi







    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: ok (TEA ${TEA_VERSION})" >&5
$as_echo "ok (TEA ${TEA_VERSION})" >&6; }


    # If the user did not set CFLAGS, set it now to keep macros
    # like AC_PROG_CC and AC_TRY_COMPILE from adding "-g -O2".
    if test "${CFLAGS+set}" != "set" ; then
	CFLAGS=""
    fi

    case "`uname -s`" in
	*win32*|*WIN32*|*MINGW32_*|*MINGW64_*)
	    # Extract the first word of "cygpath", so it can be a program name with args.
set dummy cygpath; ac_word=$2
{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5
$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
if ${ac_cv_prog_CYGPATH+:} false; then :
  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
else
................................................................................
as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
for as_dir in $PATH
do
  IFS=$as_save_IFS
  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
    for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
  if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
    ac_cv_prog_CYGPATH="cygpath -m"
    $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
    break 2
  fi
done
  done
IFS=$as_save_IFS

................................................................................
fi


	    EXEEXT=".exe"
	    TEA_PLATFORM="windows"
	    ;;
	*CYGWIN_*)

	    EXEEXT=".exe"
	    # CYGPATH and TEA_PLATFORM are determined later in LOAD_TCLCONFIG
	    ;;
	*)
	    CYGPATH=echo
	    # Maybe we are cross-compiling....
	    case ${host_alias} in
		*mingw32*)
		EXEEXT=".exe"
................................................................................
    # This package name must be replaced statically for AC_SUBST to work

    # Substitute STUB_LIB_FILE in case package creates a stub library too.


    # We AC_SUBST these here to ensure they are subst'ed,
    # in case the user doesn't call TEA_ADD_...








    # Configure the installer.

    INSTALL='$(SHELL) $(srcdir)/tclconfig/install-sh -c'
    INSTALL_DATA_DIR='${INSTALL} -d -m 755'
    INSTALL_DATA='${INSTALL} -m 644'
    INSTALL_PROGRAM='${INSTALL} -m 755'
    INSTALL_SCRIPT='${INSTALL} -m 755'


    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking system version" >&5
$as_echo_n "checking system version... " >&6; }
if ${tcl_cv_sys_version+:} false; then :
  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
else

	# TEA specific:
	if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = "windows" ; then
	    tcl_cv_sys_version=windows
	else
	    tcl_cv_sys_version=`uname -s`-`uname -r`
	    if test "$?" -ne 0 ; then
		{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: can't find uname command" >&5
$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: can't find uname command" >&2;}
		tcl_cv_sys_version=unknown
	    else
		if test "`uname -s`" = "AIX" ; then
		    tcl_cv_sys_version=AIX-`uname -v`.`uname -r`
		fi
	    fi
	fi

fi
{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $tcl_cv_sys_version" >&5
$as_echo "$tcl_cv_sys_version" >&6; }
    system=$tcl_cv_sys_version

    case $system in
	HP-UX-*) INSTALL_LIBRARY='${INSTALL} -m 755' ;;
	      *) INSTALL_LIBRARY='${INSTALL} -m 644' ;;
    esac








................................................................................

	    # on Darwin, check in Framework installation locations
	    if test "`uname -s`" = "Darwin" -a x"${ac_cv_c_tclconfig}" = x ; then
		for i in `ls -d ~/Library/Frameworks 2>/dev/null` \
			`ls -d /Library/Frameworks 2>/dev/null` \
			`ls -d /Network/Library/Frameworks 2>/dev/null` \
			`ls -d /System/Library/Frameworks 2>/dev/null` \
			`ls -d /Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Platforms/MacOSX.platform/Developer/SDKs/MacOSX.sdk/Library/Frameworks/Tcl.framework 2>/dev/null` \
			`ls -d /Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Platforms/MacOSX.platform/Developer/SDKs/MacOSX.sdk/Network/Library/Frameworks/Tcl.framework 2>/dev/null` \
			`ls -d /Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Platforms/MacOSX.platform/Developer/SDKs/MacOSX.sdk/System/Library/Frameworks/Tcl.framework 2>/dev/null` \
			; do
		    if test -f "$i/Tcl.framework/tclConfig.sh" ; then
			ac_cv_c_tclconfig="`(cd $i/Tcl.framework; pwd)`"
			break
		    fi
		done
	    fi
................................................................................
	    # check in a few common install locations
	    if test x"${ac_cv_c_tclconfig}" = x ; then
		for i in `ls -d ${libdir} 2>/dev/null` \
			`ls -d ${exec_prefix}/lib 2>/dev/null` \
			`ls -d ${prefix}/lib 2>/dev/null` \
			`ls -d /usr/local/lib 2>/dev/null` \
			`ls -d /usr/contrib/lib 2>/dev/null` \
			`ls -d /usr/pkg/lib 2>/dev/null` \
			`ls -d /usr/lib 2>/dev/null` \
			`ls -d /usr/lib64 2>/dev/null` \
			`ls -d /usr/lib/tcl8.6 2>/dev/null` \
			`ls -d /usr/lib/tcl8.5 2>/dev/null` \
			`ls -d /usr/local/lib/tcl8.6 2>/dev/null` \
			`ls -d /usr/local/lib/tcl8.5 2>/dev/null` \
			`ls -d /usr/local/lib/tcl/tcl8.6 2>/dev/null` \
			`ls -d /usr/local/lib/tcl/tcl8.5 2>/dev/null` \
			; do
		    if test -f "$i/tclConfig.sh" ; then
			ac_cv_c_tclconfig="`(cd $i; pwd)`"
			break
		    fi
		done
	    fi
................................................................................
	    #endif

  ;
  return 0;
}
_ACEOF
if ac_fn_c_try_compile "$LINENO"; then :

	    TEA_PLATFORM="unix"
	    CYGPATH=echo

else

	    TEA_PLATFORM="windows"
	    # Extract the first word of "cygpath", so it can be a program name with args.
set dummy cygpath; ac_word=$2
{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5
$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
if ${ac_cv_prog_CYGPATH+:} false; then :
  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
else
  if test -n "$CYGPATH"; then
  ac_cv_prog_CYGPATH="$CYGPATH" # Let the user override the test.
else
as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
for as_dir in $PATH
do
  IFS=$as_save_IFS
  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
    for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
  if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
    ac_cv_prog_CYGPATH="cygpath -m"
    $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
    break 2
  fi
done
  done
IFS=$as_save_IFS

  test -z "$ac_cv_prog_CYGPATH" && ac_cv_prog_CYGPATH="echo"
fi
fi
CYGPATH=$ac_cv_prog_CYGPATH
if test -n "$CYGPATH"; then
  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $CYGPATH" >&5
$as_echo "$CYGPATH" >&6; }
else
  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
$as_echo "no" >&6; }
fi



fi
rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
    CC=$hold_cc
    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $TEA_PLATFORM" >&5
$as_echo "$TEA_PLATFORM" >&6; }

................................................................................

     ;; #(
   *)
     as_fn_error $? "unknown endianness
 presetting ac_cv_c_bigendian=no (or yes) will help" "$LINENO" 5 ;;
 esac





























































































































































































































































































































































































































































































#-----------------------------------------------------------------------
# Those two are needed for compiling expat.
#-----------------------------------------------------------------------

for ac_func in memmove bcopy
................................................................................

        $as_echo "#define USE_NORMAL_ALLOCATOR 1" >>confdefs.h

    fi


#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# Add shared expat includes and expat entropy
#--------------------------------------------------------------------


    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for expat" >&5
$as_echo_n "checking for expat... " >&6; }

# Check whether --with-expat was given.
................................................................................

    if test x"${ac_cv_c_expat}" = x ; then
        { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: Using bundled expat distribution" >&5
$as_echo "Using bundled expat distribution" >&6; }

    vars="expat/xmlrole.c \
                         expat/xmltok.c \
                         expat/xmlparse.c \
                         expat/loadlibrary.c"
    for i in $vars; do
	case $i in
	    \$*)
		# allow $-var names
		PKG_SOURCES="$PKG_SOURCES $i"
		PKG_OBJECTS="$PKG_OBJECTS $i"
		;;
................................................................................

    vars="-I${srcdir}/expat"
    for i in $vars; do
	PKG_INCLUDES="$PKG_INCLUDES $i"
    done



$as_echo "#define XML_POOR_ENTROPY 1" >>confdefs.h

    else
        { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: Using shared expat found in ${ac_cv_c_expat}" >&5
$as_echo "Using shared expat found in ${ac_cv_c_expat}" >&6; }

    vars="-I${ac_cv_c_expat}/include"
    for i in $vars; do
	PKG_INCLUDES="$PKG_INCLUDES $i"
................................................................................
	fi
	PKG_LIBS="$PKG_LIBS $i"
    done


    fi


    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking which source of entropy to use" >&5
$as_echo "$as_me: checking which source of entropy to use" >&6;}

# Check whether --with-entropy was given.
if test "${with_entropy+set}" = set; then :
  withval=$with_entropy;
else
  with_entropy=auto
fi


        case $with_entropy in
            no)

$as_echo "#define XML_POOR_ENTROPY 1" >>confdefs.h

            ;;
            auto)
                { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for arc4random_buf (BSD or libbsd)" >&5
$as_echo_n "checking for arc4random_buf (BSD or libbsd)... " >&6; }
                cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
/* end confdefs.h.  */

                  #include <stdlib.h>  /* for arc4random_buf on BSD, for NULL */
                  #if defined(HAVE_LIBBSD)
                  # include <bsd/stdlib.h>
                  #endif
                  int main() {
                    arc4random_buf(NULL, 0U);
                    return 0;
                  }

_ACEOF
if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then :


$as_echo "#define HAVE_ARC4RANDOM_BUF 1" >>confdefs.h

                    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: yes" >&5
$as_echo "yes" >&6; }

else

                    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
$as_echo "no" >&6; }

                    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for arc4random (BSD, macOS or libbsd)" >&5
$as_echo_n "checking for arc4random (BSD, macOS or libbsd)... " >&6; }
                    cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
/* end confdefs.h.  */

                      #if defined(HAVE_LIBBSD)
                      # include <bsd/stdlib.h>
                      #else
                      # include <stdlib.h>
                      #endif
                      int main() {
                          arc4random();
                          return 0;
                      }

_ACEOF
if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then :


$as_echo "#define HAVE_ARC4RANDOM 1" >>confdefs.h

                        { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: yes" >&5
$as_echo "yes" >&6; }

else

                        { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
$as_echo "no" >&6; }

fi
rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
    conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext

fi
rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
    conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext


                { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for getrandom (Linux 3.17+, glibc 2.25+)" >&5
$as_echo_n "checking for getrandom (Linux 3.17+, glibc 2.25+)... " >&6; }
                cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
/* end confdefs.h.  */

                  #include <stdlib.h>  /* for NULL */
                  #include <sys/random.h>
                  int main() {
                    return getrandom(NULL, 0U, 0U);
                  }

_ACEOF
if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then :


$as_echo "#define HAVE_GETRANDOM 1" >>confdefs.h

                    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: yes" >&5
$as_echo "yes" >&6; }

else

                    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
$as_echo "no" >&6; }

                    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for syscall SYS_getrandom (Linux 3.17+)" >&5
$as_echo_n "checking for syscall SYS_getrandom (Linux 3.17+)... " >&6; }
                    cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
/* end confdefs.h.  */

                      #include <stdlib.h>  /* for NULL */
                      #include <unistd.h>  /* for syscall */
                      #include <sys/syscall.h>  /* for SYS_getrandom */
                      int main() {
                        syscall(SYS_getrandom, NULL, 0, 0);
                        return 0;
                      }

_ACEOF
if ac_fn_c_try_link "$LINENO"; then :


$as_echo "#define HAVE_SYSCALL_GETRANDOM 1" >>confdefs.h

                        { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: yes" >&5
$as_echo "yes" >&6; }

else

                        { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
$as_echo "no" >&6; }

fi
rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
    conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext

fi
rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
    conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext

$as_echo "#define XML_DEV_URANDOM 1" >>confdefs.h


$as_echo "#define XML_POOR_ENTROPY 1" >>confdefs.h

            ;;
            HAVE_GETRANDOM)

$as_echo "#define HAVE_GETRANDOM 1" >>confdefs.h

            ;;
            HAVE_SYSCALL_GETRANDOM)

$as_echo "#define HAVE_SYSCALL_GETRANDOM 1" >>confdefs.h

            ;;
            HAVE_ARC4RANDOM_BUF)

$as_echo "#define HAVE_ARC4RANDOM_BUF 1" >>confdefs.h

            ;;
            HAVE_ARC4RANDOM)

$as_echo "#define HAVE_ARC4RANDOM 1" >>confdefs.h

            ;;
            XML_DEV_URANDOM)

$as_echo "#define XML_DEV_URANDOM 1" >>confdefs.h

            ;;
            XML_POOR_ENTROPY)

$as_echo "#define XML_POOR_ENTROPY 1" >>confdefs.h

            ;;
            *)
                as_fn_error $? "${with_entropy} not known." "$LINENO" 5
        esac


#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# Add HTML5 parsing support.
#--------------------------------------------------------------------


    if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then
  # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}pkg-config", so it can be a program name with args.
set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}pkg-config; ac_word=$2
{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5
$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
if ${ac_cv_path_PKG_CONFIG+:} false; then :
  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
else
  case $PKG_CONFIG in
  [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]*)
  ac_cv_path_PKG_CONFIG="$PKG_CONFIG" # Let the user override the test with a path.
  ;;
  *)
  as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
for as_dir in $PATH
do
  IFS=$as_save_IFS
  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
    for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
  if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
    ac_cv_path_PKG_CONFIG="$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"
    $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
    break 2
  fi
done
  done
IFS=$as_save_IFS

  ;;
esac
fi
PKG_CONFIG=$ac_cv_path_PKG_CONFIG
if test -n "$PKG_CONFIG"; then
  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $PKG_CONFIG" >&5
$as_echo "$PKG_CONFIG" >&6; }
else
  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
$as_echo "no" >&6; }
fi


fi
if test -z "$ac_cv_path_PKG_CONFIG"; then
  ac_pt_PKG_CONFIG=$PKG_CONFIG
  # Extract the first word of "pkg-config", so it can be a program name with args.
set dummy pkg-config; ac_word=$2
{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5
$as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; }
if ${ac_cv_path_ac_pt_PKG_CONFIG+:} false; then :
  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
else
  case $ac_pt_PKG_CONFIG in
  [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]*)
  ac_cv_path_ac_pt_PKG_CONFIG="$ac_pt_PKG_CONFIG" # Let the user override the test with a path.
  ;;
  *)
  as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
for as_dir in $PATH
do
  IFS=$as_save_IFS
  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
    for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
  if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
    ac_cv_path_ac_pt_PKG_CONFIG="$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"
    $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
    break 2
  fi
done
  done
IFS=$as_save_IFS

  ;;
esac
fi
ac_pt_PKG_CONFIG=$ac_cv_path_ac_pt_PKG_CONFIG
if test -n "$ac_pt_PKG_CONFIG"; then
  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_pt_PKG_CONFIG" >&5
$as_echo "$ac_pt_PKG_CONFIG" >&6; }
else
  { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
$as_echo "no" >&6; }
fi

  if test "x$ac_pt_PKG_CONFIG" = x; then
    PKG_CONFIG=""
  else
    case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in
yes:)
{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5
$as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;}
ac_tool_warned=yes ;;
esac
    PKG_CONFIG=$ac_pt_PKG_CONFIG
  fi
else
  PKG_CONFIG="$ac_cv_path_PKG_CONFIG"
fi

    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether to enable support for HTML5 parsing (using gumbo)" >&5
$as_echo_n "checking whether to enable support for HTML5 parsing (using gumbo)... " >&6; }
    # Check whether --enable-html5 was given.
if test "${enable_html5+set}" = set; then :
  enableval=$enable_html5; tcl_ok=$enableval
else
................................................................................
    if test "${enable_html5+set}" = set; then
        enableval="$enable_html5"
        tcl_ok=$enableval
    else
        tcl_ok=no
    fi
    HTML5_LIBS=""
    HTML5_INCLUDES=""
    if test "$tcl_ok" = "yes" ; then
        # Check if pkg-config is available
        if test "x$PKG_CONFIG" = x; then
            tcl_ok=no
	    as_fn_error $? "cannot find pkg-config needed for --enable-html5." "$LINENO" 5
        fi
    fi
    if test "$tcl_ok" = "yes" ; then
        HAVEGUMBO=`$PKG_CONFIG --exists gumbo && echo "1"`
        if test "$HAVEGUMBO" = "1" ; then
            { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: yes" >&5
$as_echo "yes" >&6; }
            $as_echo "#define TDOM_HAVE_GUMBO 1" >>confdefs.h

            if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = "windows" ; then
                HTML5_LIBS="-Wl,-Bstatic `$PKG_CONFIG --static --libs gumbo` -Wl,-Bdynamic"
            else
                HTML5_LIBS="`$PKG_CONFIG --libs gumbo`"
            fi
            HTML5_INCLUDES="`$PKG_CONFIG --cflags gumbo`"
        else
            as_fn_error $? "The required lib gumbo not found" "$LINENO" 5
        fi
    else
        { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5
$as_echo "no" >&6; }
    fi
................................................................................
# and runtime Tcl library files in TEA_ADD_TCL_SOURCES.
# This defines PKG(_STUB)_SOURCES, PKG(_STUB)_OBJECTS, PKG_HEADERS
# and PKG_TCL_SOURCES.
#-----------------------------------------------------------------------


    vars="generic/xmlsimple.c \

                 generic/dom.c       \
                 generic/domhtml.c   \
                 generic/domhtml5.c  \
                 generic/domjson.c   \
                 generic/domxpath.c  \
                 generic/domxslt.c   \
                 generic/domlock.c   \
                 generic/tcldom.c    \
                 generic/nodecmd.c   \
                 generic/tdominit.c  \
                 generic/tclexpat.c  \
                 generic/tclpull.c   \
                 generic/tdomStubInit.c"
    for i in $vars; do
	case $i in
	    \$*)
		# allow $-var names
		PKG_SOURCES="$PKG_SOURCES $i"
		PKG_OBJECTS="$PKG_OBJECTS $i"
................................................................................
	    as_fn_error $? "could not find header file '${srcdir}/$i'" "$LINENO" 5
	fi
	PKG_HEADERS="$PKG_HEADERS $i"
    done



    vars="-I${srcdir}/generic ${AOL_INCLUDES} ${HTML5_INCLUDES}"
    for i in $vars; do
	PKG_INCLUDES="$PKG_INCLUDES $i"
    done



    vars="${AOL_LIBS} ${HTML5_LIBS}"
................................................................................
# Add pkgIndex.tcl if it is generated in the Makefile instead of ./configure
# and change Makefile.in to move it from CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES to BINARIES var.
#
# A few miscellaneous platform-specific items:
# TEA_ADD_* any platform specific compiler/build info here.
#--------------------------------------------------------------------

#CLEANFILES="$CLEANFILES pkgIndex.tcl"
if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = "windows" ; then

    # Ensure no empty if clauses
    :

    #TEA_ADD_SOURCES([win/winFile.c])
    #TEA_ADD_INCLUDES([-I\"$(${CYGPATH} ${srcdir}/win)\"])
    CLEANFILES="$CLEANFILES *.ilk vc*.pch"
else

    # Ensure no empty else clauses
    :
    #TEA_ADD_SOURCES([unix/unixFile.c])
    #TEA_ADD_LIBS([-lsuperfly])
    CLEANFILES="$CLEANFILES tdom.tcl tcldomsh"
fi


#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# __CHANGE__
# Choose which headers you need.  Extension authors should try very
# hard to only rely on the Tcl public header files.  Internal headers
# contain private data structures and are subject to change without
# notice.
................................................................................
#--------------------------------------------------------------------


    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking how to build libraries" >&5
$as_echo_n "checking how to build libraries... " >&6; }
    # Check whether --enable-shared was given.
if test "${enable_shared+set}" = set; then :
  enableval=$enable_shared; shared_ok=$enableval
else
  shared_ok=yes
fi


    if test "${enable_shared+set}" = set; then
	enableval="$enable_shared"
	shared_ok=$enableval
    else
	shared_ok=yes
    fi

    # Check whether --enable-stubs was given.
if test "${enable_stubs+set}" = set; then :
  enableval=$enable_stubs; stubs_ok=$enableval
else
  stubs_ok=yes
fi


    if test "${enable_stubs+set}" = set; then
	enableval="$enable_stubs"
	stubs_ok=$enableval
    else
	stubs_ok=yes
    fi

    # Stubs are always enabled for shared builds
    if test "$shared_ok" = "yes" ; then
	{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: shared" >&5
$as_echo "shared" >&6; }
	SHARED_BUILD=1
        STUBS_BUILD=1
    else
	{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: static" >&5
$as_echo "static" >&6; }
	SHARED_BUILD=0

$as_echo "#define STATIC_BUILD 1" >>confdefs.h

        if test "$stubs_ok" = "yes" ; then
          STUBS_BUILD=1
        else
          STUBS_BUILD=0
        fi
    fi
    if test "${STUBS_BUILD}" = "1" ; then

$as_echo "#define USE_TCL_STUBS 1" >>confdefs.h


$as_echo "#define USE_TCLOO_STUBS 1" >>confdefs.h

      if test "${TEA_WINDOWINGSYSTEM}" != ""; then

$as_echo "#define USE_TK_STUBS 1" >>confdefs.h

      fi
    fi





#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# This macro figures out what flags to use with the compiler/linker
# when building shared/static debug/optimized objects.  This information
# can be taken from the tclConfig.sh file, but this figures it all out.
................................................................................
{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $tcl_cv_cc_visibility_hidden" >&5
$as_echo "$tcl_cv_cc_visibility_hidden" >&6; }
    if test $tcl_cv_cc_visibility_hidden = yes; then :


$as_echo "#define MODULE_SCOPE extern __attribute__((__visibility__(\"hidden\")))" >>confdefs.h


$as_echo "#define HAVE_HIDDEN 1" >>confdefs.h


fi

    # Step 0.d: Disable -rpath support?

    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking if rpath support is requested" >&5
$as_echo_n "checking if rpath support is requested... " >&6; }
................................................................................
else
  AR="$ac_cv_prog_AR"
fi

    STLIB_LD='${AR} cr'
    LD_LIBRARY_PATH_VAR="LD_LIBRARY_PATH"
    if test "x$SHLIB_VERSION" = x; then :
  SHLIB_VERSION=""
else
  SHLIB_VERSION=".$SHLIB_VERSION"
fi
    case $system in
	# TEA specific:
	windows)
	    # This is a 2-stage check to make sure we have the 64-bit SDK
	    # We have to know where the SDK is installed.
	    # This magic is based on MS Platform SDK for Win2003 SP1 - hobbs
................................................................................

	    if test "$GCC" != "yes" ; then
	        if test "${SHARED_BUILD}" = "0" ; then
		    runtime=-MT
	        else
		    runtime=-MD
	        fi
	        case "x`echo \${VisualStudioVersion}`" in
	            x1[4-9]*)
		        lflags="${lflags} -nodefaultlib:libucrt.lib"

    vars="ucrt.lib"
    for i in $vars; do
	if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = "windows" -a "$GCC" = "yes" ; then
	    # Convert foo.lib to -lfoo for GCC.  No-op if not *.lib
	    i=`echo "$i" | sed -e 's/^\([^-].*\)\.lib$/-l\1/i'`
	fi
	PKG_LIBS="$PKG_LIBS $i"
    done


	            ;;
	            *)
	            ;;
	        esac

                if test "$do64bit" != "no" ; then
		    # All this magic is necessary for the Win64 SDK RC1 - hobbs
		    CC="\"${PATH64}/cl.exe\""
		    CFLAGS="${CFLAGS} -I\"${MSSDK}/Include\" -I\"${MSSDK}/Include/crt\" -I\"${MSSDK}/Include/crt/sys\""
		    RC="\"${MSSDK}/bin/rc.exe\""
		    lflags="${lflags} -nologo -MACHINE:${MACHINE} -LIBPATH:\"${MSSDK}/Lib/${MACHINE}\""
		    LINKBIN="\"${PATH64}/link.exe\""
		    CFLAGS_DEBUG="-nologo -Zi -Od -W3 ${runtime}d"
		    CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE="-nologo -O2 -W2 ${runtime}"
		    # Avoid 'unresolved external symbol __security_cookie'
		    # errors, c.f. http://support.microsoft.com/?id=894573

    vars="bufferoverflowU.lib"
................................................................................
cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
#define UNDER_CE $CEVERSION
_ACEOF

		    CFLAGS_DEBUG="-nologo -Zi -Od"
		    CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE="-nologo -Ox"
		    lversion=`echo ${CEVERSION} | sed -e 's/\(.\)\(..\)/\1\.\2/'`
		    lflags="${lflags} -MACHINE:${ARCH} -LIBPATH:\"${CELIBPATH}\" -subsystem:windowsce,${lversion} -nologo"
		    LINKBIN="\"${CEBINROOT}/link.exe\""

		else
		    RC="rc"
		    lflags="${lflags} -nologo"
		    LINKBIN="link"
		    CFLAGS_DEBUG="-nologo -Z7 -Od -W3 -WX ${runtime}d"
		    CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE="-nologo -O2 -W2 ${runtime}"
		fi
	    fi

	    if test "$GCC" = "yes"; then
		# mingw gcc mode
................................................................................
$as_echo_n "checking for cross-compile version of gcc... " >&6; }
if ${ac_cv_cross+:} false; then :
  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
else
  cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
/* end confdefs.h.  */

			    #ifdef _WIN32
				#error cross-compiler
			    #endif

int
main ()
{

................................................................................
	    LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -export-dynamic"
	    CC_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
	    LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
	    ;;
	CYGWIN_*)
	    SHLIB_CFLAGS=""
	    SHLIB_LD='${CC} -shared'
	    SHLIB_LD_LIBS="${SHLIB_LD_LIBS} -Wl,--out-implib,\[email protected]"
	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".dll"
	    EXEEXT=".exe"
	    do64bit_ok=yes
	    CC_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
	    LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
	    ;;
	Haiku*)
	    LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -Wl,--export-dynamic"
	    SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fPIC"
	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
	    SHLIB_LD='${CC} ${CFLAGS} ${LDFLAGS} -shared'
	    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for inet_ntoa in -lnetwork" >&5
$as_echo_n "checking for inet_ntoa in -lnetwork... " >&6; }
if ${ac_cv_lib_network_inet_ntoa+:} false; then :
  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
else
  ac_check_lib_save_LIBS=$LIBS
LIBS="-lnetwork  $LIBS"
................................................................................
	    SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fPIC"
	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"

	    # TEA specific:
	    CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE="-O2 -fomit-frame-pointer"

	    # TEA specific: use LDFLAGS_DEFAULT instead of LDFLAGS
	    SHLIB_LD='${CC} ${CFLAGS} ${LDFLAGS_DEFAULT} -shared'
	    LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -Wl,--export-dynamic"
	    if test $doRpath = yes; then :

		CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
fi
	    LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=${CC_SEARCH_FLAGS}
	    if test "`uname -m`" = "alpha"; then :
................................................................................
		CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
		LD_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
fi
	    ;;
	OpenBSD-*)
	    arch=`arch -s`
	    case "$arch" in
	    alpha|sparc64)
		SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fPIC"

		;;
	    *)
		SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fpic"
		;;
	    esac
	    SHLIB_LD='${CC} ${SHLIB_CFLAGS} -shared'
	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
	    if test $doRpath = yes; then :

		CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
fi
	    LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=${CC_SEARCH_FLAGS}
	    SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX='${TCL_TRIM_DOTS}.so${SHLIB_VERSION}'

	    LDFLAGS="-Wl,-export-dynamic"





	    CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE="-O2"


































	    if test "${TCL_THREADS}" = "1"; then :

		# On OpenBSD:	Compile with -pthread
		#		Don't link with -lpthread
		LIBS=`echo $LIBS | sed s/-lpthread//`
		CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -pthread"

................................................................................
	    # OpenBSD doesn't do version numbers with dots.
	    UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX='${TCL_TRIM_DOTS}.a'
	    TCL_LIB_VERSIONS_OK=nodots
	    ;;
	NetBSD-*)
	    # NetBSD has ELF and can use 'cc -shared' to build shared libs
	    SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fPIC"
	    SHLIB_LD='${CC} ${SHLIB_CFLAGS} -shared'
	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
	    LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -export-dynamic"
	    if test $doRpath = yes; then :

		CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
fi
	    LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=${CC_SEARCH_FLAGS}
................................................................................

fi
	    ;;
	FreeBSD-*)
	    # This configuration from FreeBSD Ports.
	    SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fPIC"
	    SHLIB_LD="${CC} -shared"
	    SHLIB_LD_LIBS="${SHLIB_LD_LIBS} -Wl,-soname,\[email protected]"
	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
	    LDFLAGS=""
	    if test $doRpath = yes; then :

		CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
		LD_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
fi
	    if test "${TCL_THREADS}" = "1"; then :

		# The -pthread needs to go in the LDFLAGS, not LIBS
		LIBS=`echo $LIBS | sed s/-pthread//`
		CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $PTHREAD_CFLAGS"
		LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS $PTHREAD_LIBS"
fi
	    case $system in
	    FreeBSD-3.*)
		# Version numbers are dot-stripped by system policy.
		TCL_TRIM_DOTS=`echo ${PACKAGE_VERSION} | tr -d .`
		UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX='${TCL_TRIM_DOTS}.a'
		SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX='${TCL_TRIM_DOTS}\$\{DBGX\}.so.1'
		TCL_LIB_VERSIONS_OK=nodots
		;;
	    esac
	    ;;
	Darwin-*)
	    CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE="-Os"
	    SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fno-common"
	    # To avoid discrepancies between what headers configure sees during
	    # preprocessing tests and compiling tests, move any -isysroot and
	    # -mmacosx-version-min flags from CFLAGS to CPPFLAGS:
................................................................................
	    if test "$GCC" = yes; then :

		SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fPIC -melf"
		LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -melf -Wl,-Bexport"

else

		SHLIB_CFLAGS="-Kpic -belf"
		LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -belf -Wl,-Bexport"

fi
	    SHLIB_LD="ld -G"
	    SHLIB_LD_LIBS=""
	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
	    CC_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
	    LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
................................................................................
    # standard manufacturer compiler.

    if test "$GCC" = yes; then :

	case $system in
	    AIX-*) ;;
	    BSD/OS*) ;;
	    CYGWIN_*|MINGW32_*|MINGW64_*) ;;
	    IRIX*) ;;
	    NetBSD-*|FreeBSD-*|OpenBSD-*) ;;
	    Darwin-*) ;;
	    SCO_SV-3.2*) ;;
	    windows) ;;
	    *) SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fPIC" ;;
	esac
................................................................................
fi

    if test "$tcl_cv_cc_visibility_hidden" != yes; then :


$as_echo "#define MODULE_SCOPE extern" >>confdefs.h





fi

    if test "$SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX" = ""; then :

    # TEA specific: use PACKAGE_VERSION instead of VERSION
    SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX='${PACKAGE_VERSION}${SHLIB_SUFFIX}'
................................................................................
fi
    if test "$UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX" = ""; then :

    # TEA specific: use PACKAGE_VERSION instead of VERSION
    UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX='${PACKAGE_VERSION}.a'
fi

    if test "${GCC}" = "yes" -a ${SHLIB_SUFFIX} = ".dll"; then
	{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for SEH support in compiler" >&5
$as_echo_n "checking for SEH support in compiler... " >&6; }
if ${tcl_cv_seh+:} false; then :
  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
else
  if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then :
  tcl_cv_seh=no
else
  cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
/* end confdefs.h.  */

#define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
#include <windows.h>
#undef WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN

	    int main(int argc, char** argv) {
		int a, b = 0;
		__try {
		    a = 666 / b;
		}
		__except (EXCEPTION_EXECUTE_HANDLER) {
................................................................................
$as_echo_n "checking for winnt.h that ignores VOID define... " >&6; }
if ${tcl_cv_winnt_ignore_void+:} false; then :
  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
else
  cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
/* end confdefs.h.  */

#define VOID void
#define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
#include <windows.h>
#undef WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN

int
main ()
{

		CHAR c;
		SHORT s;
................................................................................
{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $tcl_cv_winnt_ignore_void" >&5
$as_echo "$tcl_cv_winnt_ignore_void" >&6; }
	if test "$tcl_cv_winnt_ignore_void" = "yes" ; then

$as_echo "#define HAVE_WINNT_IGNORE_VOID 1" >>confdefs.h

	fi
    fi

	# See if the compiler supports casting to a union type.
	# This is used to stop gcc from printing a compiler
	# warning when initializing a union member.

	{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for cast to union support" >&5
$as_echo_n "checking for cast to union support... " >&6; }
................................................................................
{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $tcl_cv_cast_to_union" >&5
$as_echo "$tcl_cv_cast_to_union" >&6; }
	if test "$tcl_cv_cast_to_union" = "yes"; then

$as_echo "#define HAVE_CAST_TO_UNION 1" >>confdefs.h

	fi








................................................................................
if ${tcl_cv_struct_dirent64+:} false; then :
  $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6
else

	    cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext
/* end confdefs.h.  */
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <dirent.h>
int
main ()
{
struct dirent64 p;
  ;
  return 0;
}
................................................................................
	else
	    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: enabled $tcl_ok debugging" >&5
$as_echo "enabled $tcl_ok debugging" >&6; }
	fi
    fi














#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# This macro generates a line to use when building a library.  It
# depends on values set by the TEA_ENABLE_SHARED, TEA_ENABLE_SYMBOLS,
# and TEA_LOAD_TCLCONFIG macros above.
#--------------------------------------------------------------------


................................................................................

    CLEANFILES="$CLEANFILES *.manifest"


fi
rm -f conftest*

	MAKE_STUB_LIB="\${STLIB_LD} -nodefaultlib -out:\[email protected] \$(PKG_STUB_OBJECTS)"
    else
	MAKE_STATIC_LIB="\${STLIB_LD} \[email protected] \$(PKG_OBJECTS)"
	MAKE_SHARED_LIB="\${SHLIB_LD} -o \[email protected] \$(PKG_OBJECTS) \${SHLIB_LD_LIBS}"
	MAKE_STUB_LIB="\${STLIB_LD} \[email protected] \$(PKG_STUB_OBJECTS)"
    fi

    if test "${SHARED_BUILD}" = "1" ; then
................................................................................
    # substituted. (@@@ Might not be necessary anymore)
    #--------------------------------------------------------------------

    if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = "windows" ; then
	if test "${SHARED_BUILD}" = "1" ; then
	    # We force the unresolved linking of symbols that are really in
	    # the private libraries of Tcl and Tk.

	    if test x"${TK_BIN_DIR}" != x ; then
		SHLIB_LD_LIBS="${SHLIB_LD_LIBS} \"`${CYGPATH} ${TK_BIN_DIR}/${TK_STUB_LIB_FILE}`\""
	    fi
	    SHLIB_LD_LIBS="${SHLIB_LD_LIBS} \"`${CYGPATH} ${TCL_BIN_DIR}/${TCL_STUB_LIB_FILE}`\""
	    if test "$GCC" = "yes"; then
		SHLIB_LD_LIBS="${SHLIB_LD_LIBS} -static-libgcc"
	    fi
	    eval eval "PKG_LIB_FILE=${PACKAGE_LIB_PREFIX}${PACKAGE_NAME}${SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX}"
	else
	    eval eval "PKG_LIB_FILE=${PACKAGE_LIB_PREFIX}${PACKAGE_NAME}${UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX}"
	    if test "$GCC" = "yes"; then
		PKG_LIB_FILE=lib${PKG_LIB_FILE}
	    fi
	fi
	# Some packages build their own stubs libraries
	eval eval "PKG_STUB_LIB_FILE=${PACKAGE_LIB_PREFIX}${PACKAGE_NAME}stub${UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX}"
	if test "$GCC" = "yes"; then
	    PKG_STUB_LIB_FILE=lib${PKG_STUB_LIB_FILE}
	fi
	# These aren't needed on Windows (either MSVC or gcc)
	RANLIB=:
	RANLIB_STUB=:
    else
	RANLIB_STUB="${RANLIB}"
	if test "${SHARED_BUILD}" = "1" ; then
	    SHLIB_LD_LIBS="${SHLIB_LD_LIBS} ${TCL_STUB_LIB_SPEC}"
	    if test x"${TK_BIN_DIR}" != x ; then
		SHLIB_LD_LIBS="${SHLIB_LD_LIBS} ${TK_STUB_LIB_SPEC}"
	    fi
	    eval eval "PKG_LIB_FILE=lib${PACKAGE_LIB_PREFIX}${PACKAGE_NAME}${SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX}"
	    RANLIB=:
	else
	    eval eval "PKG_LIB_FILE=lib${PACKAGE_LIB_PREFIX}${PACKAGE_NAME}${UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX}"
	fi
	# Some packages build their own stubs libraries
	eval eval "PKG_STUB_LIB_FILE=lib${PACKAGE_LIB_PREFIX}${PACKAGE_NAME}stub${UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX}"
    fi

    # These are escaped so that only CFLAGS is picked up at configure time.
    # The other values will be substituted at make time.
    CFLAGS="${CFLAGS} \${CFLAGS_DEFAULT} \${CFLAGS_WARNING}"
    if test "${SHARED_BUILD}" = "1" ; then
	CFLAGS="${CFLAGS} \${SHLIB_CFLAGS}"
................................................................................


    { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for tclsh" >&5
$as_echo_n "checking for tclsh... " >&6; }
    if test -f "${TCL_BIN_DIR}/Makefile" ; then
        # tclConfig.sh is in Tcl build directory
        if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = "windows"; then
          if test -f "${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclsh${TCL_MAJOR_VERSION}${TCL_MINOR_VERSION}${TCL_DBGX}${EXEEXT}" ; then
            TCLSH_PROG="${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclsh${TCL_MAJOR_VERSION}${TCL_MINOR_VERSION}${TCL_DBGX}${EXEEXT}"
          elif test -f "${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclsh${TCL_MAJOR_VERSION}${TCL_MINOR_VERSION}${TCL_DBGX}s${EXEEXT}" ; then
            TCLSH_PROG="${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclsh${TCL_MAJOR_VERSION}${TCL_MINOR_VERSION}${TCL_DBGX}s${EXEEXT}"
          elif test -f "${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclsh${TCL_MAJOR_VERSION}${TCL_MINOR_VERSION}${TCL_DBGX}t${EXEEXT}" ; then
            TCLSH_PROG="${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclsh${TCL_MAJOR_VERSION}${TCL_MINOR_VERSION}${TCL_DBGX}t${EXEEXT}"
          elif test -f "${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclsh${TCL_MAJOR_VERSION}${TCL_MINOR_VERSION}${TCL_DBGX}st${EXEEXT}" ; then
            TCLSH_PROG="${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclsh${TCL_MAJOR_VERSION}${TCL_MINOR_VERSION}${TCL_DBGX}st${EXEEXT}"
          fi
        else
            TCLSH_PROG="${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclsh"
        fi
    else
        # tclConfig.sh is in install location
        if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = "windows"; then
            TCLSH_PROG="tclsh${TCL_MAJOR_VERSION}${TCL_MINOR_VERSION}${TCL_DBGX}${EXEEXT}"
................................................................................




#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# Finally, substitute all of the various values into the Makefile.
# You may alternatively have a special pkgIndex.tcl.in or other files
# which require substituting the AC variables in. Include these here.
#--------------------------------------------------------------------

ac_config_files="$ac_config_files Makefile pkgIndex.tcl tdomConfig.sh"

cat >confcache <<\_ACEOF
# This file is a shell script that caches the results of configure
# tests run on this system so they can be shared between configure
# scripts and configure runs, see configure's option --config-cache.
# It is not useful on other systems.  If it contains results you don't
# want to keep, you may remove or edit it.
................................................................................
test $as_write_fail = 0 && chmod +x $CONFIG_STATUS || ac_write_fail=1

cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
# Save the log message, to keep $0 and so on meaningful, and to
# report actual input values of CONFIG_FILES etc. instead of their
# values after options handling.
ac_log="
This file was extended by tdom $as_me 0.9.2, which was
generated by GNU Autoconf 2.69.  Invocation command line was

  CONFIG_FILES    = $CONFIG_FILES
  CONFIG_HEADERS  = $CONFIG_HEADERS
  CONFIG_LINKS    = $CONFIG_LINKS
  CONFIG_COMMANDS = $CONFIG_COMMANDS
  $ $0 [email protected]
................................................................................

Report bugs to the package provider."

_ACEOF
cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1
ac_cs_config="`$as_echo "$ac_configure_args" | sed 's/^ //; s/[\\""\`\$]/\\\\&/g'`"
ac_cs_version="\\
tdom config.status 0.9.2
configured by $0, generated by GNU Autoconf 2.69,
  with options \\"\$ac_cs_config\\"

Copyright (C) 2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This config.status script is free software; the Free Software Foundation
gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it."

................................................................................
cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1

# Handling of arguments.
for ac_config_target in $ac_config_targets
do
  case $ac_config_target in
    "Makefile") CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES Makefile" ;;
    "pkgIndex.tcl") CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES pkgIndex.tcl" ;;
    "tdomConfig.sh") CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES tdomConfig.sh" ;;

  *) as_fn_error $? "invalid argument: \`$ac_config_target'" "$LINENO" 5;;
  esac
done

#! /bin/sh

# Guess values for system-dependent variables and create Makefiles.
# Generated automatically using autoconf version 2.13 
# Copyright (C) 1992, 93, 94, 95, 96 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
#
# This configure script is free software; the Free Software Foundation
# gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it.

# Defaults:
ac_help=
ac_default_prefix=/usr/local
# Any additions from configure.in:
ac_help="$ac_help
  --with-tcl              directory containing tcl configuration (tclConfig.sh)"
ac_help="$ac_help
  --with-tclinclude      directory containing the public Tcl header files"
ac_help="$ac_help
  --enable-threads        build with threads"
ac_help="$ac_help
  --enable-shared         build and link with shared libraries [--enable-shared]"
ac_help="$ac_help
  --enable-64bit          enable 64bit support (where applicable)"
ac_help="$ac_help
  --enable-64bit-vis      enable 64bit Sparc VIS support"
ac_help="$ac_help
  --disable-load          disallow dynamic loading and "load" command"
ac_help="$ac_help
  --enable-symbols        build with debugging symbols [--disable-symbols]"
ac_help="$ac_help
  --with-aolserver        directory with AOLserver distribution"
ac_help="$ac_help
  --enable-dtd            build with the dtd support [--enable-dtd]"
ac_help="$ac_help
  --enable-ns             build with the namespace support [--enable-ns]"
ac_help="$ac_help
  --enable-unknown        enable built-in unknown command [--disable-unknown]"
ac_help="$ac_help
  --enable-tdomalloc      build with the tDOM allocator [--enable-tdomalloc]"

# Initialize some variables set by options.
# The variables have the same names as the options, with
# dashes changed to underlines.
build=NONE
cache_file=./config.cache
exec_prefix=NONE
host=NONE
no_create=
nonopt=NONE
no_recursion=
prefix=NONE
program_prefix=NONE
program_suffix=NONE
program_transform_name=s,x,x,
silent=
site=
srcdir=
target=NONE
verbose=
x_includes=NONE
x_libraries=NONE
bindir='${exec_prefix}/bin'
sbindir='${exec_prefix}/sbin'
libexecdir='${exec_prefix}/libexec'
datadir='${prefix}/share'
sysconfdir='${prefix}/etc'
sharedstatedir='${prefix}/com'
localstatedir='${prefix}/var'
libdir='${exec_prefix}/lib'
includedir='${prefix}/include'
oldincludedir='/usr/include'
infodir='${prefix}/info'
mandir='${prefix}/man'

# Initialize some other variables.
subdirs=
MFLAGS= MAKEFLAGS=
SHELL=${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh}
# Maximum number of lines to put in a shell here document.
ac_max_here_lines=12

ac_prev=
for ac_option
do

  # If the previous option needs an argument, assign it.
  if test -n "$ac_prev"; then
    eval "$ac_prev=\$ac_option"
    ac_prev=
    continue
  fi

  case "$ac_option" in
  -*=*) ac_optarg=`echo "$ac_option" | sed 's/[-_a-zA-Z0-9]*=//'` ;;
  *) ac_optarg= ;;
  esac

  # Accept the important Cygnus configure options, so we can diagnose typos.

  case "$ac_option" in

  -bindir | --bindir | --bindi | --bind | --bin | --bi)
    ac_prev=bindir ;;
  -bindir=* | --bindir=* | --bindi=* | --bind=* | --bin=* | --bi=*)
    bindir="$ac_optarg" ;;

  -build | --build | --buil | --bui | --bu)
    ac_prev=build ;;
  -build=* | --build=* | --buil=* | --bui=* | --bu=*)
    build="$ac_optarg" ;;

  -cache-file | --cache-file | --cache-fil | --cache-fi \
  | --cache-f | --cache- | --cache | --cach | --cac | --ca | --c)
    ac_prev=cache_file ;;
  -cache-file=* | --cache-file=* | --cache-fil=* | --cache-fi=* \
  | --cache-f=* | --cache-=* | --cache=* | --cach=* | --cac=* | --ca=* | --c=*)
    cache_file="$ac_optarg" ;;

  -datadir | --datadir | --datadi | --datad | --data | --dat | --da)
    ac_prev=datadir ;;
  -datadir=* | --datadir=* | --datadi=* | --datad=* | --data=* | --dat=* \
  | --da=*)
    datadir="$ac_optarg" ;;

  -disable-* | --disable-*)
    ac_feature=`echo $ac_option|sed -e 's/-*disable-//'`
    # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names.
    if test -n "`echo $ac_feature| sed 's/[-a-zA-Z0-9_]//g'`"; then
      { echo "configure: error: $ac_feature: invalid feature name" 1>&2; exit 1; }
    fi
    ac_feature=`echo $ac_feature| sed 's/-/_/g'`
    eval "enable_${ac_feature}=no" ;;

  -enable-* | --enable-*)
    ac_feature=`echo $ac_option|sed -e 's/-*enable-//' -e 's/=.*//'`
    # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names.
    if test -n "`echo $ac_feature| sed 's/[-_a-zA-Z0-9]//g'`"; then
      { echo "configure: error: $ac_feature: invalid feature name" 1>&2; exit 1; }
    fi
    ac_feature=`echo $ac_feature| sed 's/-/_/g'`
    case "$ac_option" in
      *=*) ;;
      *) ac_optarg=yes ;;
    esac
    eval "enable_${ac_feature}='$ac_optarg'" ;;

  -exec-prefix | --exec_prefix | --exec-prefix | --exec-prefi \
  | --exec-pref | --exec-pre | --exec-pr | --exec-p | --exec- \
  | --exec | --exe | --ex)
    ac_prev=exec_prefix ;;
  -exec-prefix=* | --exec_prefix=* | --exec-prefix=* | --exec-prefi=* \
  | --exec-pref=* | --exec-pre=* | --exec-pr=* | --exec-p=* | --exec-=* \
  | --exec=* | --exe=* | --ex=*)
    exec_prefix="$ac_optarg" ;;

  -gas | --gas | --ga | --g)
    # Obsolete; use --with-gas.
    with_gas=yes ;;

  -help | --help | --hel | --he)
    # Omit some internal or obsolete options to make the list less imposing.
    # This message is too long to be a string in the A/UX 3.1 sh.
    cat << EOF
Usage: configure [options] [host]
Options: [defaults in brackets after descriptions]
Configuration:
  --cache-file=FILE       cache test results in FILE
  --help                  print this message
  --no-create             do not create output files
  --quiet, --silent       do not print \`checking...' messages
  --version               print the version of autoconf that created configure
Directory and file names:
  --prefix=PREFIX         install architecture-independent files in PREFIX
                          [$ac_default_prefix]
  --exec-prefix=EPREFIX   install architecture-dependent files in EPREFIX
                          [same as prefix]
  --bindir=DIR            user executables in DIR [EPREFIX/bin]
  --sbindir=DIR           system admin executables in DIR [EPREFIX/sbin]
  --libexecdir=DIR        program executables in DIR [EPREFIX/libexec]
  --datadir=DIR           read-only architecture-independent data in DIR
                          [PREFIX/share]
  --sysconfdir=DIR        read-only single-machine data in DIR [PREFIX/etc]
  --sharedstatedir=DIR    modifiable architecture-independent data in DIR
                          [PREFIX/com]
  --localstatedir=DIR     modifiable single-machine data in DIR [PREFIX/var]
  --libdir=DIR            object code libraries in DIR [EPREFIX/lib]
  --includedir=DIR        C header files in DIR [PREFIX/include]
  --oldincludedir=DIR     C header files for non-gcc in DIR [/usr/include]
  --infodir=DIR           info documentation in DIR [PREFIX/info]
  --mandir=DIR            man documentation in DIR [PREFIX/man]
  --srcdir=DIR            find the sources in DIR [configure dir or ..]
  --program-prefix=PREFIX prepend PREFIX to installed program names
  --program-suffix=SUFFIX append SUFFIX to installed program names
  --program-transform-name=PROGRAM
                          run sed PROGRAM on installed program names
EOF
    cat << EOF
Host type:
  --build=BUILD           configure for building on BUILD [BUILD=HOST]
  --host=HOST             configure for HOST [guessed]
  --target=TARGET         configure for TARGET [TARGET=HOST]
Features and packages:
  --disable-FEATURE       do not include FEATURE (same as --enable-FEATURE=no)
  --enable-FEATURE[=ARG]  include FEATURE [ARG=yes]
  --with-PACKAGE[=ARG]    use PACKAGE [ARG=yes]
  --without-PACKAGE       do not use PACKAGE (same as --with-PACKAGE=no)
  --x-includes=DIR        X include files are in DIR
  --x-libraries=DIR       X library files are in DIR
EOF
    if test -n "$ac_help"; then
      echo "--enable and --with options recognized:$ac_help"
    fi
    exit 0 ;;

  -host | --host | --hos | --ho)
    ac_prev=host ;;
  -host=* | --host=* | --hos=* | --ho=*)
    host="$ac_optarg" ;;

  -includedir | --includedir | --includedi | --included | --include \
  | --includ | --inclu | --incl | --inc)
    ac_prev=includedir ;;
  -includedir=* | --includedir=* | --includedi=* | --included=* | --include=* \
  | --includ=* | --inclu=* | --incl=* | --inc=*)
    includedir="$ac_optarg" ;;

  -infodir | --infodir | --infodi | --infod | --info | --inf)
    ac_prev=infodir ;;
  -infodir=* | --infodir=* | --infodi=* | --infod=* | --info=* | --inf=*)
    infodir="$ac_optarg" ;;

  -libdir | --libdir | --libdi | --libd)
    ac_prev=libdir ;;
  -libdir=* | --libdir=* | --libdi=* | --libd=*)
    libdir="$ac_optarg" ;;

  -libexecdir | --libexecdir | --libexecdi | --libexecd | --libexec \
  | --libexe | --libex | --libe)
    ac_prev=libexecdir ;;
  -libexecdir=* | --libexecdir=* | --libexecdi=* | --libexecd=* | --libexec=* \
  | --libexe=* | --libex=* | --libe=*)
    libexecdir="$ac_optarg" ;;

  -localstatedir | --localstatedir | --localstatedi | --localstated \
  | --localstate | --localstat | --localsta | --localst \
  | --locals | --local | --loca | --loc | --lo)
    ac_prev=localstatedir ;;
  -localstatedir=* | --localstatedir=* | --localstatedi=* | --localstated=* \
  | --localstate=* | --localstat=* | --localsta=* | --localst=* \
  | --locals=* | --local=* | --loca=* | --loc=* | --lo=*)
    localstatedir="$ac_optarg" ;;

  -mandir | --mandir | --mandi | --mand | --man | --ma | --m)
    ac_prev=mandir ;;
  -mandir=* | --mandir=* | --mandi=* | --mand=* | --man=* | --ma=* | --m=*)
    mandir="$ac_optarg" ;;

  -nfp | --nfp | --nf)
    # Obsolete; use --without-fp.
    with_fp=no ;;

  -no-create | --no-create | --no-creat | --no-crea | --no-cre \
  | --no-cr | --no-c)
    no_create=yes ;;

  -no-recursion | --no-recursion | --no-recursio | --no-recursi \
  | --no-recurs | --no-recur | --no-recu | --no-rec | --no-re | --no-r)
    no_recursion=yes ;;

  -oldincludedir | --oldincludedir | --oldincludedi | --oldincluded \
  | --oldinclude | --oldinclud | --oldinclu | --oldincl | --oldinc \
  | --oldin | --oldi | --old | --ol | --o)
    ac_prev=oldincludedir ;;
  -oldincludedir=* | --oldincludedir=* | --oldincludedi=* | --oldincluded=* \
  | --oldinclude=* | --oldinclud=* | --oldinclu=* | --oldincl=* | --oldinc=* \
  | --oldin=* | --oldi=* | --old=* | --ol=* | --o=*)
    oldincludedir="$ac_optarg" ;;

  -prefix | --prefix | --prefi | --pref | --pre | --pr | --p)
    ac_prev=prefix ;;
  -prefix=* | --prefix=* | --prefi=* | --pref=* | --pre=* | --pr=* | --p=*)
    prefix="$ac_optarg" ;;

  -program-prefix | --program-prefix | --program-prefi | --program-pref \
  | --program-pre | --program-pr | --program-p)
    ac_prev=program_prefix ;;
  -program-prefix=* | --program-prefix=* | --program-prefi=* \
  | --program-pref=* | --program-pre=* | --program-pr=* | --program-p=*)
    program_prefix="$ac_optarg" ;;

  -program-suffix | --program-suffix | --program-suffi | --program-suff \
  | --program-suf | --program-su | --program-s)
    ac_prev=program_suffix ;;
  -program-suffix=* | --program-suffix=* | --program-suffi=* \
  | --program-suff=* | --program-suf=* | --program-su=* | --program-s=*)
    program_suffix="$ac_optarg" ;;

  -program-transform-name | --program-transform-name \
  | --program-transform-nam | --program-transform-na \
  | --program-transform-n | --program-transform- \
  | --program-transform | --program-transfor \
  | --program-transfo | --program-transf \
  | --program-trans | --program-tran \
  | --progr-tra | --program-tr | --program-t)
    ac_prev=program_transform_name ;;
  -program-transform-name=* | --program-transform-name=* \
  | --program-transform-nam=* | --program-transform-na=* \
  | --program-transform-n=* | --program-transform-=* \
  | --program-transform=* | --program-transfor=* \
  | --program-transfo=* | --program-transf=* \
  | --program-trans=* | --program-tran=* \
  | --progr-tra=* | --program-tr=* | --program-t=*)
    program_transform_name="$ac_optarg" ;;

  -q | -quiet | --quiet | --quie | --qui | --qu | --q \
  | -silent | --silent | --silen | --sile | --sil)
    silent=yes ;;

  -sbindir | --sbindir | --sbindi | --sbind | --sbin | --sbi | --sb)
    ac_prev=sbindir ;;
  -sbindir=* | --sbindir=* | --sbindi=* | --sbind=* | --sbin=* \
  | --sbi=* | --sb=*)
    sbindir="$ac_optarg" ;;

  -sharedstatedir | --sharedstatedir | --sharedstatedi \
  | --sharedstated | --sharedstate | --sharedstat | --sharedsta \
  | --sharedst | --shareds | --shared | --share | --shar \
  | --sha | --sh)
    ac_prev=sharedstatedir ;;
  -sharedstatedir=* | --sharedstatedir=* | --sharedstatedi=* \
  | --sharedstated=* | --sharedstate=* | --sharedstat=* | --sharedsta=* \
  | --sharedst=* | --shareds=* | --shared=* | --share=* | --shar=* \
  | --sha=* | --sh=*)
    sharedstatedir="$ac_optarg" ;;

  -site | --site | --sit)
    ac_prev=site ;;
  -site=* | --site=* | --sit=*)
    site="$ac_optarg" ;;

  -srcdir | --srcdir | --srcdi | --srcd | --src | --sr)
    ac_prev=srcdir ;;
  -srcdir=* | --srcdir=* | --srcdi=* | --srcd=* | --src=* | --sr=*)
    srcdir="$ac_optarg" ;;

  -sysconfdir | --sysconfdir | --sysconfdi | --sysconfd | --sysconf \
  | --syscon | --sysco | --sysc | --sys | --sy)
    ac_prev=sysconfdir ;;
  -sysconfdir=* | --sysconfdir=* | --sysconfdi=* | --sysconfd=* | --sysconf=* \
  | --syscon=* | --sysco=* | --sysc=* | --sys=* | --sy=*)
    sysconfdir="$ac_optarg" ;;

  -target | --target | --targe | --targ | --tar | --ta | --t)
    ac_prev=target ;;
  -target=* | --target=* | --targe=* | --targ=* | --tar=* | --ta=* | --t=*)
    target="$ac_optarg" ;;

  -v | -verbose | --verbose | --verbos | --verbo | --verb)
    verbose=yes ;;

  -version | --version | --versio | --versi | --vers)
    echo "configure generated by autoconf version 2.13"
    exit 0 ;;

  -with-* | --with-*)
    ac_package=`echo $ac_option|sed -e 's/-*with-//' -e 's/=.*//'`
    # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names.
    if test -n "`echo $ac_package| sed 's/[-_a-zA-Z0-9]//g'`"; then
      { echo "configure: error: $ac_package: invalid package name" 1>&2; exit 1; }
    fi
    ac_package=`echo $ac_package| sed 's/-/_/g'`
    case "$ac_option" in
      *=*) ;;
      *) ac_optarg=yes ;;
    esac
    eval "with_${ac_package}='$ac_optarg'" ;;

  -without-* | --without-*)
    ac_package=`echo $ac_option|sed -e 's/-*without-//'`
    # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names.
    if test -n "`echo $ac_package| sed 's/[-a-zA-Z0-9_]//g'`"; then
      { echo "configure: error: $ac_package: invalid package name" 1>&2; exit 1; }
    fi
    ac_package=`echo $ac_package| sed 's/-/_/g'`
    eval "with_${ac_package}=no" ;;

  --x)
    # Obsolete; use --with-x.
    with_x=yes ;;

  -x-includes | --x-includes | --x-include | --x-includ | --x-inclu \
  | --x-incl | --x-inc | --x-in | --x-i)
    ac_prev=x_includes ;;
  -x-includes=* | --x-includes=* | --x-include=* | --x-includ=* | --x-inclu=* \
  | --x-incl=* | --x-inc=* | --x-in=* | --x-i=*)
    x_includes="$ac_optarg" ;;

  -x-libraries | --x-libraries | --x-librarie | --x-librari \
  | --x-librar | --x-libra | --x-libr | --x-lib | --x-li | --x-l)
    ac_prev=x_libraries ;;
  -x-libraries=* | --x-libraries=* | --x-librarie=* | --x-librari=* \
  | --x-librar=* | --x-libra=* | --x-libr=* | --x-lib=* | --x-li=* | --x-l=*)
    x_libraries="$ac_optarg" ;;

  -*) { echo "configure: error: $ac_option: invalid option; use --help to show usage" 1>&2; exit 1; }
    ;;

  *)
    if test -n "`echo $ac_option| sed 's/[-a-z0-9.]//g'`"; then
      echo "configure: warning: $ac_option: invalid host type" 1>&2
    fi
    if test "x$nonopt" != xNONE; then
      { echo "configure: error: can only configure for one host and one target at a time" 1>&2; exit 1; }
    fi
    nonopt="$ac_option"
    ;;

  esac
done

if test -n "$ac_prev"; then
  { echo "configure: error: missing argument to --`echo $ac_prev | sed 's/_/-/g'`" 1>&2; exit 1; }
fi

trap 'rm -fr conftest* confdefs* core core.* *.core $ac_clean_files; exit 1' 1 2 15

# File descriptor usage:
# 0 standard input
# 1 file creation
# 2 errors and warnings
# 3 some systems may open it to /dev/tty
# 4 used on the Kubota Titan
# 6 checking for... messages and results
# 5 compiler messages saved in config.log
if test "$silent" = yes; then
  exec 6>/dev/null
else
  exec 6>&1
fi
exec 5>./config.log

echo "\
This file contains any messages produced by compilers while
running configure, to aid debugging if configure makes a mistake.
" 1>&5

# Strip out --no-create and --no-recursion so they do not pile up.
# Also quote any args containing shell metacharacters.
ac_configure_args=
for ac_arg
do
  case "$ac_arg" in
  -no-create | --no-create | --no-creat | --no-crea | --no-cre \
  | --no-cr | --no-c) ;;
  -no-recursion | --no-recursion | --no-recursio | --no-recursi \
  | --no-recurs | --no-recur | --no-recu | --no-rec | --no-re | --no-r) ;;
  *" "*|*"	"*|*[\[\]\~\#\$\^\&\*\(\)\{\}\\\|\;\<\>\?]*)
  ac_configure_args="$ac_configure_args '$ac_arg'" ;;
  *) ac_configure_args="$ac_configure_args $ac_arg" ;;
  esac
done

# NLS nuisances.
# Only set these to C if already set.  These must not be set unconditionally
# because not all systems understand e.g. LANG=C (notably SCO).
# Fixing LC_MESSAGES prevents Solaris sh from translating var values in `set'!
# Non-C LC_CTYPE values break the ctype check.
if test "${LANG+set}"   = set; then LANG=C;   export LANG;   fi
if test "${LC_ALL+set}" = set; then LC_ALL=C; export LC_ALL; fi
if test "${LC_MESSAGES+set}" = set; then LC_MESSAGES=C; export LC_MESSAGES; fi
if test "${LC_CTYPE+set}"    = set; then LC_CTYPE=C;    export LC_CTYPE;    fi

# confdefs.h avoids OS command line length limits that DEFS can exceed.
rm -rf conftest* confdefs.h
# AIX cpp loses on an empty file, so make sure it contains at least a newline.
echo > confdefs.h

# A filename unique to this package, relative to the directory that
# configure is in, which we can look for to find out if srcdir is correct.
ac_unique_file=generic/tcldom.c

# Find the source files, if location was not specified.
if test -z "$srcdir"; then
  ac_srcdir_defaulted=yes
  # Try the directory containing this script, then its parent.
  ac_prog=$0
  ac_confdir=`echo $ac_prog|sed 's%/[^/][^/]*$%%'`
  test "x$ac_confdir" = "x$ac_prog" && ac_confdir=.
  srcdir=$ac_confdir
  if test ! -r $srcdir/$ac_unique_file; then
    srcdir=..
  fi
else
  ac_srcdir_defaulted=no
fi
if test ! -r $srcdir/$ac_unique_file; then
  if test "$ac_srcdir_defaulted" = yes; then
    { echo "configure: error: can not find sources in $ac_confdir or .." 1>&2; exit 1; }
  else
    { echo "configure: error: can not find sources in $srcdir" 1>&2; exit 1; }
  fi
fi
srcdir=`echo "${srcdir}" | sed 's%\([^/]\)/*$%\1%'`

# Prefer explicitly selected file to automatically selected ones.
if test -z "$CONFIG_SITE"; then
  if test "x$prefix" != xNONE; then
    CONFIG_SITE="$prefix/share/config.site $prefix/etc/config.site"
  else
    CONFIG_SITE="$ac_default_prefix/share/config.site $ac_default_prefix/etc/config.site"
  fi
fi
for ac_site_file in $CONFIG_SITE; do
  if test -r "$ac_site_file"; then
    echo "loading site script $ac_site_file"
    . "$ac_site_file"
  fi
done

if test -r "$cache_file"; then
  echo "loading cache $cache_file"
  . $cache_file
else
  echo "creating cache $cache_file"
  > $cache_file
fi

ac_ext=c
# CFLAGS is not in ac_cpp because -g, -O, etc. are not valid cpp options.
ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS'
ac_compile='${CC-cc} -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext 1>&5'
ac_link='${CC-cc} -o conftest${ac_exeext} $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS 1>&5'
cross_compiling=$ac_cv_prog_cc_cross

ac_exeext=
ac_objext=o
if (echo "testing\c"; echo 1,2,3) | grep c >/dev/null; then
  # Stardent Vistra SVR4 grep lacks -e, says [email protected]
  if (echo -n testing; echo 1,2,3) | sed s/-n/xn/ | grep xn >/dev/null; then
    ac_n= ac_c='
' ac_t='	'
  else
    ac_n=-n ac_c= ac_t=
  fi
else
  ac_n= ac_c='\c' ac_t=
fi



#-----------------------------------------------------------------------
# Be sure we're invoked from the platform directory.
#-----------------------------------------------------------------------

if test ${srcdir} = "." ; then
    echo ""
    echo "Please cd to the platform-specific dir (unix or win) and invoke:"
    echo "  ../configure"
    echo ""
    exit 1
fi

#-----------------------------------------------------------------------
# These are needed for the expat compilation. Do this early so we
# do not step over some CFLAGS which will confuse the compiler.
#-----------------------------------------------------------------------

for ac_func in memmove bcopy
do
echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_func""... $ac_c" 1>&6
echo "configure:572: checking for $ac_func" >&5
if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_func_$ac_func'+set}'`\" = set"; then
  echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
else
  cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
#line 577 "configure"
#include "confdefs.h"
/* System header to define __stub macros and hopefully few prototypes,
    which can conflict with char $ac_func(); below.  */
#include <assert.h>
/* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error.  */
/* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2
    builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply.  */
char $ac_func();

int main() {

/* The GNU C library defines this for functions which it implements
    to always fail with ENOSYS.  Some functions are actually named
    something starting with __ and the normal name is an alias.  */
#if defined (__stub_$ac_func) || defined (__stub___$ac_func)
choke me
#else
$ac_func();
#endif

; return 0; }
EOF
if { (eval echo configure:600: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext}; then
  rm -rf conftest*
  eval "ac_cv_func_$ac_func=yes"
else
  echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
  cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
  rm -rf conftest*
  eval "ac_cv_func_$ac_func=no"
fi
rm -f conftest*
fi

if eval "test \"`echo '$ac_cv_func_'$ac_func`\" = yes"; then
  echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6
    ac_tr_func=HAVE_`echo $ac_func | tr 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ'`
  cat >> confdefs.h <<EOF
#define $ac_tr_func 1
EOF
 
else
  echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6
fi
done


#-----------------------------------------------------------------------
# Where is the tcl.m4 and brothers?
#-----------------------------------------------------------------------

ac_aux_dir=
for ac_dir in tclconfig $srcdir/tclconfig; do
  if test -f $ac_dir/install-sh; then
    ac_aux_dir=$ac_dir
    ac_install_sh="$ac_aux_dir/install-sh -c"
    break
  elif test -f $ac_dir/install.sh; then
    ac_aux_dir=$ac_dir
    ac_install_sh="$ac_aux_dir/install.sh -c"
    break
  fi
done
if test -z "$ac_aux_dir"; then
  { echo "configure: error: can not find install-sh or install.sh in tclconfig $srcdir/tclconfig" 1>&2; exit 1; }
fi
ac_config_guess=$ac_aux_dir/config.guess
ac_config_sub=$ac_aux_dir/config.sub
ac_configure=$ac_aux_dir/configure # This should be Cygnus configure.

CONFIGDIR=${srcdir}/tclconfig


#----------------------------------------------------------------------
# __CHANGE__
# Set your package name and version numbers here. The NODOT_VERSION is
# required for constructing the library name on systems that don't like
# dots in library names (Windows). The VERSION variable is used on the
# other systems. Note that we substitute the VERSIN later down, after
# we have initialized TEA so we know which platform we're dealing with.
#----------------------------------------------------------------------

PACKAGE=tdom


TDOMSHELL=tcldomsh


MAJOR_VERSION=0


MINOR_VERSION=8


PATCHLEVEL=3

# This package name must be replaced statically for AC_SUBST to work


# Substitute stub_LIB_FILE if your package creates a stub library too.


#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# Call TEA_INIT as the first TEA_ macro to set up initial vars.
# This will define a ${TEA_PLATFORM} variable == "unix" or "windows".
#--------------------------------------------------------------------


    echo $ac_n "checking for correct TEA configuration""... $ac_c" 1>&6
echo "configure:688: checking for correct TEA configuration" >&5
    if test x"${PACKAGE}" = x ; then
	{ echo "configure: error: 
The PACKAGE variable must be defined by your TEA configure.in" 1>&2; exit 1; }
    fi
    echo "$ac_t""ok" 1>&6
    TEA_INITED=ok
    case "`uname -s`" in
	*win32*|*WIN32*|*CYGWIN_NT*|*CYGWIN_98*|*CYGWIN_95*|*CYGWIN_ME*|*MINGW32_*)
	    # Extract the first word of "cygpath", so it can be a program name with args.
set dummy cygpath; ac_word=$2
echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_word""... $ac_c" 1>&6
echo "configure:700: checking for $ac_word" >&5
if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_prog_CYGPATH'+set}'`\" = set"; then
  echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
else
  if test -n "$CYGPATH"; then
  ac_cv_prog_CYGPATH="$CYGPATH" # Let the user override the test.
else
  IFS="${IFS= 	}"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=":"
  ac_dummy="$PATH"
  for ac_dir in $ac_dummy; do
    test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=.
    if test -f $ac_dir/$ac_word; then
      ac_cv_prog_CYGPATH="cygpath -w"
      break
    fi
  done
  IFS="$ac_save_ifs"
  test -z "$ac_cv_prog_CYGPATH" && ac_cv_prog_CYGPATH="echo"
fi
fi
CYGPATH="$ac_cv_prog_CYGPATH"
if test -n "$CYGPATH"; then
  echo "$ac_t""$CYGPATH" 1>&6
else
  echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6
fi

	    EXEEXT=".exe"
	    TEA_PLATFORM="windows"
	    ;;
	*)
	    CYGPATH=echo
	    EXEEXT=""
	    TEA_PLATFORM="unix"
	    ;;
    esac

    
    


#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# Load the tclConfig.sh file
#--------------------------------------------------------------------


    if test x"${TEA_INITED}" = x ; then
	# Can't refer to exact macro name or it will be substituted
	{ echo "configure: error: Must call TEA INIT before PATH_TCLCONFIG" 1>&2; exit 1; }
    fi
    #
    # Ok, lets find the tcl configuration
    # First, look for one uninstalled.
    # the alternative search directory is invoked by --with-tcl
    #

    if test x"${no_tcl}" = x ; then
	# we reset no_tcl in case something fails here
	no_tcl=true
	# Check whether --with-tcl or --without-tcl was given.
if test "${with_tcl+set}" = set; then
  withval="$with_tcl"
  with_tclconfig=${withval}
fi

	echo $ac_n "checking for Tcl configuration""... $ac_c" 1>&6
echo "configure:766: checking for Tcl configuration" >&5
	if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_c_tclconfig'+set}'`\" = set"; then
  echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
else
  

	    # First check to see if --with-tcl was specified.
	    if test x"${with_tclconfig}" != x ; then
		if test -f "${with_tclconfig}/tclConfig.sh" ; then
		    ac_cv_c_tclconfig=`(cd ${with_tclconfig}; pwd)`
		else
		    { echo "configure: error: ${with_tclconfig} directory doesn't contain tclConfig.sh" 1>&2; exit 1; }
		fi
	    fi

	    # then check for a private Tcl installation
	    if test x"${ac_cv_c_tclconfig}" = x ; then
		for i in \
			../tcl \
			`ls -dr ../tcl[8-9].[0-9]* 2>/dev/null` \
			../../tcl \
			`ls -dr ../../tcl[8-9].[0-9]* 2>/dev/null` \
			../../../tcl \
			`ls -dr ../../../tcl[8-9].[0-9]* 2>/dev/null` ; do
		    if test -f "$i/unix/tclConfig.sh" ; then
			ac_cv_c_tclconfig=`(cd $i/unix; pwd)`
			break
		    fi
		done
	    fi

	    # check in a few common install locations
	    if test x"${ac_cv_c_tclconfig}" = x ; then
		for i in `ls -d ${exec_prefix}/lib 2>/dev/null` \
			`ls -d /usr/local/lib 2>/dev/null` \
			`ls -d /usr/contrib/lib 2>/dev/null` \
			`ls -d /usr/lib 2>/dev/null` \
			; do
		    if test -f "$i/tclConfig.sh" ; then
			ac_cv_c_tclconfig=`(cd $i; pwd)`
			break
		    fi
		done
	    fi

	    # check in a few other private locations
	    if test x"${ac_cv_c_tclconfig}" = x ; then
		for i in \
			${srcdir}/../tcl \
			`ls -dr ${srcdir}/../tcl[8-9].[0-9]* 2>/dev/null` ; do
		    if test -f "$i/unix/tclConfig.sh" ; then
		    ac_cv_c_tclconfig=`(cd $i/unix; pwd)`
		    break
		fi
		done
	    fi
	
fi


	if test x"${ac_cv_c_tclconfig}" = x ; then
	    TCL_BIN_DIR="# no Tcl configs found"
	    echo "configure: warning: "Cannot find Tcl configuration definitions"" 1>&2
	    exit 0
	else
	    no_tcl=
	    TCL_BIN_DIR=${ac_cv_c_tclconfig}
	    echo "$ac_t""found $TCL_BIN_DIR/tclConfig.sh" 1>&6
	fi
    fi


    echo $ac_n "checking for existence of $TCL_BIN_DIR/tclConfig.sh""... $ac_c" 1>&6
echo "configure:839: checking for existence of $TCL_BIN_DIR/tclConfig.sh" >&5

    if test -f "$TCL_BIN_DIR/tclConfig.sh" ; then
        echo "$ac_t""loading" 1>&6
	. $TCL_BIN_DIR/tclConfig.sh
    else
        echo "$ac_t""file not found" 1>&6
    fi

    #
    # If the TCL_BIN_DIR is the build directory (not the install directory),
    # then set the common variable name to the value of the build variables.
    # For example, the variable TCL_LIB_SPEC will be set to the value
    # of TCL_BUILD_LIB_SPEC. An extension should make use of TCL_LIB_SPEC
    # instead of TCL_BUILD_LIB_SPEC since it will work with both an
    # installed and uninstalled version of Tcl.
    #

    if test -f $TCL_BIN_DIR/Makefile ; then
        TCL_LIB_SPEC=${TCL_BUILD_LIB_SPEC}
        TCL_STUB_LIB_SPEC=${TCL_BUILD_STUB_LIB_SPEC}
        TCL_STUB_LIB_PATH=${TCL_BUILD_STUB_LIB_PATH}
    fi

    #
    # eval is required to do the TCL_DBGX substitution
    #

    eval "TCL_LIB_FILE=\"${TCL_LIB_FILE}\""
    eval "TCL_LIB_FLAG=\"${TCL_LIB_FLAG}\""
    eval "TCL_LIB_SPEC=\"${TCL_LIB_SPEC}\""

    eval "TCL_STUB_LIB_FILE=\"${TCL_STUB_LIB_FILE}\""
    eval "TCL_STUB_LIB_FLAG=\"${TCL_STUB_LIB_FLAG}\""
    eval "TCL_STUB_LIB_SPEC=\"${TCL_STUB_LIB_SPEC}\""

    
    
    

    
    
    

    
    
    

    #AC_SUBST(TCL_DBGX)
    
    
    
    
    
    #AC_SUBST(TCL_BUILD_LIB_SPEC)
    #AC_SUBST(TCL_BUILD_STUB_LIB_SPEC)


#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# Load the tkConfig.sh file if necessary (Tk extension)
#--------------------------------------------------------------------

#TEA_PATH_TKCONFIG
#TEA_LOAD_TKCONFIG

#-----------------------------------------------------------------------
# Handle the --prefix=... option by defaulting to what Tcl gave.
# Must be called after TEA_LOAD_TCLCONFIG and before TEA_SETUP_COMPILER.
#-----------------------------------------------------------------------


    # Should be AC_MSG_NOTICE, but that requires autoconf 2.50
    if test "${prefix}" = "NONE"; then
	prefix_default=yes
	if test x"${TCL_PREFIX}" != x; then
	    echo "configure: warning: --prefix defaulting to TCL_PREFIX ${TCL_PREFIX}" 1>&2
	    prefix=${TCL_PREFIX}
	else
	    prefix=/usr/local
	fi
    fi
    if test "${exec_prefix}" = "NONE" -a x"${prefix_default}" = x"yes" ; then
	if test x"${TCL_EXEC_PREFIX}" != x; then
	    echo "configure: warning: --exec-prefix defaulting to TCL_EXEC_PREFIX ${TCL_EXEC_PREFIX}" 1>&2
	    exec_prefix=${TCL_EXEC_PREFIX}
	else
	    exec_prefix=$prefix
	fi
    fi


#-----------------------------------------------------------------------
# Standard compiler checks.
# This sets up CC by using the CC env var, or looks for gcc otherwise.
# This also calls AC_PROG_CC, AC_PROG_INSTALL and a few others to create
# the basic setup necessary to compile executables.
#-----------------------------------------------------------------------

echo $ac_n "checking for Cygwin environment""... $ac_c" 1>&6
echo "configure:938: checking for Cygwin environment" >&5
if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_cygwin'+set}'`\" = set"; then
  echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
else
  cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
#line 943 "configure"
#include "confdefs.h"

int main() {

#ifndef __CYGWIN__
#define __CYGWIN__ __CYGWIN32__
#endif
return __CYGWIN__;
; return 0; }
EOF
if { (eval echo configure:954: \"$ac_compile\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5; }; then
  rm -rf conftest*
  ac_cv_cygwin=yes
else
  echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
  cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
  rm -rf conftest*
  ac_cv_cygwin=no
fi
rm -f conftest*
rm -f conftest*
fi

echo "$ac_t""$ac_cv_cygwin" 1>&6
CYGWIN=
test "$ac_cv_cygwin" = yes && CYGWIN=yes
echo $ac_n "checking for mingw32 environment""... $ac_c" 1>&6
echo "configure:971: checking for mingw32 environment" >&5
if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_mingw32'+set}'`\" = set"; then
  echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
else
  cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
#line 976 "configure"
#include "confdefs.h"

int main() {
return __MINGW32__;
; return 0; }
EOF
if { (eval echo configure:983: \"$ac_compile\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5; }; then
  rm -rf conftest*
  ac_cv_mingw32=yes
else
  echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
  cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
  rm -rf conftest*
  ac_cv_mingw32=no
fi
rm -f conftest*
rm -f conftest*
fi

echo "$ac_t""$ac_cv_mingw32" 1>&6
MINGW32=
test "$ac_cv_mingw32" = yes && MINGW32=yes

    # If the user did not set CFLAGS, set it now to keep
    # the AC_PROG_CC macro from adding "-g -O2".
    if test "${CFLAGS+set}" != "set" ; then
	CFLAGS=""
    fi

    # Extract the first word of "gcc", so it can be a program name with args.
set dummy gcc; ac_word=$2
echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_word""... $ac_c" 1>&6
echo "configure:1009: checking for $ac_word" >&5
if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_prog_CC'+set}'`\" = set"; then
  echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
else
  if test -n "$CC"; then
  ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test.
else
  IFS="${IFS= 	}"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=":"
  ac_dummy="$PATH"
  for ac_dir in $ac_dummy; do
    test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=.
    if test -f $ac_dir/$ac_word; then
      ac_cv_prog_CC="gcc"
      break
    fi
  done
  IFS="$ac_save_ifs"
fi
fi
CC="$ac_cv_prog_CC"
if test -n "$CC"; then
  echo "$ac_t""$CC" 1>&6
else
  echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6
fi

if test -z "$CC"; then
  # Extract the first word of "cc", so it can be a program name with args.
set dummy cc; ac_word=$2
echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_word""... $ac_c" 1>&6
echo "configure:1039: checking for $ac_word" >&5
if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_prog_CC'+set}'`\" = set"; then
  echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
else
  if test -n "$CC"; then
  ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test.
else
  IFS="${IFS= 	}"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=":"
  ac_prog_rejected=no
  ac_dummy="$PATH"
  for ac_dir in $ac_dummy; do
    test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=.
    if test -f $ac_dir/$ac_word; then
      if test "$ac_dir/$ac_word" = "/usr/ucb/cc"; then
        ac_prog_rejected=yes
	continue
      fi
      ac_cv_prog_CC="cc"
      break
    fi
  done
  IFS="$ac_save_ifs"
if test $ac_prog_rejected = yes; then
  # We found a bogon in the path, so make sure we never use it.
  set dummy $ac_cv_prog_CC
  shift
  if test $# -gt 0; then
    # We chose a different compiler from the bogus one.
    # However, it has the same basename, so the bogon will be chosen
    # first if we set CC to just the basename; use the full file name.
    shift
    set dummy "$ac_dir/$ac_word" "[email protected]"
    shift
    ac_cv_prog_CC="[email protected]"
  fi
fi
fi
fi
CC="$ac_cv_prog_CC"
if test -n "$CC"; then
  echo "$ac_t""$CC" 1>&6
else
  echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6
fi

  if test -z "$CC"; then
    case "`uname -s`" in
    *win32* | *WIN32*)
      # Extract the first word of "cl", so it can be a program name with args.
set dummy cl; ac_word=$2
echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_word""... $ac_c" 1>&6
echo "configure:1090: checking for $ac_word" >&5
if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_prog_CC'+set}'`\" = set"; then
  echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
else
  if test -n "$CC"; then
  ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test.
else
  IFS="${IFS= 	}"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=":"
  ac_dummy="$PATH"
  for ac_dir in $ac_dummy; do
    test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=.
    if test -f $ac_dir/$ac_word; then
      ac_cv_prog_CC="cl"
      break
    fi
  done
  IFS="$ac_save_ifs"
fi
fi
CC="$ac_cv_prog_CC"
if test -n "$CC"; then
  echo "$ac_t""$CC" 1>&6
else
  echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6
fi
 ;;
    esac
  fi
  test -z "$CC" && { echo "configure: error: no acceptable cc found in \$PATH" 1>&2; exit 1; }
fi

echo $ac_n "checking whether the C compiler ($CC $CFLAGS $LDFLAGS) works""... $ac_c" 1>&6
echo "configure:1122: checking whether the C compiler ($CC $CFLAGS $LDFLAGS) works" >&5

ac_ext=c
# CFLAGS is not in ac_cpp because -g, -O, etc. are not valid cpp options.
ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS'
ac_compile='${CC-cc} -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext 1>&5'
ac_link='${CC-cc} -o conftest${ac_exeext} $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS 1>&5'
cross_compiling=$ac_cv_prog_cc_cross

cat > conftest.$ac_ext << EOF

#line 1133 "configure"
#include "confdefs.h"

main(){return(0);}
EOF
if { (eval echo configure:1138: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext}; then
  ac_cv_prog_cc_works=yes
  # If we can't run a trivial program, we are probably using a cross compiler.
  if (./conftest; exit) 2>/dev/null; then
    ac_cv_prog_cc_cross=no
  else
    ac_cv_prog_cc_cross=yes
  fi
else
  echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
  cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
  ac_cv_prog_cc_works=no
fi
rm -fr conftest*
ac_ext=c
# CFLAGS is not in ac_cpp because -g, -O, etc. are not valid cpp options.
ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS'
ac_compile='${CC-cc} -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext 1>&5'
ac_link='${CC-cc} -o conftest${ac_exeext} $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS 1>&5'
cross_compiling=$ac_cv_prog_cc_cross

echo "$ac_t""$ac_cv_prog_cc_works" 1>&6
if test $ac_cv_prog_cc_works = no; then
  { echo "configure: error: installation or configuration problem: C compiler cannot create executables." 1>&2; exit 1; }
fi
echo $ac_n "checking whether the C compiler ($CC $CFLAGS $LDFLAGS) is a cross-compiler""... $ac_c" 1>&6
echo "configure:1164: checking whether the C compiler ($CC $CFLAGS $LDFLAGS) is a cross-compiler" >&5
echo "$ac_t""$ac_cv_prog_cc_cross" 1>&6
cross_compiling=$ac_cv_prog_cc_cross

echo $ac_n "checking whether we are using GNU C""... $ac_c" 1>&6
echo "configure:1169: checking whether we are using GNU C" >&5
if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_prog_gcc'+set}'`\" = set"; then
  echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
else
  cat > conftest.c <<EOF
#ifdef __GNUC__
  yes;
#endif
EOF
if { ac_try='${CC-cc} -E conftest.c'; { (eval echo configure:1178: \"$ac_try\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_try) 2>&5; }; } | egrep yes >/dev/null 2>&1; then
  ac_cv_prog_gcc=yes
else
  ac_cv_prog_gcc=no
fi
fi

echo "$ac_t""$ac_cv_prog_gcc" 1>&6

if test $ac_cv_prog_gcc = yes; then
  GCC=yes
else
  GCC=
fi

ac_test_CFLAGS="${CFLAGS+set}"
ac_save_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS"
CFLAGS=
echo $ac_n "checking whether ${CC-cc} accepts -g""... $ac_c" 1>&6
echo "configure:1197: checking whether ${CC-cc} accepts -g" >&5
if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_prog_cc_g'+set}'`\" = set"; then
  echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
else
  echo 'void f(){}' > conftest.c
if test -z "`${CC-cc} -g -c conftest.c 2>&1`"; then
  ac_cv_prog_cc_g=yes
else
  ac_cv_prog_cc_g=no
fi
rm -f conftest*

fi

echo "$ac_t""$ac_cv_prog_cc_g" 1>&6
if test "$ac_test_CFLAGS" = set; then
  CFLAGS="$ac_save_CFLAGS"
elif test $ac_cv_prog_cc_g = yes; then
  if test "$GCC" = yes; then
    CFLAGS="-g -O2"
  else
    CFLAGS="-g"
  fi
else
  if test "$GCC" = yes; then
    CFLAGS="-O2"
  else
    CFLAGS=
  fi
fi


    #------------------------------------------------------------------------
    # If we're using GCC, see if the compiler understands -pipe. If so, use it.
    # It makes compiling go faster.  (This is only a performance feature.)
    #------------------------------------------------------------------------

    if test -z "$no_pipe" -a -n "$GCC"; then
	echo $ac_n "checking if the compiler understands -pipe""... $ac_c" 1>&6
echo "configure:1236: checking if the compiler understands -pipe" >&5
	OLDCC="$CC"
	CC="$CC -pipe"
	cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
#line 1240 "configure"
#include "confdefs.h"

int main() {

; return 0; }
EOF
if { (eval echo configure:1247: \"$ac_compile\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5; }; then
  rm -rf conftest*
  echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6
else
  echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
  cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
  rm -rf conftest*
  CC="$OLDCC"
	    echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6
fi
rm -f conftest*
    fi

    # Find a good install program.  We prefer a C program (faster),
# so one script is as good as another.  But avoid the broken or
# incompatible versions:
# SysV /etc/install, /usr/sbin/install
# SunOS /usr/etc/install
# IRIX /sbin/install
# AIX /bin/install
# AIX 4 /usr/bin/installbsd, which doesn't work without a -g flag
# AFS /usr/afsws/bin/install, which mishandles nonexistent args
# SVR4 /usr/ucb/install, which tries to use the nonexistent group "staff"
# ./install, which can be erroneously created by make from ./install.sh.
echo $ac_n "checking for a BSD compatible install""... $ac_c" 1>&6
echo "configure:1272: checking for a BSD compatible install" >&5
if test -z "$INSTALL"; then
if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_path_install'+set}'`\" = set"; then
  echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
else
    IFS="${IFS= 	}"; ac_save_IFS="$IFS"; IFS=":"
  for ac_dir in $PATH; do
    # Account for people who put trailing slashes in PATH elements.
    case "$ac_dir/" in
    /|./|.//|/etc/*|/usr/sbin/*|/usr/etc/*|/sbin/*|/usr/afsws/bin/*|/usr/ucb/*) ;;
    *)
      # OSF1 and SCO ODT 3.0 have their own names for install.
      # Don't use installbsd from OSF since it installs stuff as root
      # by default.
      for ac_prog in ginstall scoinst install; do
        if test -f $ac_dir/$ac_prog; then
	  if test $ac_prog = install &&
            grep dspmsg $ac_dir/$ac_prog >/dev/null 2>&1; then
	    # AIX install.  It has an incompatible calling convention.
	    :
	  else
	    ac_cv_path_install="$ac_dir/$ac_prog -c"
	    break 2
	  fi
	fi
      done
      ;;
    esac
  done
  IFS="$ac_save_IFS"

fi
  if test "${ac_cv_path_install+set}" = set; then
    INSTALL="$ac_cv_path_install"
  else
    # As a last resort, use the slow shell script.  We don't cache a
    # path for INSTALL within a source directory, because that will
    # break other packages using the cache if that directory is
    # removed, or if the path is relative.
    INSTALL="$ac_install_sh"
  fi
fi
echo "$ac_t""$INSTALL" 1>&6

# Use test -z because SunOS4 sh mishandles braces in ${var-val}.
# It thinks the first close brace ends the variable substitution.
test -z "$INSTALL_PROGRAM" && INSTALL_PROGRAM='${INSTALL}'

test -z "$INSTALL_SCRIPT" && INSTALL_SCRIPT='${INSTALL_PROGRAM}'

test -z "$INSTALL_DATA" && INSTALL_DATA='${INSTALL} -m 644'


    #--------------------------------------------------------------------
    # Checks to see if the make program sets the $MAKE variable.
    #--------------------------------------------------------------------

    echo $ac_n "checking whether ${MAKE-make} sets \${MAKE}""... $ac_c" 1>&6
echo "configure:1330: checking whether ${MAKE-make} sets \${MAKE}" >&5
set dummy ${MAKE-make}; ac_make=`echo "$2" | sed 'y%./+-%__p_%'`
if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_prog_make_${ac_make}_set'+set}'`\" = set"; then
  echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
else
  cat > conftestmake <<\EOF
all:
	@echo 'ac_maketemp="${MAKE}"'
EOF
# GNU make sometimes prints "make[1]: Entering...", which would confuse us.
eval `${MAKE-make} -f conftestmake 2>/dev/null | grep temp=`
if test -n "$ac_maketemp"; then
  eval ac_cv_prog_make_${ac_make}_set=yes
else
  eval ac_cv_prog_make_${ac_make}_set=no
fi
rm -f conftestmake
fi
if eval "test \"`echo '$ac_cv_prog_make_'${ac_make}_set`\" = yes"; then
  echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6
  SET_MAKE=
else
  echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6
  SET_MAKE="MAKE=${MAKE-make}"
fi


    #--------------------------------------------------------------------
    # Find ranlib
    #--------------------------------------------------------------------

    # Extract the first word of "ranlib", so it can be a program name with args.
set dummy ranlib; ac_word=$2
echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_word""... $ac_c" 1>&6
echo "configure:1364: checking for $ac_word" >&5
if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_prog_RANLIB'+set}'`\" = set"; then
  echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
else
  if test -n "$RANLIB"; then
  ac_cv_prog_RANLIB="$RANLIB" # Let the user override the test.
else
  IFS="${IFS= 	}"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=":"
  ac_dummy="$PATH"
  for ac_dir in $ac_dummy; do
    test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=.
    if test -f $ac_dir/$ac_word; then
      ac_cv_prog_RANLIB="ranlib"
      break
    fi
  done
  IFS="$ac_save_ifs"
  test -z "$ac_cv_prog_RANLIB" && ac_cv_prog_RANLIB=":"
fi
fi
RANLIB="$ac_cv_prog_RANLIB"
if test -n "$RANLIB"; then
  echo "$ac_t""$RANLIB" 1>&6
else
  echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6
fi


    #--------------------------------------------------------------------
    # Determines the correct binary file extension (.o, .obj, .exe etc.)
    #--------------------------------------------------------------------

    echo $ac_n "checking for object suffix""... $ac_c" 1>&6
echo "configure:1397: checking for object suffix" >&5
if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_objext'+set}'`\" = set"; then
  echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
else
  rm -f conftest*
echo 'int i = 1;' > conftest.$ac_ext
if { (eval echo configure:1403: \"$ac_compile\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5; }; then
  for ac_file in conftest.*; do
    case $ac_file in
    *.c) ;;
    *) ac_cv_objext=`echo $ac_file | sed -e s/conftest.//` ;;
    esac
  done
else
  { echo "configure: error: installation or configuration problem; compiler does not work" 1>&2; exit 1; }
fi
rm -f conftest*
fi

echo "$ac_t""$ac_cv_objext" 1>&6
OBJEXT=$ac_cv_objext
ac_objext=$ac_cv_objext

    

echo $ac_n "checking for executable suffix""... $ac_c" 1>&6
echo "configure:1423: checking for executable suffix" >&5
if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_exeext'+set}'`\" = set"; then
  echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
else
  if test "$CYGWIN" = yes || test "$MINGW32" = yes; then
  ac_cv_exeext=.exe
else
  rm -f conftest*
  echo 'int main () { return 0; }' > conftest.$ac_ext
  ac_cv_exeext=
  if { (eval echo configure:1433: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; }; then
    for file in conftest.*; do
      case $file in
      *.c | *.o | *.obj) ;;
      *) ac_cv_exeext=`echo $file | sed -e s/conftest//` ;;
      esac
    done
  else
    { echo "configure: error: installation or configuration problem: compiler cannot create executables." 1>&2; exit 1; }
  fi
  rm -f conftest*
  test x"${ac_cv_exeext}" = x && ac_cv_exeext=no
fi
fi

EXEEXT=""
test x"${ac_cv_exeext}" != xno && EXEEXT=${ac_cv_exeext}
echo "$ac_t""${ac_cv_exeext}" 1>&6
ac_exeext=$EXEEXT



#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# __CHANGE__
# Choose which headers you need.  Extension authors should try very
# hard to only rely on the Tcl public header files.  Internal headers
# contain private data structures and are subject to change without
# notice.
# This MUST be called after TEA_LOAD_TCLCONFIG / TEA_LOAD_TKCONFIG
#--------------------------------------------------------------------


    echo $ac_n "checking for Tcl public headers""... $ac_c" 1>&6
echo "configure:1466: checking for Tcl public headers" >&5

    # Check whether --with-tclinclude or --without-tclinclude was given.
if test "${with_tclinclude+set}" = set; then
  withval="$with_tclinclude"
  with_tclinclude=${withval}
fi


    if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_c_tclh'+set}'`\" = set"; then
  echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
else
  
	# Use the value from --with-tclinclude, if it was given

	if test x"${with_tclinclude}" != x ; then
	    if test -f "${with_tclinclude}/tcl.h" ; then
		ac_cv_c_tclh=${with_tclinclude}
	    else
		{ echo "configure: error: ${with_tclinclude} directory does not contain tcl.h" 1>&2; exit 1; }
	    fi
	else
	    # Check order: pkg --prefix location, Tcl's --prefix location,
	    # directory of tclConfig.sh, and Tcl source directory.
	    # Looking in the source dir is not ideal, but OK.

	    eval "temp_includedir=${includedir}"
	    list="`ls -d ${temp_includedir}      2>/dev/null` \
		`ls -d ${TCL_PREFIX}/include     2>/dev/null` \
		`ls -d ${TCL_BIN_DIR}/../include 2>/dev/null` \
		`ls -d ${TCL_SRC_DIR}/generic    2>/dev/null`"
	    if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" != "windows" -o "$GCC" = "yes"; then
		list="$list /usr/local/include /usr/include"
	    fi
	    for i in $list ; do
		if test -f "$i/tcl.h" ; then
		    ac_cv_c_tclh=$i
		    break
		fi
	    done
	fi
    
fi


    # Print a message based on how we determined the include path

    if test x"${ac_cv_c_tclh}" = x ; then
	{ echo "configure: error: tcl.h not found.  Please specify its location with --with-tclinclude" 1>&2; exit 1; }
    else
	echo "$ac_t""${ac_cv_c_tclh}" 1>&6
    fi

    # Convert to a native path and substitute into the output files.

    INCLUDE_DIR_NATIVE=`${CYGPATH} ${ac_cv_c_tclh}`

    TCL_INCLUDES=-I\"${INCLUDE_DIR_NATIVE}\"

    

#TEA_PRIVATE_TCL_HEADERS

#TEA_PUBLIC_TK_HEADERS
#TEA_PRIVATE_TK_HEADERS

#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# __CHANGE__
# A few miscellaneous platform-specific items:
#
# Define a special symbol for Windows (BUILD_sample in this case) so
# that we create the export library with the dll.  See sha1.h on how
# to use this.
#
# Windows creates a few extra files that need to be cleaned up.
# You can add more files to clean if your extension creates any extra
# files.
#
# Define any extra compiler flags in the PACKAGE_CFLAGS variable.
# These will be appended to the current set of compiler flags for
# your system.
#--------------------------------------------------------------------

if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = "windows" ; then
    cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF
#define BUILD_tdom 1
EOF

    CLEANFILES="pkgIndex.tcl *.lib *.dll *.exp *.ilk *.pdb vc*.pch"
    EXTRA_SOURCES='$(WIN_SOURCES)'
    VERSION=${MAJOR_VERSION}${MINOR_VERSION}${PATCHLEVEL}
else
    CLEANFILES="pkgIndex.tcl"
    EXTRA_SOURCES='$(UNIX_SOURCES)'
    VERSION=${MAJOR_VERSION}.${MINOR_VERSION}.${PATCHLEVEL}
fi





#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# We put this here so that you can compile with -DVERSION="1.2" to
# encode the package version directly into the source files.
#--------------------------------------------------------------------

eval cat >> confdefs.h <<EOF
#define VERSION "${VERSION}"
EOF


#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# Setup the current source directory so extensions building against
# tDOM stub library will know where to find binary directories.
# Setup paths and linker specification of the stub library.
# Note: some of those below are replicated in Makefile.in as well.
#--------------------------------------------------------------------

tdom_SRC_DIR=`cd ${srcdir}; pwd`

pkglibdir="${exec_prefix}/lib/${PACKAGE}${VERSION}"
tdomstub_LIB_FLAG="-ltdomstub${VERSION}${TCL_DBGX}"

tdomstub_BUILD_SPEC="-L`pwd` ${tdomstub_LIB_FLAG}"
tdomstub_FILE_SPEC="-L${pkglibdir} ${tdomstub_LIB_FLAG}"





#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# Check whether --enable-threads or --disable-threads was given.
#--------------------------------------------------------------------


    # Check whether --enable-threads or --disable-threads was given.
if test "${enable_threads+set}" = set; then
  enableval="$enable_threads"
  tcl_ok=$enableval
else
  tcl_ok=
fi


    if test "$tcl_ok" = "yes"; then
	TCL_THREADS=1

	if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" != "windows" ; then
	    # We are always OK on Windows, so check what this platform wants.
	    cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF
#define USE_THREAD_ALLOC 1
EOF

	    cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF
#define _REENTRANT 1
EOF

	    cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF
#define _THREAD_SAFE 1
EOF

	    echo $ac_n "checking for pthread_mutex_init in -lpthread""... $ac_c" 1>&6
echo "configure:1628: checking for pthread_mutex_init in -lpthread" >&5
ac_lib_var=`echo pthread'_'pthread_mutex_init | sed 'y%./+-%__p_%'`
if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_lib_$ac_lib_var'+set}'`\" = set"; then
  echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
else
  ac_save_LIBS="$LIBS"
LIBS="-lpthread  $LIBS"
cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
#line 1636 "configure"
#include "confdefs.h"
/* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error.  */
/* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2
    builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply.  */
char pthread_mutex_init();

int main() {
pthread_mutex_init()
; return 0; }
EOF
if { (eval echo configure:1647: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext}; then
  rm -rf conftest*
  eval "ac_cv_lib_$ac_lib_var=yes"
else
  echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
  cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
  rm -rf conftest*
  eval "ac_cv_lib_$ac_lib_var=no"
fi
rm -f conftest*
LIBS="$ac_save_LIBS"

fi
if eval "test \"`echo '$ac_cv_lib_'$ac_lib_var`\" = yes"; then
  echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6
  tcl_ok=yes
else
  echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6
tcl_ok=no
fi

	    if test "$tcl_ok" = "no"; then
		# Check a little harder for __pthread_mutex_init in the
		# same library, as some systems hide it there until
		# pthread.h is defined.	 We could alternatively do an
		# AC_TRY_COMPILE with pthread.h, but that will work with
		# libpthread really doesn't exist, like AIX 4.2.
		# [Bug: 4359]
		echo $ac_n "checking for __pthread_mutex_init in -lpthread""... $ac_c" 1>&6
echo "configure:1676: checking for __pthread_mutex_init in -lpthread" >&5
ac_lib_var=`echo pthread'_'__pthread_mutex_init | sed 'y%./+-%__p_%'`
if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_lib_$ac_lib_var'+set}'`\" = set"; then
  echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
else
  ac_save_LIBS="$LIBS"
LIBS="-lpthread  $LIBS"
cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
#line 1684 "configure"
#include "confdefs.h"
/* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error.  */
/* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2
    builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply.  */
char __pthread_mutex_init();

int main() {
__pthread_mutex_init()
; return 0; }
EOF
if { (eval echo configure:1695: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext}; then
  rm -rf conftest*
  eval "ac_cv_lib_$ac_lib_var=yes"
else
  echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
  cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
  rm -rf conftest*
  eval "ac_cv_lib_$ac_lib_var=no"
fi
rm -f conftest*
LIBS="$ac_save_LIBS"

fi
if eval "test \"`echo '$ac_cv_lib_'$ac_lib_var`\" = yes"; then
  echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6
  tcl_ok=yes
else
  echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6
tcl_ok=no
fi

	    fi
	    
	    if test "$tcl_ok" = "yes"; then
		# The space is needed
		THREADS_LIBS=" -lpthread"
	    else
		echo $ac_n "checking for pthread_mutex_init in -lpthreads""... $ac_c" 1>&6
echo "configure:1723: checking for pthread_mutex_init in -lpthreads" >&5
ac_lib_var=`echo pthreads'_'pthread_mutex_init | sed 'y%./+-%__p_%'`
if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_lib_$ac_lib_var'+set}'`\" = set"; then
  echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
else
  ac_save_LIBS="$LIBS"
LIBS="-lpthreads  $LIBS"
cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
#line 1731 "configure"
#include "confdefs.h"
/* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error.  */
/* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2
    builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply.  */
char pthread_mutex_init();

int main() {
pthread_mutex_init()
; return 0; }
EOF
if { (eval echo configure:1742: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext}; then
  rm -rf conftest*
  eval "ac_cv_lib_$ac_lib_var=yes"
else
  echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
  cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
  rm -rf conftest*
  eval "ac_cv_lib_$ac_lib_var=no"
fi
rm -f conftest*
LIBS="$ac_save_LIBS"

fi
if eval "test \"`echo '$ac_cv_lib_'$ac_lib_var`\" = yes"; then
  echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6
  tcl_ok=yes
else
  echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6
tcl_ok=no
fi

		if test "$tcl_ok" = "yes"; then
		    # The space is needed
		    THREADS_LIBS=" -lpthreads"
		else
		    echo $ac_n "checking for pthread_mutex_init in -lc""... $ac_c" 1>&6
echo "configure:1768: checking for pthread_mutex_init in -lc" >&5
ac_lib_var=`echo c'_'pthread_mutex_init | sed 'y%./+-%__p_%'`
if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_lib_$ac_lib_var'+set}'`\" = set"; then
  echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
else
  ac_save_LIBS="$LIBS"
LIBS="-lc  $LIBS"
cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
#line 1776 "configure"
#include "confdefs.h"
/* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error.  */
/* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2
    builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply.  */
char pthread_mutex_init();

int main() {
pthread_mutex_init()
; return 0; }
EOF
if { (eval echo configure:1787: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext}; then
  rm -rf conftest*
  eval "ac_cv_lib_$ac_lib_var=yes"
else
  echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
  cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
  rm -rf conftest*
  eval "ac_cv_lib_$ac_lib_var=no"
fi
rm -f conftest*
LIBS="$ac_save_LIBS"

fi
if eval "test \"`echo '$ac_cv_lib_'$ac_lib_var`\" = yes"; then
  echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6
  tcl_ok=yes
else
  echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6
tcl_ok=no
fi

		    if test "$tcl_ok" = "no"; then
			echo $ac_n "checking for pthread_mutex_init in -lc_r""... $ac_c" 1>&6
echo "configure:1810: checking for pthread_mutex_init in -lc_r" >&5
ac_lib_var=`echo c_r'_'pthread_mutex_init | sed 'y%./+-%__p_%'`
if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_lib_$ac_lib_var'+set}'`\" = set"; then
  echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
else
  ac_save_LIBS="$LIBS"
LIBS="-lc_r  $LIBS"
cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
#line 1818 "configure"
#include "confdefs.h"
/* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error.  */
/* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2
    builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply.  */
char pthread_mutex_init();

int main() {
pthread_mutex_init()
; return 0; }
EOF
if { (eval echo configure:1829: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext}; then
  rm -rf conftest*
  eval "ac_cv_lib_$ac_lib_var=yes"
else
  echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
  cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
  rm -rf conftest*
  eval "ac_cv_lib_$ac_lib_var=no"
fi
rm -f conftest*
LIBS="$ac_save_LIBS"

fi
if eval "test \"`echo '$ac_cv_lib_'$ac_lib_var`\" = yes"; then
  echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6
  tcl_ok=yes
else
  echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6
tcl_ok=no
fi

			if test "$tcl_ok" = "yes"; then
			    # The space is needed
			    THREADS_LIBS=" -pthread"
			else
			    TCL_THREADS=0
			    echo "configure: warning: "Don t know how to find pthread lib on your system - thread support disabled"" 1>&2
			fi
		    fi
		fi
	    fi
	    
	    # Does the pthread-implementation provide
	    # 'pthread_attr_setstacksize' ?
	    for ac_func in pthread_attr_setstacksize
do
echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_func""... $ac_c" 1>&6
echo "configure:1866: checking for $ac_func" >&5
if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_func_$ac_func'+set}'`\" = set"; then
  echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
else
  cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
#line 1871 "configure"
#include "confdefs.h"
/* System header to define __stub macros and hopefully few prototypes,
    which can conflict with char $ac_func(); below.  */
#include <assert.h>
/* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error.  */
/* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2
    builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply.  */
char $ac_func();

int main() {

/* The GNU C library defines this for functions which it implements
    to always fail with ENOSYS.  Some functions are actually named
    something starting with __ and the normal name is an alias.  */
#if defined (__stub_$ac_func) || defined (__stub___$ac_func)
choke me
#else
$ac_func();
#endif

; return 0; }
EOF
if { (eval echo configure:1894: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext}; then
  rm -rf conftest*
  eval "ac_cv_func_$ac_func=yes"
else
  echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
  cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
  rm -rf conftest*
  eval "ac_cv_func_$ac_func=no"
fi
rm -f conftest*
fi

if eval "test \"`echo '$ac_cv_func_'$ac_func`\" = yes"; then
  echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6
    ac_tr_func=HAVE_`echo $ac_func | tr 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ'`
  cat >> confdefs.h <<EOF
#define $ac_tr_func 1
EOF
 
else
  echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6
fi
done

	fi
    else
	TCL_THREADS=0
    fi
    # Do checking message here to not mess up interleaved configure output
    echo $ac_n "checking for building with threads""... $ac_c" 1>&6
echo "configure:1924: checking for building with threads" >&5
    if test "${TCL_THREADS}" = "1"; then
	cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF
#define TCL_THREADS 1
EOF

	echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6
    else
	echo "$ac_t""no (default)" 1>&6
    fi
    # TCL_THREADS sanity checking.  See if our request for building with
    # threads is the same as the way Tcl was built.  If not, warn the user.
    case ${TCL_DEFS} in
	*THREADS=1*)
	    if test "${TCL_THREADS}" = "0"; then
		echo "configure: warning: 
    Building ${PACKAGE} without threads enabled, but building against a Tcl
    that IS thread-enabled." 1>&2
	    fi
	    ;;
	*)
	    if test "${TCL_THREADS}" = "1"; then
		echo "configure: warning: 
    --enable-threads requested, but attempting building against a Tcl
    that is NOT thread-enabled." 1>&2
	    fi
	    ;;
    esac
    


#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# The statement below defines a collection of symbols related to
# building as a shared library instead of a static library.
#--------------------------------------------------------------------


    echo $ac_n "checking how to build libraries""... $ac_c" 1>&6
echo "configure:1962: checking how to build libraries" >&5
    # Check whether --enable-shared or --disable-shared was given.
if test "${enable_shared+set}" = set; then
  enableval="$enable_shared"
  tcl_ok=$enableval
else
  tcl_ok=yes
fi


    if test "${enable_shared+set}" = set; then
	enableval="$enable_shared"
	tcl_ok=$enableval
    else
	tcl_ok=yes
    fi

    if test "$tcl_ok" = "yes" ; then
	echo "$ac_t""shared" 1>&6
	SHARED_BUILD=1
    else
	echo "$ac_t""static" 1>&6
	SHARED_BUILD=0
	cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF
#define STATIC_BUILD 1
EOF

    fi


#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# This macro figures out what flags to use with the compiler/linker
# when building shared/static debug/optimized objects.  This information
# can be taken from the tclConfig.sh file, but this figures it all out.
#--------------------------------------------------------------------

echo $ac_n "checking how to run the C preprocessor""... $ac_c" 1>&6
echo "configure:1999: checking how to run the C preprocessor" >&5
# On Suns, sometimes $CPP names a directory.
if test -n "$CPP" && test -d "$CPP"; then
  CPP=
fi
if test -z "$CPP"; then
if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_prog_CPP'+set}'`\" = set"; then
  echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
else
    # This must be in double quotes, not single quotes, because CPP may get
  # substituted into the Makefile and "${CC-cc}" will confuse make.
  CPP="${CC-cc} -E"
  # On the NeXT, cc -E runs the code through the compiler's parser,
  # not just through cpp.
  cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
#line 2014 "configure"
#include "confdefs.h"
#include <assert.h>
Syntax Error
EOF
ac_try="$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext >/dev/null 2>conftest.out"
{ (eval echo configure:2020: \"$ac_try\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_try) 2>&5; }
ac_err=`grep -v '^ *+' conftest.out | grep -v "^conftest.${ac_ext}\$"`
if test -z "$ac_err"; then
  :
else
  echo "$ac_err" >&5
  echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
  cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
  rm -rf conftest*
  CPP="${CC-cc} -E -traditional-cpp"
  cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
#line 2031 "configure"
#include "confdefs.h"
#include <assert.h>
Syntax Error
EOF
ac_try="$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext >/dev/null 2>conftest.out"
{ (eval echo configure:2037: \"$ac_try\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_try) 2>&5; }
ac_err=`grep -v '^ *+' conftest.out | grep -v "^conftest.${ac_ext}\$"`
if test -z "$ac_err"; then
  :
else
  echo "$ac_err" >&5
  echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
  cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
  rm -rf conftest*
  CPP="${CC-cc} -nologo -E"
  cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
#line 2048 "configure"
#include "confdefs.h"
#include <assert.h>
Syntax Error
EOF
ac_try="$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext >/dev/null 2>conftest.out"
{ (eval echo configure:2054: \"$ac_try\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_try) 2>&5; }
ac_err=`grep -v '^ *+' conftest.out | grep -v "^conftest.${ac_ext}\$"`
if test -z "$ac_err"; then
  :
else
  echo "$ac_err" >&5
  echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
  cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
  rm -rf conftest*
  CPP=/lib/cpp
fi
rm -f conftest*
fi
rm -f conftest*
fi
rm -f conftest*
  ac_cv_prog_CPP="$CPP"
fi
  CPP="$ac_cv_prog_CPP"
else
  ac_cv_prog_CPP="$CPP"
fi
echo "$ac_t""$CPP" 1>&6


    if test x"${TEA_INITED}" = x ; then
	# Can't refer to exact macro name or it will be substituted
	{ echo "configure: error: Must call TEA INIT before CONFIG_CFLAGS" 1>&2; exit 1; }
    fi

    # Step 0: Enable 64 bit support?

    echo $ac_n "checking if 64bit support is enabled""... $ac_c" 1>&6
echo "configure:2087: checking if 64bit support is enabled" >&5
    # Check whether --enable-64bit or --disable-64bit was given.
if test "${enable_64bit+set}" = set; then
  enableval="$enable_64bit"
  do64bit=$enableval
else
  do64bit=no
fi

    echo "$ac_t""$do64bit" 1>&6
 
    # Step 0.b: Enable Solaris 64 bit VIS support?

    echo $ac_n "checking if 64bit Sparc VIS support is requested""... $ac_c" 1>&6
echo "configure:2101: checking if 64bit Sparc VIS support is requested" >&5
    # Check whether --enable-64bit-vis or --disable-64bit-vis was given.
if test "${enable_64bit_vis+set}" = set; then
  enableval="$enable_64bit_vis"
  do64bitVIS=$enableval
else
  do64bitVIS=no
fi

    echo "$ac_t""$do64bitVIS" 1>&6

    if test "$do64bitVIS" = "yes"; then
	# Force 64bit on with VIS
	do64bit=yes
    fi

    # Step 1: set the variable "system" to hold the name and version number
    # for the system.  This can usually be done via the "uname" command, but
    # there are a few systems, like Next, where this doesn't work.

    echo $ac_n "checking system version (for dynamic loading)""... $ac_c" 1>&6
echo "configure:2122: checking system version (for dynamic loading)" >&5
    if test -f /usr/lib/NextStep/software_version; then
	system=NEXTSTEP-`awk '/3/,/3/' /usr/lib/NextStep/software_version`
    else
	system=`uname -s`-`uname -r`
	if test "$?" -ne 0 ; then
	    echo "$ac_t""unknown (can't find uname command)" 1>&6
	    system=unknown
	else
	    # Special check for weird MP-RAS system (uname returns weird
	    # results, and the version is kept in special file).
	
	    if test -r /etc/.relid -a "X`uname -n`" = "X`uname -s`" ; then
		system=MP-RAS-`awk '{print }' /etc/.relid'`
	    fi
	    if test "`uname -s`" = "AIX" ; then
		system=AIX-`uname -v`.`uname -r`
	    fi
	    if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = "windows" ; then
		system=windows
	    fi
	    echo "$ac_t""$system" 1>&6
	fi
    fi

    # Step 2: check for existence of -ldl library.  This is needed because
    # Linux can use either -ldl or -ldld for dynamic loading.

    echo $ac_n "checking for dlopen in -ldl""... $ac_c" 1>&6
echo "configure:2151: checking for dlopen in -ldl" >&5
ac_lib_var=`echo dl'_'dlopen | sed 'y%./+-%__p_%'`
if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_lib_$ac_lib_var'+set}'`\" = set"; then
  echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
else
  ac_save_LIBS="$LIBS"
LIBS="-ldl  $LIBS"
cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
#line 2159 "configure"
#include "confdefs.h"
/* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error.  */
/* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2
    builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply.  */
char dlopen();

int main() {
dlopen()
; return 0; }
EOF
if { (eval echo configure:2170: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext}; then
  rm -rf conftest*
  eval "ac_cv_lib_$ac_lib_var=yes"
else
  echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
  cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
  rm -rf conftest*
  eval "ac_cv_lib_$ac_lib_var=no"
fi
rm -f conftest*
LIBS="$ac_save_LIBS"

fi
if eval "test \"`echo '$ac_cv_lib_'$ac_lib_var`\" = yes"; then
  echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6
  have_dl=yes
else
  echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6
have_dl=no
fi


    # Step 3: set configuration options based on system name and version.

    do64bit_ok=no
    EXTRA_CFLAGS=""
    TCL_EXPORT_FILE_SUFFIX=""
    UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX=""
    TCL_TRIM_DOTS='`echo ${VERSION} | tr -d .`'
    ECHO_VERSION='`echo ${VERSION}`'
    TCL_LIB_VERSIONS_OK=ok
    CFLAGS_DEBUG=-g
    CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE=-O
    if test "$GCC" = "yes" ; then
	CFLAGS_WARNING="-Wall -Wconversion -Wno-implicit-int"
    else
	CFLAGS_WARNING=""
    fi
    TCL_NEEDS_EXP_FILE=0
    TCL_BUILD_EXP_FILE=""
    TCL_EXP_FILE=""
    # Extract the first word of "ar", so it can be a program name with args.
set dummy ar; ac_word=$2
echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_word""... $ac_c" 1>&6
echo "configure:2214: checking for $ac_word" >&5
if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_prog_AR'+set}'`\" = set"; then
  echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
else
  if test -n "$AR"; then
  ac_cv_prog_AR="$AR" # Let the user override the test.
else
  IFS="${IFS= 	}"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=":"
  ac_dummy="$PATH"
  for ac_dir in $ac_dummy; do
    test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=.
    if test -f $ac_dir/$ac_word; then
      ac_cv_prog_AR="ar"
      break
    fi
  done
  IFS="$ac_save_ifs"
fi
fi
AR="$ac_cv_prog_AR"
if test -n "$AR"; then
  echo "$ac_t""$AR" 1>&6
else
  echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6
fi

    STLIB_LD='${AR} cr'
    case $system in
	windows)
	    # This is a 2-stage check to make sure we have the 64-bit SDK
	    # We have to know where the SDK is installed.
	    if test "$do64bit" = "yes" ; then
		if test "x${MSSDK}x" = "xx" ; then
		    MSSDK="C:/Progra~1/Microsoft SDK"
		fi
		# In order to work in the tortured autoconf environment,
		# we need to ensure that this path has no spaces
		MSSDK=`cygpath -w -s "$MSSDK" | sed -e 's!\\\!/!g'`
		if test ! -d "${MSSDK}/bin/win64" ; then
		    echo "configure: warning: "could not find 64-bit SDK to enable 64bit mode"" 1>&2
		    do64bit="no"
		else
		    do64bit_ok="yes"
		fi
	    fi

	    if test "${SHARED_BUILD}" = "0" ; then
		runtime=-MT
	    else
		runtime=-MD
	    fi

	    if test "$do64bit" = "yes" ; then
		# All this magic is necessary for the Win64 SDK RC1 - hobbs
		export CC="${MSSDK}/Bin/Win64/cl.exe \
	    -I${MSSDK}/Include/prerelease -I${MSSDK}/Include/Win64/crt \
	    -I${MSSDK}/Include"
		export RC="${MSSDK}/bin/rc.exe"
		export lflags="-MACHINE:IA64 -LIBPATH:${MSSDK}/Lib/IA64 \
	    -LIBPATH:${MSSDK}/Lib/Prerelease/IA64"
		export STLIB_LD="${MSSDK}/bin/win64/lib.exe -nologo ${lflags}"
		export LINKBIN="${MSSDK}/bin/win64/link.exe ${lflags}"
		CFLAGS_DEBUG="-nologo -Zi -Od -W3 ${runtime}d"
		CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE="-nologo -O2 -Gs -W2 ${runtime}"
	    else
		RC="rc"
		STLIB_LD="lib -nologo"
    		LINKBIN="link -link50compat"
		CFLAGS_DEBUG="-nologo -Z7 -Od -W3 -WX ${runtime}d"
		CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE="-nologo -O2 -Gs -GD -W2 ${runtime}"
	    fi

	    if test "$MINGW32" = "yes"; then
		# mingw gcc mode
		CFLAGS_DEBUG="-g"
		CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE="-O2"
		SHLIB_LD="gcc -shared"
		STLIB_LD='${AR} cr'
		UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX='${TCL_TRIM_DOTS}\$\{DBGX\}.a'
		LDFLAGS_CONSOLE="-wl,--subsystem,console ${lflags}"
		LDFLAGS_WINDOW="-wl,--subsystem,windows ${lflags}"
	    else
		SHLIB_LD="${LINKBIN} -dll -nologo"
		UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX='${TCL_TRIM_DOTS}\$\{DBGX\}.lib'
		EXTRA_CFLAGS="-YX"
		# For information on what debugtype is most useful, see:
		# http://msdn.microsoft.com/library/en-us/dnvc60/html/gendepdebug.asp
		# This essentially turns it all on.
		LDFLAGS_DEBUG="-debug:full -debugtype:both -warn:2"
		LDFLAGS_OPTIMIZE="-release"
		LDFLAGS_CONSOLE="-link -subsystem:console ${lflags}"
		LDFLAGS_WINDOW="-link -subsystem:windows ${lflags}"
		PATHTYPE=-w
	    fi

	    SHLIB_LD_LIBS='${LIBS}'
	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".dll"
	    SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX='${TCL_TRIM_DOTS}\$\{DBGX\}.dll'

	    TCL_LIB_VERSIONS_OK=nodots
	    # Bogus to avoid getting this turned off
	    DL_OBJS="tclLoadNone.obj"
    	    ;;
	AIX-*)
	    if test "${TCL_THREADS}" = "1" -a "$GCC" != "yes" ; then
		# AIX requires the _r compiler when gcc isn't being used
		if test "${CC}" != "cc_r" ; then
		    CC=${CC}_r
		fi
		echo "$ac_t""Using $CC for compiling with threads" 1>&6
	    fi
	    LIBS="$LIBS -lc"
	    SHLIB_CFLAGS=""
	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
	    SHLIB_LD_LIBS='${LIBS}'
	    if test "`uname -m`" = "ia64" ; then
		# AIX-5 uses ELF style dynamic libraries on IA-64, but not PPC
		SHLIB_LD="/usr/ccs/bin/ld -G -z text"
		# AIX-5 has dl* in libc.so
		DL_LIBS=""
		if test "$GCC" = "yes" ; then
		    LD_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-R,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
		else
		    LD_SEARCH_FLAGS='-R${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
		fi
	    else
		SHLIB_LD="${TCL_SRC_DIR}/unix/ldAix /bin/ld -bhalt:4 -bM:SRE -bE:lib.exp -H512 -T512 -bnoentry"
		DL_LIBS="-ldl"
		LD_SEARCH_FLAGS='-L${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
		TCL_NEEDS_EXP_FILE=1
		TCL_EXPORT_FILE_SUFFIX='${VERSION}\$\{DBGX\}.exp'
	    fi
	    DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o"
	    LDFLAGS=""

	    # AIX v<=4.1 has some different flags than 4.2+
	    if test "$system" = "AIX-4.1" -o "`uname -v`" -lt "4" ; then
		LIBOBJS="$LIBOBJS tclLoadAix.o"
		DL_LIBS="-lld"
	    fi

	    # On AIX <=v4 systems, libbsd.a has to be linked in to support
	    # non-blocking file IO.  This library has to be linked in after
	    # the MATH_LIBS or it breaks the pow() function.  The way to
	    # insure proper sequencing, is to add it to the tail of MATH_LIBS.
	    # This library also supplies gettimeofday.
	    #
	    # AIX does not have a timezone field in struct tm. When the AIX
	    # bsd library is used, the timezone global and the gettimeofday
	    # methods are to be avoided for timezone deduction instead, we
	    # deduce the timezone by comparing the localtime result on a
	    # known GMT value.

	    echo $ac_n "checking for gettimeofday in -lbsd""... $ac_c" 1>&6
echo "configure:2368: checking for gettimeofday in -lbsd" >&5
ac_lib_var=`echo bsd'_'gettimeofday | sed 'y%./+-%__p_%'`
if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_lib_$ac_lib_var'+set}'`\" = set"; then
  echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
else
  ac_save_LIBS="$LIBS"
LIBS="-lbsd  $LIBS"
cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
#line 2376 "configure"
#include "confdefs.h"
/* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error.  */
/* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2
    builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply.  */
char gettimeofday();

int main() {
gettimeofday()
; return 0; }
EOF
if { (eval echo configure:2387: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext}; then
  rm -rf conftest*
  eval "ac_cv_lib_$ac_lib_var=yes"
else
  echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
  cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
  rm -rf conftest*
  eval "ac_cv_lib_$ac_lib_var=no"
fi
rm -f conftest*
LIBS="$ac_save_LIBS"

fi
if eval "test \"`echo '$ac_cv_lib_'$ac_lib_var`\" = yes"; then
  echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6
  libbsd=yes
else
  echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6
libbsd=no
fi

	    if test $libbsd = yes; then
	    	MATH_LIBS="$MATH_LIBS -lbsd"
	    	cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF
#define USE_DELTA_FOR_TZ 1
EOF

	    fi

	    # Check to enable 64-bit flags for compiler/linker on AIX 5+
	    if test "$do64bit" = "yes" -a "`uname -v`" -gt "4" ; then
		if test "$GCC" = "yes" ; then
		    echo "configure: warning: "64bit mode not supported with GCC on $system"" 1>&2
		else 
		    do64bit_ok=yes
		    EXTRA_CFLAGS="-q64"
		    LDFLAGS="-q64"
		fi
	    fi
	    ;;
	BSD/OS-2.1*|BSD/OS-3*)
	    SHLIB_CFLAGS=""
	    SHLIB_LD="shlicc -r"
	    SHLIB_LD_LIBS='${LIBS}'
	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
	    DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o"
	    DL_LIBS="-ldl"
	    LDFLAGS=""
	    LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
	    ;;
	BSD/OS-4.*)
	    SHLIB_CFLAGS="-export-dynamic -fPIC"
	    SHLIB_LD="cc -shared"
	    SHLIB_LD_LIBS='${LIBS}'
	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
	    DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o"
	    DL_LIBS="-ldl"
	    LDFLAGS="-export-dynamic"
	    LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
	    ;;
	dgux*)
	    SHLIB_CFLAGS="-K PIC"
	    SHLIB_LD="cc -G"
	    SHLIB_LD_LIBS=""
	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
	    DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o"
	    DL_LIBS="-ldl"
	    LDFLAGS=""
	    LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
	    ;;
	HP-UX-*.11.*)
	    # Use updated header definitions where possible
	    cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF
#define _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED 1
EOF


	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".sl"
	    echo $ac_n "checking for shl_load in -ldld""... $ac_c" 1>&6
echo "configure:2466: checking for shl_load in -ldld" >&5
ac_lib_var=`echo dld'_'shl_load | sed 'y%./+-%__p_%'`
if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_lib_$ac_lib_var'+set}'`\" = set"; then
  echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
else
  ac_save_LIBS="$LIBS"
LIBS="-ldld  $LIBS"
cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
#line 2474 "configure"
#include "confdefs.h"
/* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error.  */
/* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2
    builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply.  */
char shl_load();

int main() {
shl_load()
; return 0; }
EOF
if { (eval echo configure:2485: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext}; then
  rm -rf conftest*
  eval "ac_cv_lib_$ac_lib_var=yes"
else
  echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
  cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
  rm -rf conftest*
  eval "ac_cv_lib_$ac_lib_var=no"
fi
rm -f conftest*
LIBS="$ac_save_LIBS"

fi
if eval "test \"`echo '$ac_cv_lib_'$ac_lib_var`\" = yes"; then
  echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6
  tcl_ok=yes
else
  echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6
tcl_ok=no
fi

	    if test "$tcl_ok" = yes; then
		SHLIB_CFLAGS="+z"
		SHLIB_LD="ld -b"
		SHLIB_LD_LIBS=""
		DL_OBJS="tclLoadShl.o"
		DL_LIBS="-ldld"
		LDFLAGS="-Wl,-E"
		LD_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,+s,+b,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}:.'
	    fi

	    # Check to enable 64-bit flags for compiler/linker
	    if test "$do64bit" = "yes" ; then
		if test "$GCC" = "yes" ; then
		    echo "configure: warning: "64bit mode not supported with GCC on $system"" 1>&2
		else
		    do64bit_ok=yes
		    EXTRA_CFLAGS="+DA2.0W"
		    LDFLAGS="+DA2.0W $LDFLAGS"
		fi
	    fi
	    ;;
	HP-UX-*.08.*|HP-UX-*.09.*|HP-UX-*.10.*)
	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".sl"
	    echo $ac_n "checking for shl_load in -ldld""... $ac_c" 1>&6
echo "configure:2530: checking for shl_load in -ldld" >&5
ac_lib_var=`echo dld'_'shl_load | sed 'y%./+-%__p_%'`
if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_lib_$ac_lib_var'+set}'`\" = set"; then
  echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
else
  ac_save_LIBS="$LIBS"
LIBS="-ldld  $LIBS"
cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
#line 2538 "configure"
#include "confdefs.h"
/* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error.  */
/* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2
    builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply.  */
char shl_load();

int main() {
shl_load()
; return 0; }
EOF
if { (eval echo configure:2549: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext}; then
  rm -rf conftest*
  eval "ac_cv_lib_$ac_lib_var=yes"
else
  echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
  cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
  rm -rf conftest*
  eval "ac_cv_lib_$ac_lib_var=no"
fi
rm -f conftest*
LIBS="$ac_save_LIBS"

fi
if eval "test \"`echo '$ac_cv_lib_'$ac_lib_var`\" = yes"; then
  echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6
  tcl_ok=yes
else
  echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6
tcl_ok=no
fi

	    if test "$tcl_ok" = yes; then
		SHLIB_CFLAGS="+z"
		SHLIB_LD="ld -b"
		SHLIB_LD_LIBS=""
		DL_OBJS="tclLoadShl.o"
		DL_LIBS="-ldld"
		LDFLAGS="-Wl,-E"
		LD_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,+s,+b,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}:.'
	    fi
	    ;;
	IRIX-4.*)
	    SHLIB_CFLAGS="-G 0"
	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".a"
	    SHLIB_LD="echo tclLdAout $CC \{$SHLIB_CFLAGS\} | `pwd`/tclsh -r -G 0"
	    SHLIB_LD_LIBS='${LIBS}'
	    DL_OBJS="tclLoadAout.o"
	    DL_LIBS=""
	    LDFLAGS="-Wl,-D,08000000"
	    LD_SEARCH_FLAGS='-L${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
	    SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX='${VERSION}\$\{DBGX\}.a'
	    ;;
	IRIX-5.*)
	    SHLIB_CFLAGS=""
	    SHLIB_LD="ld -shared -rdata_shared"
	    SHLIB_LD_LIBS='${LIBS}'
	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
	    DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o"
	    DL_LIBS=""
	    LD_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
	    EXTRA_CFLAGS=""
	    LDFLAGS=""
	    ;;
	IRIX-6.*|IRIX64-6.5*)
	    SHLIB_CFLAGS=""
	    SHLIB_LD="ld -n32 -shared -rdata_shared"
	    SHLIB_LD_LIBS='${LIBS}'
	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
	    DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o"
	    DL_LIBS=""
	    LD_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
	    if test "$GCC" = "yes" ; then
		EXTRA_CFLAGS="-mabi=n32"
		LDFLAGS="-mabi=n32"
	    else
		case $system in
		    IRIX-6.3)
			# Use to build 6.2 compatible binaries on 6.3.
			EXTRA_CFLAGS="-n32 -D_OLD_TERMIOS"
			;;
		    *)
			EXTRA_CFLAGS="-n32"
			;;
		esac
		LDFLAGS="-n32"
	    fi
	    ;;
	IRIX64-6.*)
	    SHLIB_CFLAGS=""
	    SHLIB_LD="ld -n32 -shared -rdata_shared"
	    SHLIB_LD_LIBS='${LIBS}'
	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
	    DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o"
	    DL_LIBS=""
	    LDFLAGS=""
	    LD_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
	    ;;
	Linux*)
	    SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fPIC"
	    SHLIB_LD_LIBS='${LIBS}'
	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"

	    # egcs-2.91.66 on Redhat Linux 6.0 generates lots of warnings 
	    # when you inline the string and math operations.  Turn this off to
	    # get rid of the warnings.

	    CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE="${CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE} -D__NO_STRING_INLINES -D__NO_MATH_INLINES"

	    if test "$have_dl" = yes; then
		SHLIB_LD="${CC} -shared"
		DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o"
		DL_LIBS="-ldl"
		LDFLAGS="-rdynamic"
		LD_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
	    else
		ac_safe=`echo "dld.h" | sed 'y%./+-%__p_%'`
echo $ac_n "checking for dld.h""... $ac_c" 1>&6
echo "configure:2656: checking for dld.h" >&5
if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_header_$ac_safe'+set}'`\" = set"; then
  echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
else
  cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
#line 2661 "configure"
#include "confdefs.h"
#include <dld.h>
EOF
ac_try="$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext >/dev/null 2>conftest.out"
{ (eval echo configure:2666: \"$ac_try\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_try) 2>&5; }
ac_err=`grep -v '^ *+' conftest.out | grep -v "^conftest.${ac_ext}\$"`
if test -z "$ac_err"; then
  rm -rf conftest*
  eval "ac_cv_header_$ac_safe=yes"
else
  echo "$ac_err" >&5
  echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
  cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
  rm -rf conftest*
  eval "ac_cv_header_$ac_safe=no"
fi
rm -f conftest*
fi
if eval "test \"`echo '$ac_cv_header_'$ac_safe`\" = yes"; then
  echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6
  
		    SHLIB_LD="ld -shared"
		    DL_OBJS="tclLoadDld.o"
		    DL_LIBS="-ldld"
		    LDFLAGS=""
		    LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
else
  echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6
fi

	    fi
	    if test "`uname -m`" = "alpha" ; then
		EXTRA_CFLAGS="-mieee"
	    fi

	    # The combo of gcc + glibc has a bug related
	    # to inlining of functions like strtod(). The
	    # -fno-builtin flag should address this problem
	    # but it does not work. The -fno-inline flag
	    # is kind of overkill but it works.
	    # Disable inlining only when one of the
	    # files in compat/*.c is being linked in.
	    if test x"${LIBOBJS}" != x ; then
	        EXTRA_CFLAGS="${EXTRA_CFLAGS} -fno-inline"
	    fi

	    ;;
	GNU*)
	    SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fPIC"
	    SHLIB_LD_LIBS='${LIBS}'
	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"

	    if test "$have_dl" = yes; then
		SHLIB_LD="${CC} -shared"
		DL_OBJS=""
		DL_LIBS="-ldl"
		LDFLAGS="-rdynamic"
		LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
	    else
		ac_safe=`echo "dld.h" | sed 'y%./+-%__p_%'`
echo $ac_n "checking for dld.h""... $ac_c" 1>&6
echo "configure:2723: checking for dld.h" >&5
if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_header_$ac_safe'+set}'`\" = set"; then
  echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
else
  cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
#line 2728 "configure"
#include "confdefs.h"
#include <dld.h>
EOF
ac_try="$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext >/dev/null 2>conftest.out"
{ (eval echo configure:2733: \"$ac_try\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_try) 2>&5; }
ac_err=`grep -v '^ *+' conftest.out | grep -v "^conftest.${ac_ext}\$"`
if test -z "$ac_err"; then
  rm -rf conftest*
  eval "ac_cv_header_$ac_safe=yes"
else
  echo "$ac_err" >&5
  echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
  cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
  rm -rf conftest*
  eval "ac_cv_header_$ac_safe=no"
fi
rm -f conftest*
fi
if eval "test \"`echo '$ac_cv_header_'$ac_safe`\" = yes"; then
  echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6
  
		    SHLIB_LD="ld -shared"
		    DL_OBJS=""
		    DL_LIBS="-ldld"
		    LDFLAGS=""
		    LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
else
  echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6
fi

	    fi
	    if test "`uname -m`" = "alpha" ; then
		EXTRA_CFLAGS="-mieee"
	    fi
	    ;;
	MP-RAS-02*)
	    SHLIB_CFLAGS="-K PIC"
	    SHLIB_LD="cc -G"
	    SHLIB_LD_LIBS=""
	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
	    DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o"
	    DL_LIBS="-ldl"
	    LDFLAGS=""
	    LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
	    ;;
	MP-RAS-*)
	    SHLIB_CFLAGS="-K PIC"
	    SHLIB_LD="cc -G"
	    SHLIB_LD_LIBS=""
	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
	    DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o"
	    DL_LIBS="-ldl"
	    LDFLAGS="-Wl,-Bexport"
	    LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
	    ;;
	NetBSD-*|FreeBSD-[1-2].*|OpenBSD-*)
	    # Not available on all versions:  check for include file.
	    ac_safe=`echo "dlfcn.h" | sed 'y%./+-%__p_%'`
echo $ac_n "checking for dlfcn.h""... $ac_c" 1>&6
echo "configure:2788: checking for dlfcn.h" >&5
if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_header_$ac_safe'+set}'`\" = set"; then
  echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
else
  cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
#line 2793 "configure"
#include "confdefs.h"
#include <dlfcn.h>
EOF
ac_try="$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext >/dev/null 2>conftest.out"
{ (eval echo configure:2798: \"$ac_try\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_try) 2>&5; }
ac_err=`grep -v '^ *+' conftest.out | grep -v "^conftest.${ac_ext}\$"`
if test -z "$ac_err"; then
  rm -rf conftest*
  eval "ac_cv_header_$ac_safe=yes"
else
  echo "$ac_err" >&5
  echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
  cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
  rm -rf conftest*
  eval "ac_cv_header_$ac_safe=no"
fi
rm -f conftest*
fi
if eval "test \"`echo '$ac_cv_header_'$ac_safe`\" = yes"; then
  echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6
  
		# NetBSD/SPARC needs -fPIC, -fpic will not do.
		SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fPIC"
		SHLIB_LD="ld -Bshareable -x"
		SHLIB_LD_LIBS=""
		SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
		DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o"
		DL_LIBS=""
		LDFLAGS=""
		LD_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
		echo $ac_n "checking for ELF""... $ac_c" 1>&6
echo "configure:2825: checking for ELF" >&5
		cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
#line 2827 "configure"
#include "confdefs.h"

#ifdef __ELF__
	yes
#endif
		
EOF
if (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>&5 |
  egrep "yes" >/dev/null 2>&1; then
  rm -rf conftest*
  echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6
		    SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX='${TCL_TRIM_DOTS}\$\{DBGX\}.so'
else
  rm -rf conftest*
  echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6
		    SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX='${TCL_TRIM_DOTS}\$\{DBGX\}.so.1.0'
		
fi
rm -f conftest*

	    
else
  echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6

		SHLIB_CFLAGS=""
		SHLIB_LD="echo tclLdAout $CC \{$SHLIB_CFLAGS\} | `pwd`/tclsh -r"
		SHLIB_LD_LIBS='${LIBS}'
		SHLIB_SUFFIX=".a"
		DL_OBJS="tclLoadAout.o"
		DL_LIBS=""
		LDFLAGS=""
		LD_SEARCH_FLAGS='-L${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
		SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX='${TCL_TRIM_DOTS}\$\{DBGX\}.a'
	    
fi


	    # FreeBSD doesn't handle version numbers with dots.

	    UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX='${TCL_TRIM_DOTS}\$\{DBGX\}.a'
	    TCL_LIB_VERSIONS_OK=nodots
	    ;;
	FreeBSD-*)
	    # FreeBSD 3.* and greater have ELF.
	    SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fPIC"
	    SHLIB_LD="ld -Bshareable -x"
	    SHLIB_LD_LIBS='${LIBS}'
	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
	    DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o"
	    DL_LIBS=""
	    LDFLAGS="-export-dynamic"
	    LD_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
	    if test "${TCL_THREADS}" = "1" ; then
		EXTRA_CFLAGS="-pthread"
	    	LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -pthread"
	    fi
	    case $system in
	    FreeBSD-3.*)
	    	# FreeBSD-3 doesn't handle version numbers with dots.
	    	UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX='${TCL_TRIM_DOTS}\$\{DBGX\}.a'
	    	SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX='${TCL_TRIM_DOTS}\$\{DBGX\}.so'
	    	TCL_LIB_VERSIONS_OK=nodots
		;;
	    esac
	    ;;
	Rhapsody-*|Darwin-*)
	    SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fno-common"
	    SHLIB_LD="cc -dynamiclib \${LDFLAGS}"
	    TCL_SHLIB_LD_EXTRAS="-compatibility_version ${TCL_MAJOR_VERSION} -current_version \${VERSION} -install_name \${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}/\${TCL_LIB_FILE} -prebind -seg1addr a000000"
	    SHLIB_LD_LIBS='${LIBS}'
	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".dylib"
	    DL_OBJS="tclLoadDyld.o"
	    DL_LIBS=""
	    LDFLAGS="-prebind"
	    LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
	    CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE="-O3"
	    EXTRA_CFLAGS="-arch ppc -pipe"
	    ;;
	NEXTSTEP-*)
	    SHLIB_CFLAGS=""
	    SHLIB_LD="cc -nostdlib -r"
	    SHLIB_LD_LIBS=""
	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
	    DL_OBJS="tclLoadNext.o"
	    DL_LIBS=""
	    LDFLAGS=""
	    LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
	    ;;
	OS/390-*)
	    CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE=""      # Optimizer is buggy
	    cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF
#define _OE_SOCKETS 1
EOF
  # needed in sys/socket.h
	    ;;      
	OSF1-1.0|OSF1-1.1|OSF1-1.2)
	    # OSF/1 1.[012] from OSF, and derivatives, including Paragon OSF/1
	    SHLIB_CFLAGS=""
	    # Hack: make package name same as library name
	    SHLIB_LD='ld -R -export :'
	    SHLIB_LD_LIBS=""
	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
	    DL_OBJS="tclLoadOSF.o"
	    DL_LIBS=""
	    LDFLAGS=""
	    LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
	    ;;
	OSF1-1.*)
	    # OSF/1 1.3 from OSF using ELF, and derivatives, including AD2
	    SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fPIC"
	    SHLIB_LD="ld -shared"
	    SHLIB_LD_LIBS=""
	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
	    DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o"
	    DL_LIBS=""
	    LDFLAGS=""
	    LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
	    ;;
	OSF1-V*)
	    # Digital OSF/1
	    SHLIB_CFLAGS=""
	    SHLIB_LD='ld -shared -expect_unresolved "*"'
	    SHLIB_LD_LIBS=""
	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
	    DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o"
	    DL_LIBS=""
	    LDFLAGS=""
	    LD_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
	    if test "$GCC" != "yes" ; then
		EXTRA_CFLAGS="-DHAVE_TZSET -std1"
	    fi
	    # see pthread_intro(3) for pthread support on osf1, k.furukawa
	    if test "${TCL_THREADS}" = "1" ; then
		EXTRA_CFLAGS="${EXTRA_CFLAGS} -DHAVE_PTHREAD_ATTR_SETSTACKSIZE"
		EXTRA_CFLAGS="${EXTRA_CFLAGS} -DTCL_THREAD_STACK_MIN=PTHREAD_STACK_MIN*64"
		LIBS=`echo $LIBS | sed s/-lpthreads//`
		if test "$GCC" = "yes" ; then
		    LIBS="$LIBS -lpthread -lmach -lexc"
		else
		    EXTRA_CFLAGS="${EXTRA_CFLAGS} -pthread"
		    LDFLAGS="-pthread"
		fi
	    fi

	    ;;
	QNX-6*)
	    # QNX RTP
	    # This may work for all QNX, but it was only reported for v6.
	    SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fPIC"
	    SHLIB_LD="ld -Bshareable -x"
	    SHLIB_LD_LIBS=""
	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
	    DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o"
	    # dlopen is in -lc on QNX
	    DL_LIBS=""
	    LDFLAGS=""
	    LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
	    ;;
	RISCos-*)
	    SHLIB_CFLAGS="-G 0"
	    SHLIB_LD="echo tclLdAout $CC \{$SHLIB_CFLAGS\} | `pwd`/tclsh -r -G 0"
	    SHLIB_LD_LIBS='${LIBS}'
	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".a"
	    DL_OBJS="tclLoadAout.o"
	    DL_LIBS=""
	    LDFLAGS="-Wl,-D,08000000"
	    LD_SEARCH_FLAGS='-L${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
	    ;;
	SCO_SV-3.2*)
	    # Note, dlopen is available only on SCO 3.2.5 and greater. However,
	    # this test works, since "uname -s" was non-standard in 3.2.4 and
	    # below.
	    if test "$GCC" = "yes" ; then
	    	SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fPIC -melf"
	    	LDFLAGS="-melf -Wl,-Bexport"
	    else
	    	SHLIB_CFLAGS="-Kpic -belf"
	    	LDFLAGS="-belf -Wl,-Bexport"
	    fi
	    SHLIB_LD="ld -G"
	    SHLIB_LD_LIBS=""
	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
	    DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o"
	    DL_LIBS=""
	    LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
	    ;;
	SINIX*5.4*)
	    SHLIB_CFLAGS="-K PIC"
	    SHLIB_LD="cc -G"
	    SHLIB_LD_LIBS=""
	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
	    DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o"
	    DL_LIBS="-ldl"
	    LDFLAGS=""
	    LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
	    ;;
	SunOS-4*)
	    SHLIB_CFLAGS="-PIC"
	    SHLIB_LD="ld"
	    SHLIB_LD_LIBS=""
	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
	    DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o"
	    DL_LIBS="-ldl"
	    LDFLAGS=""
	    LD_SEARCH_FLAGS='-L${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'

	    # SunOS can't handle version numbers with dots in them in library
	    # specs, like -ltcl7.5, so use -ltcl75 instead.  Also, it
	    # requires an extra version number at the end of .so file names.
	    # So, the library has to have a name like libtcl75.so.1.0

	    SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX='${TCL_TRIM_DOTS}\$\{DBGX\}.so.1.0'
	    UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX='${TCL_TRIM_DOTS}\$\{DBGX\}.a'
	    TCL_LIB_VERSIONS_OK=nodots
	    ;;
	SunOS-5.[0-6]*)

	    # Note: If _REENTRANT isn't defined, then Solaris
	    # won't define thread-safe library routines.

	    cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF
#define _REENTRANT 1
EOF

	    cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF
#define _POSIX_PTHREAD_SEMANTICS 1
EOF


	    SHLIB_CFLAGS="-KPIC"
	    SHLIB_LD="/usr/ccs/bin/ld -G -z text"

	    # Note: need the LIBS below, otherwise Tk won't find Tcl's
	    # symbols when dynamically loaded into tclsh.

	    SHLIB_LD_LIBS='${LIBS}'
	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
	    DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o"
	    DL_LIBS="-ldl"
	    LDFLAGS=""
	    if test "$GCC" = "yes" ; then
		LD_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-R,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
	    else
		LD_SEARCH_FLAGS='-R ${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
	    fi
	    ;;
	SunOS-5*)

	    # Note: If _REENTRANT isn't defined, then Solaris
	    # won't define thread-safe library routines.

	    cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF
#define _REENTRANT 1
EOF

	    cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF
#define _POSIX_PTHREAD_SEMANTICS 1
EOF


	    SHLIB_CFLAGS="-KPIC"
	    SHLIB_LD="/usr/ccs/bin/ld -G -z text"
	    LDFLAGS=""
    
	    # Check to enable 64-bit flags for compiler/linker
	    if test "$do64bit" = "yes" ; then
		arch=`isainfo`
		if test "$arch" = "sparcv9 sparc" ; then
			if test "$GCC" = "yes" ; then
			    echo "configure: warning: "64bit mode not supported with GCC on $system"" 1>&2
			else
			    do64bit_ok=yes
			    if test "$do64bitVIS" = "yes" ; then
				EXTRA_CFLAGS="-xarch=v9a"
			    	LDFLAGS="-xarch=v9a"
			    else
				EXTRA_CFLAGS="-xarch=v9"
			    	LDFLAGS="-xarch=v9"
			    fi
			fi
		else
		    echo "configure: warning: "64bit mode only supported sparcv9 system"" 1>&2
		fi
	    fi
	    
	    # Note: need the LIBS below, otherwise Tk won't find Tcl's
	    # symbols when dynamically loaded into tclsh.

	    SHLIB_LD_LIBS='${LIBS}'
	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
	    DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o"
	    DL_LIBS="-ldl"
	    if test "$GCC" = "yes" ; then
		LD_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-R,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
	    else
		LD_SEARCH_FLAGS='-R ${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
	    fi
	    ;;
	ULTRIX-4.*)
	    SHLIB_CFLAGS="-G 0"
	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".a"
	    SHLIB_LD="echo tclLdAout $CC \{$SHLIB_CFLAGS\} | `pwd`/tclsh -r -G 0"
	    SHLIB_LD_LIBS='${LIBS}'
	    DL_OBJS="tclLoadAout.o"
	    DL_LIBS=""
	    LDFLAGS="-Wl,-D,08000000"
	    LD_SEARCH_FLAGS='-L${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
	    if test "$GCC" != "yes" ; then
		EXTRA_CFLAGS="-DHAVE_TZSET -std1"
	    fi
	    ;;
	UNIX_SV* | UnixWare-5*)
	    SHLIB_CFLAGS="-KPIC"
	    SHLIB_LD="cc -G"
	    SHLIB_LD_LIBS=""
	    SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
	    DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o"
	    DL_LIBS="-ldl"
	    # Some UNIX_SV* systems (unixware 1.1.2 for example) have linkers
	    # that don't grok the -Bexport option.  Test that it does.
	    hold_ldflags=$LDFLAGS
	    echo $ac_n "checking for ld accepts -Bexport flag""... $ac_c" 1>&6
echo "configure:3150: checking for ld accepts -Bexport flag" >&5
	    LDFLAGS="${LDFLAGS} -Wl,-Bexport"
	    cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
#line 3153 "configure"
#include "confdefs.h"

int main() {
int i;
; return 0; }
EOF
if { (eval echo configure:3160: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext}; then
  rm -rf conftest*
  found=yes
else
  echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
  cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
  rm -rf conftest*
  found=no
fi
rm -f conftest*
	    LDFLAGS=$hold_ldflags
	    echo "$ac_t""$found" 1>&6
	    if test $found = yes; then
	    LDFLAGS="-Wl,-Bexport"
	    else
	    LDFLAGS=""
	    fi
	    LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
	    ;;
    esac

    if test "$do64bit" = "yes" -a "$do64bit_ok" = "no" ; then
    echo "configure: warning: "64bit support being disabled -- don\'t know magic for this platform"" 1>&2
    fi

    # Step 4: If pseudo-static linking is in use (see K. B. Kenny, "Dynamic
    # Loading for Tcl -- What Became of It?".  Proc. 2nd Tcl/Tk Workshop,
    # New Orleans, LA, Computerized Processes Unlimited, 1994), then we need
    # to determine which of several header files defines the a.out file
    # format (a.out.h, sys/exec.h, or sys/exec_aout.h).  At present, we
    # support only a file format that is more or less version-7-compatible. 
    # In particular,
    #	- a.out files must begin with `struct exec'.
    #	- the N_TXTOFF on the `struct exec' must compute the seek address
    #	  of the text segment
    #	- The `struct exec' must contain a_magic, a_text, a_data, a_bss
    #	  and a_entry fields.
    # The following compilation should succeed if and only if either sys/exec.h
    # or a.out.h is usable for the purpose.
    #
    # Note that the modified COFF format used on MIPS Ultrix 4.x is usable; the
    # `struct exec' includes a second header that contains information that
    # duplicates the v7 fields that are needed.

    if test "x$DL_OBJS" = "xtclLoadAout.o" ; then
	echo $ac_n "checking sys/exec.h""... $ac_c" 1>&6
echo "configure:3206: checking sys/exec.h" >&5
	cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
#line 3208 "configure"
#include "confdefs.h"
#include <sys/exec.h>
int main() {

	    struct exec foo;
	    unsigned long seek;
	    int flag;
#if defined(__mips) || defined(mips)
	    seek = N_TXTOFF (foo.ex_f, foo.ex_o);
#else
	    seek = N_TXTOFF (foo);
#endif
	    flag = (foo.a_magic == OMAGIC);
	    return foo.a_text + foo.a_data + foo.a_bss + foo.a_entry;
    
; return 0; }
EOF
if { (eval echo configure:3226: \"$ac_compile\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5; }; then
  rm -rf conftest*
  tcl_ok=usable
else
  echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
  cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
  rm -rf conftest*
  tcl_ok=unusable
fi
rm -f conftest*
	echo "$ac_t""$tcl_ok" 1>&6
	if test $tcl_ok = usable; then
	    cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF
#define USE_SYS_EXEC_H 1
EOF

	else
	    echo $ac_n "checking a.out.h""... $ac_c" 1>&6
echo "configure:3244: checking a.out.h" >&5
	    cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
#line 3246 "configure"
#include "confdefs.h"
#include <a.out.h>
int main() {

		struct exec foo;
		unsigned long seek;
		int flag;
#if defined(__mips) || defined(mips)
		seek = N_TXTOFF (foo.ex_f, foo.ex_o);
#else
		seek = N_TXTOFF (foo);
#endif
		flag = (foo.a_magic == OMAGIC);
		return foo.a_text + foo.a_data + foo.a_bss + foo.a_entry;
	    
; return 0; }
EOF
if { (eval echo configure:3264: \"$ac_compile\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5; }; then
  rm -rf conftest*
  tcl_ok=usable
else
  echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
  cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
  rm -rf conftest*
  tcl_ok=unusable
fi
rm -f conftest*
	    echo "$ac_t""$tcl_ok" 1>&6
	    if test $tcl_ok = usable; then
		cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF
#define USE_A_OUT_H 1
EOF

	    else
		echo $ac_n "checking sys/exec_aout.h""... $ac_c" 1>&6
echo "configure:3282: checking sys/exec_aout.h" >&5
		cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
#line 3284 "configure"
#include "confdefs.h"
#include <sys/exec_aout.h>
int main() {

		    struct exec foo;
		    unsigned long seek;
		    int flag;
#if defined(__mips) || defined(mips)
		    seek = N_TXTOFF (foo.ex_f, foo.ex_o);
#else
		    seek = N_TXTOFF (foo);
#endif
		    flag = (foo.a_midmag == OMAGIC);
		    return foo.a_text + foo.a_data + foo.a_bss + foo.a_entry;
		
; return 0; }
EOF
if { (eval echo configure:3302: \"$ac_compile\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5; }; then
  rm -rf conftest*
  tcl_ok=usable
else
  echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
  cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
  rm -rf conftest*
  tcl_ok=unusable
fi
rm -f conftest*
		echo "$ac_t""$tcl_ok" 1>&6
		if test $tcl_ok = usable; then
		    cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF
#define USE_SYS_EXEC_AOUT_H 1
EOF

		else
		    DL_OBJS=""
		fi
	    fi
	fi
    fi

    # Step 5: disable dynamic loading if requested via a command-line switch.

    # Check whether --enable-load or --disable-load was given.
if test "${enable_load+set}" = set; then
  enableval="$enable_load"
  tcl_ok=$enableval
else
  tcl_ok=yes
fi

    if test "$tcl_ok" = "no"; then
	DL_OBJS=""
    fi

    if test "x$DL_OBJS" != "x" ; then
	BUILD_DLTEST="\$(DLTEST_TARGETS)"
    else
	echo "Can't figure out how to do dynamic loading or shared libraries"
	echo "on this system."
	SHLIB_CFLAGS=""
	SHLIB_LD=""
	SHLIB_SUFFIX=""
	DL_OBJS="tclLoadNone.o"
	DL_LIBS=""
	LDFLAGS=""
	LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
	BUILD_DLTEST=""
    fi

    # If we're running gcc, then change the C flags for compiling shared
    # libraries to the right flags for gcc, instead of those for the
    # standard manufacturer compiler.

    if test "$DL_OBJS" != "tclLoadNone.o" ; then
	if test "$GCC" = "yes" ; then
	    case $system in
		AIX-*)
		    ;;
		BSD/OS*)
		    ;;
		IRIX*)
		    ;;
		NetBSD-*|FreeBSD-*|OpenBSD-*)
		    ;;
		Rhapsody-*|Darwin-*)
		    ;;
		RISCos-*)
		    ;;
		SCO_SV-3.2*)
		    ;;
		ULTRIX-4.*)
		    ;;
		windows)
		    if test "$MINGW32" != "yes"; then 
		        SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fPIC"
		    fi
		    ;;
		*)
		    SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fPIC"
		    ;;
	    esac
	fi
    fi

    if test "$SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX" = "" ; then
	SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX='${VERSION}\$\{DBGX\}${SHLIB_SUFFIX}'
    fi
    if test "$UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX" = "" ; then
	UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX='${VERSION}\$\{DBGX\}.a'
    fi

    
    
    
    
    

    SHLIB_LDFLAGS='$(LDFLAGS_DEFAULT)'
    
    
    
    
    
    
    

TDOM_LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=${LD_SEARCH_FLAGS}


#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# Set the default compiler switches based on the --enable-symbols option.
#--------------------------------------------------------------------


    if test x"${TEA_INITED}" = x ; then
	# Can't refer to exact macro name or it will be substituted
	{ echo "configure: error: Must call TEA INIT before ENABLE_SYMBOLS" 1>&2; exit 1; }
    fi

    if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = "windows" ; then
	tcl_dbgx=d
    else
	tcl_dbgx=g
    fi

    echo $ac_n "checking for build with symbols""... $ac_c" 1>&6
echo "configure:3431: checking for build with symbols" >&5
    # Check whether --enable-symbols or --disable-symbols was given.
if test "${enable_symbols+set}" = set; then
  enableval="$enable_symbols"
  tcl_ok=$enableval
else
  tcl_ok=no
fi

    if test "$tcl_ok" = "yes"; then
	CFLAGS_DEFAULT='$(CFLAGS_DEBUG)'
	LDFLAGS_DEFAULT='$(LDFLAGS_DEBUG)'
	DBGX=${tcl_dbgx}
	TCL_DBGX=${tcl_dbgx}
	echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6
    else
	CFLAGS_DEFAULT='$(CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE)'
	LDFLAGS_DEFAULT='$(LDFLAGS_OPTIMIZE)'
	DBGX=""
	TCL_DBGX=""
	echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6
    fi

    
    
    


if test "${SHARED_BUILD}" = "1" ; then
    CFLAGS='${CFLAGS_DEFAULT} ${CFLAGS_WARNING} ${SHLIB_CFLAGS}'
else
    CFLAGS='${CFLAGS_DEFAULT} ${CFLAGS_WARNING}'
fi


#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# Everyone should be linking against the Tcl stub library.  If you
# can't for some reason, remove this definition.  If you aren't using
# stubs, you also need to modify the SHLIB_LD_LIBS setting below to
# link against the non-stubbed Tcl library.  Add Tk too if necessary.
#--------------------------------------------------------------------

#AC_DEFINE(USE_TCL_STUBS)
#AC_DEFINE(USE_TK_STUBS)

#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# This macro generates a line to use when building a library.  It
# depends on values set by the TEA_ENABLE_SHARED, TEA_ENABLE_SYMBOLS,
# and TEA_LOAD_TCLCONFIG macros above.
# For tDOM we always build both, static and shared libraries
#--------------------------------------------------------------------


    if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = "windows" -a "$GCC" != "yes"; then
	MAKE_STATIC_LIB="\${STLIB_LD} -out:\[email protected] \$(\$(PACKAGE)_OBJECTS)"
	MAKE_SHARED_LIB="\${SHLIB_LD} \${SHLIB_LDFLAGS} \${SHLIB_LD_LIBS} \$(LDFLAGS) -out:\[email protected] \$(\$(PACKAGE)_OBJECTS)"
	MAKE_STUB_LIB="\${STLIB_LD} -out:\[email protected] \$(\$(PACKAGE)stub_OBJECTS)"
    else
	MAKE_STATIC_LIB="\${STLIB_LD} \[email protected] \$(\$(PACKAGE)_OBJECTS)"
	MAKE_SHARED_LIB="\${SHLIB_LD} -o \[email protected] \$(\$(PACKAGE)_OBJECTS) \${SHLIB_LDFLAGS} \${SHLIB_LD_LIBS}"
	MAKE_STUB_LIB="\${STLIB_LD} \[email protected] \$(\$(PACKAGE)stub_OBJECTS)"
    fi

    if test "${SHARED_BUILD}" = "1" ; then
	MAKE_LIB="${MAKE_SHARED_LIB} "
    else
	MAKE_LIB="${MAKE_STATIC_LIB} "
    fi

    #--------------------------------------------------------------------
    # Shared libraries and static libraries have different names.
    # Use the double eval to make sure the ${DBGX} in the suffix is
    # substituted.
    #--------------------------------------------------------------------

    if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = "windows" ; then
	if test "${SHARED_BUILD}" = "1" ; then
	    # We force the unresolved linking of symbols that are really in
	    # the private libraries of Tcl and Tk.
	    SHLIB_LD_LIBS="${SHLIB_LD_LIBS} \"`${CYGPATH} ${TCL_BIN_DIR}/${TCL_STUB_LIB_FILE}`\""
	    if test x"${TK_BIN_DIR}" != x ; then
		SHLIB_LD_LIBS="${SHLIB_LD_LIBS} \"`${CYGPATH} ${TK_BIN_DIR}/${TK_STUB_LIB_FILE}`\""
	    fi
	    eval eval "${PACKAGE}_LIB_FILE=${PACKAGE}${SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX}"
	    RANLIB=:
	else
	    eval eval "${PACKAGE}_LIB_FILE=${PACKAGE}${UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX}"
	fi
	# Some packages build there own stubs libraries
	eval eval "${PACKAGE}stub_LIB_FILE=${PACKAGE}stub${UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX}"
    else
	if test "${SHARED_BUILD}" = "1" ; then
	    SHLIB_LD_LIBS="${SHLIB_LD_LIBS} ${TCL_STUB_LIB_SPEC}"
	    if test x"${TK_BIN_DIR}" != x ; then
		SHLIB_LD_LIBS="${SHLIB_LD_LIBS} ${TK_STUB_LIB_SPEC}"
	    fi
	    eval eval "${PACKAGE}_LIB_FILE=lib${PACKAGE}${SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX}"
	    RANLIB=:
	else
	    eval eval "${PACKAGE}_LIB_FILE=lib${PACKAGE}${UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX}"
	fi
	# Some packages build there own stubs libraries
	eval eval "${PACKAGE}stub_LIB_FILE=lib${PACKAGE}stub${UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX}"
    fi

    
    
    
    


#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# __CHANGE__
# Add platform libs to LIBS or SHLIB_LD_LIBS as necessary.
#--------------------------------------------------------------------

#LIBS="${LIBS} -lsuperfly"

#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# Find tclsh so that we can run pkg_mkIndex to generate the pkgIndex.tcl
# file during the install process.  Don't run the TCLSH_PROG through
# ${CYGPATH} because it's being used directly by make.
# Require that we use a tclsh shell version 8.2 or later since earlier
# versions have bugs in the pkg_mkIndex routine.
# Add WISH as well if this is a Tk extension.
#--------------------------------------------------------------------


    echo $ac_n "checking for tclsh""... $ac_c" 1>&6
echo "configure:3560: checking for tclsh" >&5

    if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_path_tclsh'+set}'`\" = set"; then
  echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
else
  
	search_path=`echo ${TCL_BIN_DIR}:${TCL_BIN_DIR}/../bin:${exec_prefix}/bin:${prefix}/bin:${PATH} | sed -e 's/:/ /g'`
	for dir in $search_path ; do
	    for j in `ls -r $dir/tclsh[8-9]*${EXEEXT} 2> /dev/null` \
		    `ls -r $dir/tclsh*${EXEEXT} 2> /dev/null` ; do
		if test x"$ac_cv_path_tclsh" = x ; then
		    if test -f "$j" ; then
			ac_cv_path_tclsh=$j
			break
		    fi
		fi
	    done
	done
    
fi


    if test -f "$ac_cv_path_tclsh" ; then
	TCLSH_PROG=$ac_cv_path_tclsh
	echo "$ac_t""$TCLSH_PROG" 1>&6
    else
	{ echo "configure: error: No tclsh found in PATH:  $search_path" 1>&2; exit 1; }
    fi
    

#TEA_PROG_WISH

#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# Add some private include directories
#--------------------------------------------------------------------

TDOM_INCLUDES="-I${srcdir}/generic -I${srcdir}/expat"


#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# Add optional AOLserver includes
#--------------------------------------------------------------------


    echo $ac_n "checking for AOLserver configuration""... $ac_c" 1>&6
echo "configure:3605: checking for AOLserver configuration" >&5
    # Check whether --with-aol or --without-aol was given.
if test "${with_aol+set}" = set; then
  withval="$with_aol"
  \
    with_aolserver=${withval}
fi


    if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_c_aolserver'+set}'`\" = set"; then
  echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
else
  
    if test x"${with_aolserver}" != x ; then
        if test -f "${with_aolserver}/include/ns.h" ; then
            ac_cv_c_aolserver=`(cd ${with_aolserver}; pwd)`
        else
            { echo "configure: error: ${with_aolserver} directory doesn't contain ns.h" 1>&2; exit 1; }
        fi
    fi
    
fi

    if test x"${ac_cv_c_aolserver}" = x ; then
        echo "$ac_t""none found" 1>&6
    else
        AOL_DIR=${ac_cv_c_aolserver}
        echo "$ac_t""found AOLserver in $AOL_DIR" 1>&6
        cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF
#define NS_AOLSERVER 1
EOF

        cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF
#define USE_NORMAL_ALLOCATOR 1
EOF

    fi

if test x"${AOL_DIR}" != "x" ; then
    AOL_INCLUDES="-I${AOL_DIR}/include"
else
    AOL_INCLUDES=
fi



#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# Add some private preprocessor options
#--------------------------------------------------------------------


    echo $ac_n "checking wether to enable dtd support""... $ac_c" 1>&6
echo "configure:3657: checking wether to enable dtd support" >&5
    # Check whether --enable-dtd or --disable-dtd was given.
if test "${enable_dtd+set}" = set; then
  enableval="$enable_dtd"
  tcl_ok=$enableval
else
  tcl_ok=yes
fi


    if test "${enable_dt+set}" = set; then
        enableval="$enable_dtd"
        tcl_ok=$enableval
    else
        tcl_ok=yes
    fi

    if test "$tcl_ok" = "yes" ; then
        echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6
        cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF
#define XML_DTD 1
EOF

    else
        echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6
    fi


    echo $ac_n "checking wether to enable namespace support""... $ac_c" 1>&6
echo "configure:3686: checking wether to enable namespace support" >&5
    # Check whether --enable-ns or --disable-ns was given.
if test "${enable_ns+set}" = set; then
  enableval="$enable_ns"
  tcl_ok=$enableval
else
  tcl_ok=yes
fi


    if test "${enable_ns+set}" = set; then
        enableval="$enable_ns"
        tcl_ok=$enableval
    else
        tcl_ok=yes
    fi

    if test "$tcl_ok" = "yes" ; then
        echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6
        cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF
#define XML_NS 1
EOF

    else
        echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6
    fi


    echo $ac_n "checking wether to enable built-in unknown command""... $ac_c" 1>&6
echo "configure:3715: checking wether to enable built-in unknown command" >&5
    # Check whether --enable-ucmd or --disable-ucmd was given.
if test "${enable_ucmd+set}" = set; then
  enableval="$enable_ucmd"
  tcl_ok=$enableval
else
  tcl_ok=no
fi


    if test "${enable_unknown+set}" = set; then
        enableval="$enable_unknown"
        tcl_ok=$enableval
    else
        tcl_ok=no
    fi

    if test "$tcl_ok" = "no" ; then
        echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6
        cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF
#define TDOM_NO_UNKNOWN_CMD 1
EOF

    else
        echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6
    fi


    echo $ac_n "checking wether to enable tDOMs block allocator""... $ac_c" 1>&6
echo "configure:3744: checking wether to enable tDOMs block allocator" >&5
    # Check whether --enable-tdomalloc or --disable-tdomalloc was given.
if test "${enable_tdomalloc+set}" = set; then
  enableval="$enable_tdomalloc"
  tcl_ok=$enableval
else
  tcl_ok=yes
fi


    if test "${enable_tdomalloc+set}" = set; then
        enableval="$enable_tdomalloc"
        tcl_ok=$enableval
    else
        tcl_ok=yes
    fi

    if test "$tcl_ok" = "yes" ; then
        echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6
    else
        echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6
        cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF
#define USE_NORMAL_ALLOCATOR 1
EOF

    fi

echo $ac_n "checking whether byte ordering is bigendian""... $ac_c" 1>&6
echo "configure:3772: checking whether byte ordering is bigendian" >&5
if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_c_bigendian'+set}'`\" = set"; then
  echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
else
  ac_cv_c_bigendian=unknown
# See if sys/param.h defines the BYTE_ORDER macro.
cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
#line 3779 "configure"
#include "confdefs.h"
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <sys/param.h>
int main() {

#if !BYTE_ORDER || !BIG_ENDIAN || !LITTLE_ENDIAN
 bogus endian macros
#endif
; return 0; }
EOF
if { (eval echo configure:3790: \"$ac_compile\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5; }; then
  rm -rf conftest*
  # It does; now see whether it defined to BIG_ENDIAN or not.
cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
#line 3794 "configure"
#include "confdefs.h"
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <sys/param.h>
int main() {

#if BYTE_ORDER != BIG_ENDIAN
 not big endian
#endif
; return 0; }
EOF
if { (eval echo configure:3805: \"$ac_compile\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5; }; then
  rm -rf conftest*
  ac_cv_c_bigendian=yes
else
  echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
  cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
  rm -rf conftest*
  ac_cv_c_bigendian=no
fi
rm -f conftest*
else
  echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
  cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
fi
rm -f conftest*
if test $ac_cv_c_bigendian = unknown; then
if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then
   echo $ac_n "cross-compiling... " 2>&6 
else
  cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
#line 3825 "configure"
#include "confdefs.h"
main () {
  /* Are we little or big endian?  From Harbison&Steele.  */
  union
  {
    long l;
    char c[sizeof (long)];
  } u;
  u.l = 1;
  exit (u.c[sizeof (long) - 1] == 1);
}
EOF
if { (eval echo configure:3838: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext} && (./conftest; exit) 2>/dev/null
then
  ac_cv_c_bigendian=no
else
  echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
  cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
  rm -fr conftest*
  ac_cv_c_bigendian=yes
fi
rm -fr conftest*
fi

fi
fi

echo "$ac_t""$ac_cv_c_bigendian" 1>&6
if test $ac_cv_c_bigendian = unknown; then
echo $ac_n "checking to probe for byte ordering""... $ac_c" 1>&6
echo "configure:3856: checking to probe for byte ordering" >&5

cat >conftest.c <<EOF
short ascii_mm[] = { 0x4249, 0x4765, 0x6E44, 0x6961, 0x6E53, 0x7953, 0 };
short ascii_ii[] = { 0x694C, 0x5454, 0x656C, 0x6E45, 0x6944, 0x6E61, 0 };
void _ascii() { char* s = (char*) ascii_mm; s = (char*) ascii_ii; }
short ebcdic_ii[] = { 0x89D3, 0xE3E3, 0x8593, 0x95C5, 0x89C4, 0x9581, 0 };
short ebcdic_mm[] = { 0xC2C9, 0xC785, 0x95C4, 0x8981, 0x95E2, 0xA8E2, 0 };
void _ebcdic() { char* s = (char*) ebcdic_mm; s = (char*) ebcdic_ii; }
int main() { _ascii (); _ebcdic (); return 0; }
EOF
 if test -f conftest.c ; then
     if ${CC-cc} -c conftest.c -o conftest.o && test -f conftest.o ; then
        if test `grep -l BIGenDianSyS conftest.o` ; then
           echo $ac_n ' big endian probe OK, ' 1>&6
           ac_cv_c_bigendian=yes
        fi
        if test `grep -l LiTTleEnDian conftest.o` ; then
           echo $ac_n ' little endian probe OK, ' 1>&6
           if test $ac_cv_c_bigendian = yes ; then
            ac_cv_c_bigendian=unknown;
           else
            ac_cv_c_bigendian=no
           fi
        fi
        echo $ac_n 'guessing bigendian ...  ' >&6
     fi
  fi
echo "$ac_t""$ac_cv_c_bigendian" 1>&6
fi
if test $ac_cv_c_bigendian = yes; then
  cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF
#define WORDS_BIGENDIAN 1
EOF

  BYTEORDER=4321
else
  BYTEORDER=1234
fi
if test $ac_cv_c_bigendian = unknown; then
  { echo "configure: error: unknown endianess - sorry" 1>&2; exit 1; }
fi



#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# Finally, substitute all of the various values into the Makefile.
# You may alternatively have a special pkgIndex.tcl.in or other files
# which require substituting th AC variables in.  Include these here.
#--------------------------------------------------------------------

trap '' 1 2 15
cat > confcache <<\EOF
# This file is a shell script that caches the results of configure
# tests run on this system so they can be shared between configure
# scripts and configure runs.  It is not useful on other systems.
# If it contains results you don't want to keep, you may remove or edit it.
#
# By default, configure uses ./config.cache as the cache file,
# creating it if it does not exist already.  You can give configure
# the --cache-file=FILE option to use a different cache file; that is
# what configure does when it calls configure scripts in
# subdirectories, so they share the cache.
# Giving --cache-file=/dev/null disables caching, for debugging configure.
# config.status only pays attention to the cache file if you give it the
# --recheck option to rerun configure.
#
EOF
# The following way of writing the cache mishandles newlines in values,
# but we know of no workaround that is simple, portable, and efficient.
# So, don't put newlines in cache variables' values.
# Ultrix sh set writes to stderr and can't be redirected directly,
# and sets the high bit in the cache file unless we assign to the vars.
(set) 2>&1 |
  case `(ac_space=' '; set | grep ac_space) 2>&1` in
  *ac_space=\ *)
    # `set' does not quote correctly, so add quotes (double-quote substitution
    # turns \\\\ into \\, and sed turns \\ into \).
    sed -n \
      -e "s/'/'\\\\''/g" \
      -e "s/^\\([a-zA-Z0-9_]*_cv_[a-zA-Z0-9_]*\\)=\\(.*\\)/\\1=\${\\1='\\2'}/p"
    ;;
  *)
    # `set' quotes correctly as required by POSIX, so do not add quotes.
    sed -n -e 's/^\([a-zA-Z0-9_]*_cv_[a-zA-Z0-9_]*\)=\(.*\)/\1=${\1=\2}/p'
    ;;
  esac >> confcache
if cmp -s $cache_file confcache; then
  :
else
  if test -w $cache_file; then
    echo "updating cache $cache_file"
    cat confcache > $cache_file
  else
    echo "not updating unwritable cache $cache_file"
  fi
fi
rm -f confcache

trap 'rm -fr conftest* confdefs* core core.* *.core $ac_clean_files; exit 1' 1 2 15

test "x$prefix" = xNONE && prefix=$ac_default_prefix
# Let make expand exec_prefix.
test "x$exec_prefix" = xNONE && exec_prefix='${prefix}'

# Any assignment to VPATH causes Sun make to only execute
# the first set of double-colon rules, so remove it if not needed.
# If there is a colon in the path, we need to keep it.
if test "x$srcdir" = x.; then
  ac_vpsub='/^[ 	]*VPATH[ 	]*=[^:]*$/d'
fi

trap 'rm -f $CONFIG_STATUS conftest*; exit 1' 1 2 15

# Transform confdefs.h into DEFS.
# Protect against shell expansion while executing Makefile rules.
# Protect against Makefile macro expansion.
cat > conftest.defs <<\EOF
s%#define \([A-Za-z_][A-Za-z0-9_]*\) *\(.*\)%-D\1=\2%g
s%[ 	`~#$^&*(){}\\|;'"<>?]%\\&%g
s%\[%\\&%g
s%\]%\\&%g
s%\$%$$%g
EOF
DEFS=`sed -f conftest.defs confdefs.h | tr '\012' ' '`
rm -f conftest.defs


# Without the "./", some shells look in PATH for config.status.
: ${CONFIG_STATUS=./config.status}

echo creating $CONFIG_STATUS
rm -f $CONFIG_STATUS
cat > $CONFIG_STATUS <<EOF
#! /bin/sh
# Generated automatically by configure.
# Run this file to recreate the current configuration.
# This directory was configured as follows,
# on host `(hostname || uname -n) 2>/dev/null | sed 1q`:
#
# $0 $ac_configure_args
#
# Compiler output produced by configure, useful for debugging
# configure, is in ./config.log if it exists.

ac_cs_usage="Usage: $CONFIG_STATUS [--recheck] [--version] [--help]"
for ac_option
do
  case "\$ac_option" in
  -recheck | --recheck | --rechec | --reche | --rech | --rec | --re | --r)
    echo "running \${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} $0 $ac_configure_args --no-create --no-recursion"
    exec \${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} $0 $ac_configure_args --no-create --no-recursion ;;
  -version | --version | --versio | --versi | --vers | --ver | --ve | --v)
    echo "$CONFIG_STATUS generated by autoconf version 2.13"
    exit 0 ;;
  -help | --help | --hel | --he | --h)
    echo "\$ac_cs_usage"; exit 0 ;;
  *) echo "\$ac_cs_usage"; exit 1 ;;
  esac
done

ac_given_srcdir=$srcdir
ac_given_INSTALL="$INSTALL"

trap 'rm -fr `echo "Makefile tdomConfig.sh" | sed "s/:[^ ]*//g"` conftest*; exit 1' 1 2 15
EOF
cat >> $CONFIG_STATUS <<EOF

# Protect against being on the right side of a sed subst in config.status.
sed 's/%@/@@/; s/@%/@@/; s/%g\$/@g/; /@g\$/s/[\\\\&%]/\\\\&/g;
 s/@@/%@/; s/@@/@%/; s/@g\$/%g/' > conftest.subs <<\\CEOF
$ac_vpsub
$extrasub
s%@[email protected]%$SHELL%g
s%@[email protected]%$CFLAGS%g
s%@[email protected]%$CPPFLAGS%g
s%@[email protected]%$CXXFLAGS%g
s%@[email protected]%$FFLAGS%g
s%@[email protected]%$DEFS%g
s%@[email protected]%$LDFLAGS%g
s%@[email protected]%$LIBS%g
s%@[email protected]%$exec_prefix%g
s%@[email protected]%$prefix%g
s%@[email protected]%$program_transform_name%g
s%@[email protected]%$bindir%g
s%@[email protected]%$sbindir%g
s%@[email protected]%$libexecdir%g
s%@[email protected]%$datadir%g
s%@[email protected]%$sysconfdir%g
s%@[email protected]%$sharedstatedir%g
s%@[email protected]%$localstatedir%g
s%@[email protected]%$libdir%g
s%@[email protected]%$includedir%g
s%@[email protected]%$oldincludedir%g
s%@[email protected]%$infodir%g
s%@[email protected]%$mandir%g
s%@[email protected]%$CONFIGDIR%g
s%@[email protected]%$PACKAGE%g
s%@[email protected]%$TDOMSHELL%g
s%@[email protected]%$MAJOR_VERSION%g
s%@[email protected]%$MINOR_VERSION%g
s%@[email protected]%$PATCHLEVEL%g
s%@[email protected]%$tdom_LIB_FILE%g
s%@[email protected]%$tdomstub_LIB_FILE%g
s%@[email protected]%$CYGPATH%g
s%@[email protected]%$EXEEXT%g
s%@[email protected]%$TCL_VERSION%g
s%@[email protected]%$TCL_BIN_DIR%g
s%@[email protected]%$TCL_SRC_DIR%g
s%@[email protected]%$TCL_LIB_FILE%g
s%@[email protected]%$TCL_LIB_FLAG%g
s%@[email protected]%$TCL_LIB_SPEC%g
s%@[email protected]%$TCL_STUB_LIB_FILE%g
s%@[email protected]%$TCL_STUB_LIB_FLAG%g
s%@[email protected]%$TCL_STUB_LIB_SPEC%g
s%@[email protected]%$TCL_LIBS%g
s%@[email protected]%$TCL_DEFS%g
s%@[email protected]%$TCL_EXTRA_CFLAGS%g
s%@[email protected]%$TCL_LD_FLAGS%g
s%@[email protected]%$TCL_SHLIB_LD_LIBS%g
s%@[email protected]%$CC%g
s%@[email protected]%$INSTALL_PROGRAM%g
s%@[email protected]%$INSTALL_SCRIPT%g
s%@[email protected]%$INSTALL_DATA%g
s%@[email protected]%$SET_MAKE%g
s%@[email protected]%$RANLIB%g
s%@[email protected]%$OBJEXT%g
s%@[email protected]%$TCL_INCLUDES%g
s%@[email protected]%$CLEANFILES%g
s%@[email protected]%$EXTRA_SOURCES%g
s%@[email protected]%$VERSION%g
s%@[email protected]%$tdomstub_BUILD_SPEC%g
s%@[email protected]%$tdomstub_FILE_SPEC%g
s%@[email protected]%$tdom_SRC_DIR%g
s%@[email protected]%$TCL_THREADS%g
s%@[email protected]%$AR%g
s%@[email protected]%$CPP%g
s%@[email protected]%$DL_LIBS%g
s%@[email protected]%$CFLAGS_DEBUG%g
s%@[email protected]%$CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE%g
s%@[email protected]%$CFLAGS_WARNING%g
s%@[email protected]%$EXTRA_CFLAGS%g
s%@[email protected]%$STLIB_LD%g
s%@[email protected]%$SHLIB_LD%g
s%@[email protected]%$SHLIB_CFLAGS%g
s%@[email protected]%$SHLIB_LDFLAGS%g
s%@[email protected]%$SHLIB_LD_LIBS%g
s%@[email protected]%$LDFLAGS_DEBUG%g
s%@[email protected]%$LDFLAGS_OPTIMIZE%g
s%@[email protected]%$TDOM_LD_SEARCH_FLAGS%g
s%@[email protected]%$TCL_DBGX%g
s%@[email protected]%$CFLAGS_DEFAULT%g
s%@[email protected]%$LDFLAGS_DEFAULT%g
s%@[email protected]%$SHARED_BUILD%g
s%@[email protected]%$MAKE_LIB%g
s%@[email protected]%$MAKE_SHARED_LIB%g
s%@[email protected]%$MAKE_STATIC_LIB%g
s%@[email protected]%$MAKE_STUB_LIB%g
s%@[email protected]%$TCLSH_PROG%g
s%@[email protected]%$TDOM_INCLUDES%g
s%@[email protected]%$AOL_DIR%g
s%@[email protected]%$AOL_INCLUDES%g
s%@[email protected]%$BYTEORDER%g

CEOF
EOF

cat >> $CONFIG_STATUS <<\EOF

# Split the substitutions into bite-sized pieces for seds with
# small command number limits, like on Digital OSF/1 and HP-UX.
ac_max_sed_cmds=90 # Maximum number of lines to put in a sed script.
ac_file=1 # Number of current file.
ac_beg=1 # First line for current file.
ac_end=$ac_max_sed_cmds # Line after last line for current file.
ac_more_lines=:
ac_sed_cmds=""
while $ac_more_lines; do
  if test $ac_beg -gt 1; then
    sed "1,${ac_beg}d; ${ac_end}q" conftest.subs > conftest.s$ac_file
  else
    sed "${ac_end}q" conftest.subs > conftest.s$ac_file
  fi
  if test ! -s conftest.s$ac_file; then
    ac_more_lines=false
    rm -f conftest.s$ac_file
  else
    if test -z "$ac_sed_cmds"; then
      ac_sed_cmds="sed -f conftest.s$ac_file"
    else
      ac_sed_cmds="$ac_sed_cmds | sed -f conftest.s$ac_file"
    fi
    ac_file=`expr $ac_file + 1`
    ac_beg=$ac_end
    ac_end=`expr $ac_end + $ac_max_sed_cmds`
  fi
done
if test -z "$ac_sed_cmds"; then
  ac_sed_cmds=cat
fi
EOF

cat >> $CONFIG_STATUS <<EOF

CONFIG_FILES=\${CONFIG_FILES-"Makefile tdomConfig.sh"}
EOF
cat >> $CONFIG_STATUS <<\EOF
for ac_file in .. $CONFIG_FILES; do if test "x$ac_file" != x..; then
  # Support "outfile[:infile[:infile...]]", defaulting infile="outfile.in".
  case "$ac_file" in
  *:*) ac_file_in=`echo "$ac_file"|sed 's%[^:]*:%%'`
       ac_file=`echo "$ac_file"|sed 's%:.*%%'` ;;
  *) ac_file_in="${ac_file}.in" ;;
  esac

  # Adjust a relative srcdir, top_srcdir, and INSTALL for subdirectories.

  # Remove last slash and all that follows it.  Not all systems have dirname.
  ac_dir=`echo $ac_file|sed 's%/[^/][^/]*$%%'`
  if test "$ac_dir" != "$ac_file" && test "$ac_dir" != .; then
    # The file is in a subdirectory.
    test ! -d "$ac_dir" && mkdir "$ac_dir"
    ac_dir_suffix="/`echo $ac_dir|sed 's%^\./%%'`"
    # A "../" for each directory in $ac_dir_suffix.
    ac_dots=`echo $ac_dir_suffix|sed 's%/[^/]*%../%g'`
  else
    ac_dir_suffix= ac_dots=
  fi

  case "$ac_given_srcdir" in
  .)  srcdir=.
      if test -z "$ac_dots"; then top_srcdir=.
      else top_srcdir=`echo $ac_dots|sed 's%/$%%'`; fi ;;
  /*) srcdir="$ac_given_srcdir$ac_dir_suffix"; top_srcdir="$ac_given_srcdir" ;;
  *) # Relative path.
    srcdir="$ac_dots$ac_given_srcdir$ac_dir_suffix"
    top_srcdir="$ac_dots$ac_given_srcdir" ;;
  esac

  case "$ac_given_INSTALL" in
  [/$]*) INSTALL="$ac_given_INSTALL" ;;
  *) INSTALL="$ac_dots$ac_given_INSTALL" ;;
  esac

  echo creating "$ac_file"
  rm -f "$ac_file"
  configure_input="Generated automatically from `echo $ac_file_in|sed 's%.*/%%'` by configure."
  case "$ac_file" in
  *Makefile*) ac_comsub="1i\\
# $configure_input" ;;
  *) ac_comsub= ;;
  esac

  ac_file_inputs=`echo $ac_file_in|sed -e "s%^%$ac_given_srcdir/%" -e "s%:% $ac_given_srcdir/%g"`
  sed -e "$ac_comsub
s%@[email protected]%$configure_input%g
s%@[email protected]%$srcdir%g
s%@[email protected]%$top_srcdir%g
s%@[email protected]%$INSTALL%g
" $ac_file_inputs | (eval "$ac_sed_cmds") > $ac_file
fi; done
rm -f conftest.s*

EOF
cat >> $CONFIG_STATUS <<EOF

EOF
cat >> $CONFIG_STATUS <<\EOF

exit 0
EOF
chmod +x $CONFIG_STATUS
rm -fr confdefs* $ac_clean_files
test "$no_create" = yes || ${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} $CONFIG_STATUS || exit 1

#!/bin/bash -norc
dnl	This file is an input file used by the GNU "autoconf" program to
dnl	generate the file "configure", which is run during Tcl installation
dnl	to configure the system for the local environment.

#-----------------------------------------------------------------------
# Sample configure.in for Tcl Extensions.  The only places you should
# need to modify this file are marked by the string __CHANGE__
#-----------------------------------------------------------------------

#-----------------------------------------------------------------------
# __CHANGE__
# Set your package name and version numbers here.
#
# This initializes the environment with PACKAGE_NAME and PACKAGE_VERSION
# set as provided.  These will also be added as -D defs in your Makefile
# so you can encode the package version directly into the source files.
# This will also define a special symbol for Windows (BUILD_sample in
# this case) so that we create the export library with the dll.
#-----------------------------------------------------------------------

AC_INIT([tdom], [0.8.3])

#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# Call TEA_INIT as the first TEA_ macro to set up initial vars.
# This will define a ${TEA_PLATFORM} variable == "unix" or "windows"
# as well as PKG_LIB_FILE and PKG_STUB_LIB_FILE.
#--------------------------------------------------------------------

TEA_INIT([3.9])

AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR(tclconfig)

#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# Load the tclConfig.sh file
#--------------------------------------------------------------------

................................................................................
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# Add optional AOLserver includes
#--------------------------------------------------------------------

TDOM_PATH_AOLSERVER

#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# Add shared expat includes
#--------------------------------------------------------------------

TDOM_PATH_EXPAT


#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# Add HTML5 parsing support.
#--------------------------------------------------------------------

TDOM_ENABLE_HTML5

................................................................................
# stub library C source files to compile in TEA_ADD_STUB_SOURCES,
# and runtime Tcl library files in TEA_ADD_TCL_SOURCES.
# This defines PKG(_STUB)_SOURCES, PKG(_STUB)_OBJECTS, PKG_HEADERS
# and PKG_TCL_SOURCES.
#-----------------------------------------------------------------------

TEA_ADD_SOURCES([generic/xmlsimple.c \
                 generic/utf8conv.c  \
                 generic/dom.c       \
                 generic/domhtml.c   \
                 generic/domhtml5.c  \
                 generic/domjson.c   \
                 generic/domxpath.c  \
                 generic/domxslt.c   \
                 generic/domlock.c   \
                 generic/tcldom.c    \
                 generic/nodecmd.c   \
                 generic/tdominit.c  \
                 generic/tclexpat.c  \

                 generic/tdomStubInit.c])
TEA_ADD_HEADERS([generic/tdom.h])
TEA_ADD_INCLUDES([-I${srcdir}/generic ${AOL_INCLUDES}])
TEA_ADD_LIBS([${AOL_LIBS} ${HTML5_LIBS}])
TEA_ADD_CFLAGS([])
TEA_ADD_STUB_SOURCES([generic/tdomStubLib.c])
TEA_ADD_TCL_SOURCES([lib/tdom.tcl])

#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# __CHANGE__
................................................................................
# Add pkgIndex.tcl if it is generated in the Makefile instead of ./configure
# and change Makefile.in to move it from CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES to BINARIES var.
#
# A few miscellaneous platform-specific items:
# TEA_ADD_* any platform specific compiler/build info here.
#--------------------------------------------------------------------


if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = "windows" ; then
    AC_DEFINE(BUILD_tdom)
    CLEANFILES="pkgIndex.tcl *.lib *.dll *.exp *.ilk *.pdb vc*.pch"

    #TEA_ADD_SOURCES([win/winFile.c])
    #TEA_ADD_INCLUDES([-I\"$(${CYGPATH} ${srcdir}/win)\"])

else
    CLEANFILES="pkgIndex.tcl tdomConfig.sh tdom.tcl tcldomsh"


    #TEA_ADD_SOURCES([unix/unixFile.c])
    #TEA_ADD_LIBS([-lsuperfly])

fi
AC_SUBST(CLEANFILES)

#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# __CHANGE__
# Choose which headers you need.  Extension authors should try very
# hard to only rely on the Tcl public header files.  Internal headers
# contain private data structures and are subject to change without
# notice.
................................................................................

#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# Set the default compiler switches based on the --enable-symbols option.
#--------------------------------------------------------------------

TEA_ENABLE_SYMBOLS

#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# Everyone should be linking against the Tcl stub library.  If you
# can't for some reason, remove this definition.  If you aren't using
# stubs, you also need to modify the SHLIB_LD_LIBS setting below to
# link against the non-stubbed Tcl library.  Add Tk too if necessary.
#--------------------------------------------------------------------

AC_DEFINE(USE_TCL_STUBS, 1, [Use Tcl stubs])
#AC_DEFINE(USE_TK_STUBS, 1, [Use Tk stubs])

#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# This macro generates a line to use when building a library.  It
# depends on values set by the TEA_ENABLE_SHARED, TEA_ENABLE_SYMBOLS,
# and TEA_LOAD_TCLCONFIG macros above.
#--------------------------------------------------------------------

TEA_MAKE_LIB
................................................................................
AC_SUBST(TDOMSHELL)

TDOM_EXPORT_CONFIG

#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# Finally, substitute all of the various values into the Makefile.
# You may alternatively have a special pkgIndex.tcl.in or other files
# which require substituting th AC variables in.  Include these here.
#--------------------------------------------------------------------

AC_OUTPUT([Makefile tdomConfig.sh])

#!/bin/bash -norc
dnl	This file is an input file used by the GNU "autoconf" program to
dnl	generate the file "configure", which is run during Tcl installation
dnl	to configure the system for the local environment.

#-----------------------------------------------------------------------
# Sample configure.ac for Tcl Extensions.  The only places you should
# need to modify this file are marked by the string __CHANGE__
#-----------------------------------------------------------------------

#-----------------------------------------------------------------------
# __CHANGE__
# Set your package name and version numbers here.
#
# This initializes the environment with PACKAGE_NAME and PACKAGE_VERSION
# set as provided.  These will also be added as -D defs in your Makefile
# so you can encode the package version directly into the source files.
# This will also define a special symbol for Windows (BUILD_<PACKAGE_NAME>
# so that we create the export library with the dll.
#-----------------------------------------------------------------------

AC_INIT([tdom], [0.9.2])

#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# Call TEA_INIT as the first TEA_ macro to set up initial vars.
# This will define a ${TEA_PLATFORM} variable == "unix" or "windows"
# as well as PKG_LIB_FILE and PKG_STUB_LIB_FILE.
#--------------------------------------------------------------------

TEA_INIT()

AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR(tclconfig)

#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# Load the tclConfig.sh file
#--------------------------------------------------------------------

................................................................................
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# Add optional AOLserver includes
#--------------------------------------------------------------------

TDOM_PATH_AOLSERVER

#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# Add shared expat includes and expat entropy
#--------------------------------------------------------------------

TDOM_PATH_EXPAT
TDOM_EXPAT_ENTROPY

#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# Add HTML5 parsing support.
#--------------------------------------------------------------------

TDOM_ENABLE_HTML5

................................................................................
# stub library C source files to compile in TEA_ADD_STUB_SOURCES,
# and runtime Tcl library files in TEA_ADD_TCL_SOURCES.
# This defines PKG(_STUB)_SOURCES, PKG(_STUB)_OBJECTS, PKG_HEADERS
# and PKG_TCL_SOURCES.
#-----------------------------------------------------------------------

TEA_ADD_SOURCES([generic/xmlsimple.c \

                 generic/dom.c       \
                 generic/domhtml.c   \
                 generic/domhtml5.c  \
                 generic/domjson.c   \
                 generic/domxpath.c  \
                 generic/domxslt.c   \
                 generic/domlock.c   \
                 generic/tcldom.c    \
                 generic/nodecmd.c   \
                 generic/tdominit.c  \
                 generic/tclexpat.c  \
                 generic/tclpull.c   \
                 generic/tdomStubInit.c])
TEA_ADD_HEADERS([generic/tdom.h])
TEA_ADD_INCLUDES([-I${srcdir}/generic ${AOL_INCLUDES} ${HTML5_INCLUDES}])
TEA_ADD_LIBS([${AOL_LIBS} ${HTML5_LIBS}])
TEA_ADD_CFLAGS([])
TEA_ADD_STUB_SOURCES([generic/tdomStubLib.c])
TEA_ADD_TCL_SOURCES([lib/tdom.tcl])

#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# __CHANGE__
................................................................................
# Add pkgIndex.tcl if it is generated in the Makefile instead of ./configure
# and change Makefile.in to move it from CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES to BINARIES var.
#
# A few miscellaneous platform-specific items:
# TEA_ADD_* any platform specific compiler/build info here.
#--------------------------------------------------------------------

#CLEANFILES="$CLEANFILES pkgIndex.tcl"
if test "${TEA_PLATFORM}" = "windows" ; then

    # Ensure no empty if clauses
    :
    #TEA_ADD_SOURCES([win/winFile.c])
    #TEA_ADD_INCLUDES([-I\"$(${CYGPATH} ${srcdir}/win)\"])
    CLEANFILES="$CLEANFILES *.ilk vc*.pch"
else

    # Ensure no empty else clauses
    :
    #TEA_ADD_SOURCES([unix/unixFile.c])
    #TEA_ADD_LIBS([-lsuperfly])
    CLEANFILES="$CLEANFILES tdom.tcl tcldomsh"
fi


#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# __CHANGE__
# Choose which headers you need.  Extension authors should try very
# hard to only rely on the Tcl public header files.  Internal headers
# contain private data structures and are subject to change without
# notice.
................................................................................

#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# Set the default compiler switches based on the --enable-symbols option.
#--------------------------------------------------------------------

TEA_ENABLE_SYMBOLS











#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# This macro generates a line to use when building a library.  It
# depends on values set by the TEA_ENABLE_SHARED, TEA_ENABLE_SYMBOLS,
# and TEA_LOAD_TCLCONFIG macros above.
#--------------------------------------------------------------------

TEA_MAKE_LIB
................................................................................
AC_SUBST(TDOMSHELL)

TDOM_EXPORT_CONFIG

#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# Finally, substitute all of the various values into the Makefile.
# You may alternatively have a special pkgIndex.tcl.in or other files
# which require substituting the AC variables in. Include these here.
#--------------------------------------------------------------------

AC_OUTPUT([Makefile pkgIndex.tcl tdomConfig.sh])

<INDEX title="tDOM manual" package="tDOM">
    <MAN id="dom" title="dom"/>
    <DEF cat="manpage" name="dom" manpage="dom"/>
    <DEF cat="cmd" name="dom" manpage="dom"/>

    <KWD name="XML" manpage="dom"/>
    <KWD name="DOM" manpage="dom"/>
    <KWD name="document" manpage="dom"/>
    <KWD name="node" manpage="dom"/>
    <KWD name="parsing" manpage="dom"/>
    <MAN id="domDoc" title="domDoc"/>
    <DEF cat="manpage" name="domDoc" manpage="domDoc"/>
................................................................................
    <KWD name="XML" manpage="domNode"/>
    <KWD name="DOM" manpage="domNode"/>
    <KWD name="document" manpage="domNode"/>
    <KWD name="node" manpage="domNode"/>
    <KWD name="parsing" manpage="domNode"/>
    <MAN id="expat" title="expat"/>
    <DEF cat="manpage" name="expat" manpage="expat"/>

    <DEF cat="cmd" name="expat" manpage="expat"/>
    <DEF cat="cmd" name="xml::parser" manpage="expat"/>
    <KWD name="SAX" manpage="expat"/>


    <MAN id="expatapi" title="expatapi"/>
    <DEF cat="manpage" name="expatapi" manpage="expatapi"/>
    <DEF cat="fun" name="CheckExpatParserObj, CHandlerSetInstall, CHandlerSetRemove,&#xA;         CHandlerSetCreate, CHandlerSetGetUserData, GetExpatInfo" manpage="expatapi"/>
    <KWD name="C handler set" manpage="expatapi"/>







    <MAN id="tdomcmd" title="tdom"/>
    <DEF cat="manpage" name="tdomcmd" manpage="tdomcmd"/>
    <DEF cat="cmd" name="tdom" manpage="tdomcmd"/>
    <KWD name="DOM" manpage="tdomcmd"/>
    <KWD name="SAX" manpage="tdomcmd"/>
    <KWD name="C handler set" manpage="tdomcmd"/>
    <MAN id="tnc" title="tnc"/>
    <DEF cat="manpage" name="tnc" manpage="tnc"/>
    <DEF cat="cmd" name="tnc" manpage="tnc"/>
    <KWD name="Validation" manpage="tnc"/>
    <KWD name="DTD" manpage="tnc"/>
</INDEX>

<INDEX title="tDOM manual" package="tDOM">
    <MAN id="dom" title="dom"/>
    <DEF cat="manpage" name="dom" manpage="dom"/>
    <DEF cat="cmd" name="dom" manpage="dom"/>
    <DEF cat="cmd" name="dom" manpage="dom"/>
    <KWD name="XML" manpage="dom"/>
    <KWD name="DOM" manpage="dom"/>
    <KWD name="document" manpage="dom"/>
    <KWD name="node" manpage="dom"/>
    <KWD name="parsing" manpage="dom"/>
    <MAN id="domDoc" title="domDoc"/>
    <DEF cat="manpage" name="domDoc" manpage="domDoc"/>
................................................................................
    <KWD name="XML" manpage="domNode"/>
    <KWD name="DOM" manpage="domNode"/>
    <KWD name="document" manpage="domNode"/>
    <KWD name="node" manpage="domNode"/>
    <KWD name="parsing" manpage="domNode"/>
    <MAN id="expat" title="expat"/>
    <DEF cat="manpage" name="expat" manpage="expat"/>
    <DEF cat="cmd" name="expat" manpage="expat"/>
    <DEF cat="cmd" name="expat" manpage="expat"/>
    <DEF cat="cmd" name="xml::parser" manpage="expat"/>
    <KWD name="SAX" manpage="expat"/>
    <KWD name="push" manpage="expat"/>
    <KWD name="pushparser" manpage="expat"/>
    <MAN id="expatapi" title="expatapi"/>
    <DEF cat="manpage" name="expatapi" manpage="expatapi"/>
    <DEF cat="fun" name="CheckExpatParserObj, CHandlerSetInstall, CHandlerSetRemove,&#xA;         CHandlerSetCreate, CHandlerSetGetUserData, GetExpatInfo" manpage="expatapi"/>
    <KWD name="C handler set" manpage="expatapi"/>
    <MAN id="pullparser" title="pullparser"/>
    <DEF cat="manpage" name="pullparser" manpage="pullparser"/>
    <DEF cat="pullparser" name="tDOM::pullparser" manpage="pullparser"/>
    <DEF cat="cmd" name="tDOM::pullparser" manpage="pullparser"/>
    <KWD name="XML" manpage="pullparser"/>
    <KWD name="pull" manpage="pullparser"/>
    <KWD name="parsing" manpage="pullparser"/>
    <MAN id="tdomcmd" title="tdom"/>
    <DEF cat="manpage" name="tdomcmd" manpage="tdomcmd"/>
    <DEF cat="cmd" name="tdom" manpage="tdomcmd"/>
    <KWD name="DOM" manpage="tdomcmd"/>
    <KWD name="SAX" manpage="tdomcmd"/>
    <KWD name="C handler set" manpage="tdomcmd"/>
    <MAN id="tnc" title="tnc"/>
    <DEF cat="manpage" name="tnc" manpage="tnc"/>
    <DEF cat="cmd" name="tnc" manpage="tnc"/>
    <KWD name="Validation" manpage="tnc"/>
    <KWD name="DTD" manpage="tnc"/>
</INDEX>

<html>
<head>
<title>tDOM manual: Index</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="manpage.css"><meta name="xsl-processor" content="Jochen Loewer ([email protected]), Rolf Ade ([email protected]) et. al."><meta name="generator" content="$RCSfile: category-index.xsl,v $ $Revision: 1.5 $">
</head><body>
<div class="header">
<h1 class="title" align="center">tDOM manual: Index</h1><p class="navaid" align="center">
<a class="navaid" href="index.html">Contents</a> � <a class="navaid" href="category-index.html">Index</a> � <a class="navaid" href="keyword-index.html">Keywords</a>
</p><hr class="navsep"><div class="navbar">
<a href="#cat_cmd">Tcl commands</a> � <a href="#cat_fun">C functions</a> � </div>
</div><div class="body">
<h2><a name="cat_cmd">Tcl commands</a></h2><a href="dom.html">dom</a> � <a href="domDoc.html">domDoc</a> � <a href="domNode.html">domNode</a> � <a href="expat.html">expat</a> � <a href="tdomcmd.html">tdom</a> � <a href="tnc.html">tnc</a> � <a href="expat.html">xml::parser</a><h2><a name="cat_fun">C functions</a></h2><a href="expatapi.html">CheckExpatParserObj, CHandlerSetInstall, CHandlerSetRemove,
         CHandlerSetCreate, CHandlerSetGetUserData, GetExpatInfo</a>
</div><div class="footer">
<hr class="navsep"><div class="navbar" align="center">
<a class="navaid" href="index.html">Contents</a> � <a class="navaid" href="category-index.html">Index</a> � <a class="navaid" href="keyword-index.html">Keywords</a>
</div>
</div>
</body>
</html>

<html>
<head>
<title>tDOM manual: Index</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="manpage.css"><meta name="xsl-processor" content="Jochen Loewer ([email protected]), Rolf Ade ([email protected]) et. al."><meta name="generator" content="$RCSfile: category-index.xsl,v $ $Revision: 1.5 $"><meta charset="utf-8">
</head><body>
<div class="header">
<h1 class="title" align="center">tDOM manual: Index</h1><p class="navaid" align="center">
<a class="navaid" href="index.html">Contents</a> · <a class="navaid" href="category-index.html">Index</a> · <a class="navaid" href="keyword-index.html">Keywords</a> · <a class="navaid" href="http://tdom.org">Repository</a>
</p><hr class="navsep"><div class="navbar">
<a href="#cat_cmd">Tcl commands</a> · <a href="#cat_fun">C functions</a> · </div>
</div><div class="body">
<h2><a name="cat_cmd">Tcl commands</a></h2><a href="dom.html">dom</a> · <a href="dom.html">dom</a> · <a href="domDoc.html">domDoc</a> · <a href="domNode.html">domNode</a> · <a href="expat.html">expat</a> · <a href="expat.html">expat</a> · <a href="tdomcmd.html">tdom</a> · <a href="pullparser.html">tDOM::pullparser</a> · <a href="tnc.html">tnc</a> · <a href="expat.html">xml::parser</a><h2><a name="cat_fun">C functions</a></h2><a href="expatapi.html">CheckExpatParserObj, CHandlerSetInstall, CHandlerSetRemove,
         CHandlerSetCreate, CHandlerSetGetUserData, GetExpatInfo</a>
</div><div class="footer">
<hr class="navsep"><div class="navbar" align="center">
<a class="navaid" href="index.html">Contents</a> · <a class="navaid" href="category-index.html">Index</a> · <a class="navaid" href="keyword-index.html">Keywords</a> · <a class="navaid" href="http://tdom.org">Repository</a>
</div>
</div>
</body>
</html>

<html>
<head>
<link rel="stylesheet" href="manpage.css"><title>tDOM manual: dom</title><meta name="xsl-processor" content="Jochen Loewer ([email protected]), Rolf Ade ([email protected]) et. al."><meta name="generator" content="$RCSfile: tmml-html.xsl,v $ $Revision: 1.11 $">
</head><body>
<div class="header">
<div class="navbar" align="center">
<a href="#SECTid0xb56980">NAME</a> · <a href="#SECTid0xa76ae0">SYNOPSIS</a> · <a href="#SECTid0xb62b50">DESCRIPTION </a> · <a href="#SECTid0xb84020">KEYWORDS</a>
</div><hr class="navsep">
</div><div class="body">
  <h2><a name="SECTid0xb56980">NAME</a></h2><p class="namesection">
<b class="names">dom - </b><br>Create an in-memory DOM tree from XML</p>
  
  <h2><a name="SECTid0xa76ae0">SYNOPSIS</a></h2><pre class="syntax">package require tdom

<b class="cmd">dom</b> <i class="m">method</i> ?<i class="m">arg arg ...</i>?</pre>

  <h2><a name="SECTid0xb62b50">DESCRIPTION </a></h2><p>This command provides the creation of DOM trees in memory. In
the usual case a string containing a XML information is parsed and converted
into a DOM tree. Other possible parse input may be HTML or JSON.
The <i class="m">method</i> indicates a specific subcommand. </p><p>The valid methods are:</p><dl class="commandlist">
        
          <dt>
<b class="cmd">dom</b> <b class="method">parse</b> ?<i class="m">options</i>? ?<i class="m">data</i>?</dt>
          <dd>Parses the XML information and builds up the DOM tree in memory
................................................................................
              
                <dt><b>-simple</b></dt> 
                <dd>If <i class="m">-simple</i> is
specified, a simple but fast parser is used (conforms not fully to XML
recommendation). That should double parsing and DOM generation speed. The
encoding of the data is not transformed inside the parser. The simple parser
does not respect any encoding information in the XML declaration. It skips over
the internal DTD subset and ignores any information in it. Therefor it doesn't
include defaulted attribute values into the tree, even if the according
attribute declaration is in the internal subset. It also doesn't expand
internal or external entity references other than the predefined entities and
character references.</dd>
              

              
................................................................................
                <dt><b>-html</b></dt>
                <dd>If <i class="m">-html</i> is specified, a fast HTML parser is 
used, which tries to even parse badly formed HTML into a DOM tree.</dd>
              

              
                <dt><b>-html5</b></dt>
                <dd>This option is only available, if tDOM was build
                with --enable-html5. Try the <i class="m">featureinfo</i> method
                if you need to know, if this feature is build in. If
                <i class="m">-html5</i> is specified, the gumbo lib html5 parser
                (https://github.com/google/gumbo-parser) is used, to
                build the DOM tree. This is, as far as it goes, XML
                namespace aware. Since this probably isn't wanted by a
                lot of users and adds only burden for no good in a lot
                of use cases <i class="m">-html5</i> can be combined with
                <i class="m">-ignorexmlns</i>, in which case all nodes and
                attributes in the DOM tree are not in an XML
                namespace. All tag and attribute names in the DOM tree
                will be lower case, even for foreign elements not in
                the xhtml, svg or mathml namespace. The DOM tree may
                include nodes, that the parser inserted, because they
                are implied by the context (as &lt;head&gt;,
                &lt;tbody&gt;, etc.).</dd>
              

              
                <dt><b>-json</b></dt>
                <dd>If <i class="m">-json</i> is specified, the <i class="m">data</i> is
................................................................................
                command or handle is an ordinary DOM doc, which may be
                investigated or modified with the full range of the
                doc and node methods. Please note that the element
                node names and the text node values within the tree
                may be outside of what the appropriate XML productions
                allow.</dd>
              
              

















              
                <dt><b>-keepEmpties</b></dt> 
                <dd>If <i class="m">-keepEmpties</i> is
specified, text nodes, which contain only whitespaces, will be part of the
resulting DOM tree. In default case (<i class="m">-keepEmpties</i> not given) those empty
text nodes are removed at parsing time.</dd>
              














              
                <dt>
<b>-channel</b> <i>&lt;channel-ID&gt;</i>
</dt>
                
                <dd>If <i class="m">-channel &lt;channel-ID&gt;</i> is specified, the
input to be parsed is read from the specified channel. The encoding setting of
the channel (via fconfigure -encoding) is respected, ie the data read from the
channel are converted to UTF-8 according to the encoding settings, befor the
data is parsed.</dd>
              

              
                <dt>
<b>-baseurl</b> <i>&lt;baseURI&gt;</i>
</dt>
                
                <dd>If <i class="m">-baseurl &lt;baseURI&gt;</i> is specified, the
baseURI is used as the base URI of the document. External entities referenced

in the document are resolved relative to this base URI. This base URI is also
stored within the DOM tree.</dd>
              

              
                <dt>
<b>-feedbackAfter</b> <i>&lt;#bytes&gt;</i>
</dt>
                
                <dd>If <i class="m">-feedbackAfter &lt;#bytes&gt;</i> is specified, the

tcl command given by <i class="m">-feedbackcmd</i> is evaluated at the first
element start within the document (or an external entity) after the
start of the document or external entity or the last such call after

#bytes.For backward compatibility, if no -feedbackcmd is given, but
there is a tcl proc named ::dom::domParseFeedback then this proc is
used as -feedbackcmd. If there isn't such a proc and -feedbackAfter is

used, it is an error to not also use -feedbackcmd. If the called
script raises error, then parsing will be aborted, the
<i class="m">dom parse</i> call returns error, with the script
error msg as error msg. If the called script <i class="m">return
-code break</i>, the parsing will abort and the <i class="m">dom
parse</i> call will return the empty string.</dd>
              

              
                <dt>
<b>-feedbackcmd</b> <i>&lt;script&gt;</i>
</dt>
                
................................................................................
                
                <dd>If <i class="m">-externalentitycommand &lt;script&gt;</i> is
specified, the specified tcl script is called to resolve any external entities
of the document. The actual evaluated command consists of this option followed
by three arguments: the base uri, the system identifier of the entity and the
public identifier of the entity. The base uri and the public identifier may be
the empty list. The script has to return a tcl list consisting of three
elements. The first element of this list signals, how the external entity is
returned to the processor. At the moment, the two allowed types are "string"
and "channel". The second element of the list has to be the (absolute) base URI
of the external entity to be parsed.  The third element of the list are data,
either the already read data out of the external entity as string in the case
of type "string", or the name of a tcl channel, in the case of type
"channel". Note that if the script returns a tcl channel, it will not be closed
by the processor.  It must be closed separately if it is no longer
required.</dd>
              

              
                <dt>
<b>-useForeignDTD</b> <i>&lt;boolean&gt;</i>
</dt>
                
                <dd>If &lt;boolean&gt; is true and the document does not have
an external subset, the parser will call the -externalentitycommand script with
empty values for the systemId and publicID arguments. Pleace notice, that, if
the document also doesn't have an internal subset, the
-startdoctypedeclcommand and -enddoctypedeclcommand scripts, if set, are not
called. The <i class="m">-useForeignDTD</i> respects </dd>
              

              
                <dt>
<b>-paramentityparsing</b> <i>&lt;always|never|notstandalone&gt;</i>
</dt>
                
                <dd>The <i class="m">-paramentityparsing</i> option controls, if the
parser tries to resolve the external entities (including the external DTD

subset) of the document, while building the DOM
tree. <i class="m">-paramentityparsing</i> requires an argument, which must be either
"always", "never", or "notstandalone". The value "always" means, that the

parser tries to resolves (recursively) all external entities of the XML

source. This is the default, in case <i class="m">-paramentityparsing</i> is omitted. The
value "never" means, that only the given XML source is parsed and no external

entity (including the external subset) will be resolved and parsed. The value
"notstandalone" means, that all external entities will be resolved and parsed,

with the execption of documents, which explicitly states standalone="yes" in
their XML declaration.</dd>
              


              
                <dt><b>-ignorexmlns</b></dt>
                <dd>It is recommended, that you only use this option
                together with the <i class="m">-html5</i> option, if ever. If
                this option is given, no node within the created DOM
                tree will be internally marked as placed into an XML
                Namespace, even if there is a default namespace in
                scope for un-prefixed elements or even if the element
                has a defined namespace prefix. One consequence is of
                this is, that XPath node expressions on such a DOM
                tree doesn't work as expected. Prefixed element nodes
                can't be selected and element nodes without prefix
                will be seen by XPath expressions as if they haven't
                any namespace (no matter if they in fact in a default

                namespace).
                </dd>
              

            </dl>
<p></p>
</dd>
................................................................................
memory handling as explained above.</dd>
        

        
          <dt>
<b class="cmd">dom</b> <b class="method">createDocumentNode</b>
?<i class="m">objVar</i>?</dt>
          <dd>Creates a new, 'empty' DOM document object without any element
node. <i class="m">objVar</i> controls the memory handling as explained above.</dd>
        

        
          <dt>
<b class="cmd">dom</b> <b class="method">setResultEncoding</b> ?<i class="m">encodingName</i>?</dt>
          <dd>If <i class="m">encodingName</i> is not given the current global
result encoding is returned.  Otherwise the global result encoding is set to
<i class="m">encodingName</i>.  All character data, attribute values, etc. will
then be converted from UTF-8, which is delivered from the Expat XML parser, to
the given 8 bit encoding at XML/DOM parse time.  Valid values for
<i class="m">encodingName</i> are: utf-8, ascii, cp1250, cp1251, cp1252, cp1253,
cp1254, cp1255, cp1256, cp437, cp850, en, iso8859-1, iso8859-2, iso8859-3,
iso8859-4, iso8859-5, iso8859-6, iso8859-7, iso8859-8, iso8859-9, koi8-r.</dd>
        

        
          <dt>
<b class="cmd">dom</b> <b class="method">createNodeCmd</b>
<i class="m">?-returnNodeCmd?</i> <i class="m">?-tagName name?</i> <i class="m">?-jsonType jsonType</i> <i class="m">(element|comment|text|cdata|pi)Node</i> <i class="m">commandName</i>
</dt>
          <dd>This method creates Tcl commands, which in turn create
          tDOM nodes. Tcl commands created by this command are only
          avaliable inside a script given to the domNode methods
          <i class="m">appendFromScript</i> or <i class="m">insertBeforeFromScript</i>. If
          a command created with <i class="m">createNodeCmd</i> is invoked in
          any other context, it will return error. The created command
          <i class="m">commandName</i> replaces any existing command or
          procedure with that name. If the <i class="m">commandName</i> includes
          any namespace qualifiers, it is created in the specified
          namespace. The <i class="m">-tagName</i> option is only allowed for
................................................................................
option <i class="m">-returnNodeCmd</i> was given, the command returns the
created node as Tcl command. If this option was omitted, the command
returns nothing. Each command creates always the same type of node.
Which type of node is created by the command is determined by the
first argument to the <i class="m">createNodeCmd</i>. The syntax of the created
command depends on the type of the node it creates.</p>

<p>If the first argument of the method is <i class="m">elementNode</i>, the
created command will create an element node. Without the
<i class="m">-tagName</i> option the tag name of the created node is
<i class="m">commandName</i> without namespace qualifiers. If the
<i class="m">-tagName</i> option was given then the created command the created
elements will have this tag name. If the <i class="m">-jsonType</i> option was
given then the created node elements will have the given JSON type.









The syntax of the created command is:</p>

<pre class="syntax">
<b class="cmd">elementNodeCmd</b> <i class="m">?attributeName attributeValue ...? ?script?</i>
<b class="cmd">elementNodeCmd</b> <i class="m">?-attributeName attributeValue ...? ?script?</i>
<b class="cmd">elementNodeCmd</b> <i class="m">name_value_list script</i>
</pre>

................................................................................
        

        
          <dt>
<b class="cmd">dom</b> <b class="method">setStoreLineColumn</b> <i class="m">?boolean</i>?</dt>
          <dd>If switched on, the DOM nodes will contain line and column
position information for the original XML document after parsing. The default
is, not to store line and column position information.</dd>
        

        
          <dt>
<b class="cmd">dom</b> <b class="method">setNameCheck</b> <i class="m">?boolean</i>?</dt>
          <dd>If NameCheck is true, every method which expects an XML Name,
a full qualified name or a processing instructing target will check, if the
given string is valid according to his production rule. For commands created
with the <i class="m">createNodeCmd</i> method to be used in the context of
<i class="m">appendFromScript</i> the status of the flag at creation time
decides. If NameCheck is true at creation time, the command will
check his arguments, otherwise not. The <i class="m">setNameCheck</i>
set this flag. It returns the current NameCheck flag state. The
default state for NameCheck is true. </dd>
        

        
          <dt>
<b class="cmd">dom</b> <b class="method">setTextCheck</b> <i class="m">?boolean</i>?</dt>
          <dd>If TextCheck is true, every command which expects XML Chars,
a comment, a CDATA section value or a processing instructing value will check,
if the given string is valid according to his production rule. For commands
created with the <i class="m">createNodeCmd</i> method to be used in the
context of <i class="m">appendFromScript</i> the status of the flag at
creation time decides. If TextCheck is true at creation time, the
command will check his arguments, otherwise not.The
<i class="m">setTextCheck</i> method set this flag. It returns the current
TextCheck flag state. The default state for TextCheck is true.</dd>
      

        
          <dt>
<b class="cmd">dom</b> <b class="method">setObjectCommands</b> ?<i class="m">(automatic|token|command)</i>?</dt>
          <dd>Controls, if documents and nodes are created as tcl commands or
as token to be
used with the domNode and domDoc commands. If the mode is
'automatic', then methods used at tcl commands will create tcl
commands and methods used at doc or node tokes will create tokens. If
the mode is 'command' then always tcl commands will be created. If
the mode is 'token', then always token will be created. The method
returns the current mode. This method is an experimental interface.</dd>
      

        
          <dt>
<b class="cmd">dom</b> <b class="method">isName</b> <i class="m">name</i>
</dt>
          <dd>Returns 1, if <i class="m">name</i> is a valid XML Name according to
production 5 of the <a href="http://www.w3.org/TR/2004/REC-xml-20040204/#NT-NameChar">XML
            1.0</a> recommendation. This means, that <i class="m">name</i> is a valid
          XML element or attribute name. Otherwise it returns 0.</dd>
        

        
          <dt>
<b class="cmd">dom</b> <b class="method">isPIName</b> <i class="m">name</i>
</dt>
          <dd>Returns 1, if <i class="m">name</i> is a valid XML processing instruction
          target according to
production 17 of the <a href="http://www.w3.org/TR/2000/REC-xml-20001006.html">XML 1.0</a> recommendation. Otherwise it returns 0.</dd>
        

        
          <dt>
<b class="cmd">dom</b> <b class="method">isNCName</b> <i class="m">name</i>
</dt>
          <dd>Returns 1, if <i class="m">name</i> is a valid NCName according
to production 4 of the of the <a href="http://www.w3.org/TR/1999/REC-xml-names-19990114">Namespaces in XML</a> recommendation. Otherwise it returns
0.</dd>
        

        
          <dt>
<b class="cmd">dom</b> <b class="method">isQName</b> <i class="m">name</i>
</dt>
          <dd>Returns 1, if <i class="m">name</i> is a valid QName according
to production 6 of the of the <a href="http://www.w3.org/TR/1999/REC-xml-names-19990114">Namespaces in XML</a> recommendation. Otherwise it returns
0.</dd>
        

        
          <dt>
<b class="cmd">dom</b> <b class="method">isCharData</b>
<i class="m">string</i>
</dt>
          <dd>Returns 1, if every character in <i class="m">string</i> is
a valid XML Char according to production 2 of the <a href="http://www.w3.org/TR/2000/REC-xml-20001006.html">XML 1.0</a>
recommendation. Otherwise it returns 0.</dd>
        

        
          <dt>
<b class="cmd">dom</b> <b class="method">isBMPCharData</b>
<i class="m">string</i>
</dt>
          <dd>Returns 1, if every character in <i class="m">string</i> is
a valid XML Char with a Unicode code point within the Basic
Multilingual Plane (that means, that every character within the string
is at most 3 bytes long). Otherwise it returns 0.</dd>
        

        
          <dt>
<b class="cmd">dom</b> <b class="method">isComment</b>
<i class="m">string</i>
</dt>
          <dd>Returns 1, if <i class="m">string</i> is
a valid comment according to production 15 of the <a href="http://www.w3.org/TR/2000/REC-xml-20001006.html">XML 1.0</a>
recommendation. Otherwise it returns 0.</dd>
        

        
          <dt>
<b class="cmd">dom</b> <b class="method">isCDATA</b>
<i class="m">string</i>
</dt>
          <dd>Returns 1, if <i class="m">string</i> is
valid according to production 20 of the <a href="http://www.w3.org/TR/2000/REC-xml-20001006.html">XML 1.0</a>
recommendation. Otherwise it returns 0.</dd>
        

        
          <dt>
<b class="cmd">dom</b> <b class="method">isPIValue</b>
<i class="m">string</i>
</dt>
          <dd>Returns 1, if <i class="m">string</i> is
valid according to production 16 of the <a href="http://www.w3.org/TR/2000/REC-xml-20001006.html">XML 1.0</a>
recommendation. Otherwise it returns 0.</dd>
        

        
            <dt>
<b class="cmd">dom</b> <b class="method">featureinfo</b> <i class="m">feature</i>
................................................................................
            build options and the expat version. The valid values for
            the <i class="m">feature</i> argument are:
            <dl class="optlist">
                
                    <dt><b>expatversion</b></dt>
                    <dd>Returns the version of the underlyling expat
                    version as string, something like
                    "exapt_2.1.0". This is. what the expat API
                    function XML_ExpatVersion() returns.</dd>
                
                
                    <dt><b>expatmajorversion</b></dt>
                    <dd>Returns the major version of the underlyling
                    expat version as integer.</dd>
                
                
                    <dt><b>expatminorversion</b></dt>
                    <dd>Returns the minor version of the underlyling
                    expat version as integer.</dd>
                
                
                    <dt><b>expatmicroversion</b></dt>
                    <dd>Returns the micro version of the underlyling
                    expat version as integer.</dd>
                
                
                    <dt><b>dtd</b></dt>
                    <dd>Returns as boolean, if build with
                    <i class="m">--enable-dtd</i>.</dd>
                
                
                    <dt><b>ns</b></dt>
                    <dd>Returns as boolean, if build with
                    <i class="m">--enable-ns</i>.</dd>
                
                
                    <dt><b>unknown</b></dt>
                    <dd>Returns as boolean, if build with
                    <i class="m">--enable-unknown</i>.</dd>
                
                
                    <dt><b>tdomalloc</b></dt>
                    <dd>Returns as boolean, if build with
                    <i class="m">--enable-tdomalloc</i>.</dd>
                
                
                    <dt><b>lessns</b></dt>
                    <dd>Returns as boolean, if build with
                    <i class="m">--enable-lessns</i>.</dd>
                
                
                    <dt><b>TCL_UTF_MAX</b></dt>
                    <dd>Returns the TCL_UTF_MAX value of the tcl
                    core, tDOM was build with as integer</dd>
                
                
                    <dt><b>html5</b></dt>
                    <dd>Returns as boolean, if build with
                    <i class="m">--enable-html5</i>.</dd>
                









            </dl>
            </dd>   
        
    </dl>

<h2><a name="SECTid0xb84020">KEYWORDS</a></h2><p class="keywords">
<a class="keyword" href="keyword-index.html#KW-XML">XML</a>, <a class="keyword" href="keyword-index.html#KW-DOM">DOM</a>, <a class="keyword" href="keyword-index.html#KW-document">document</a>, <a class="keyword" href="keyword-index.html#KW-node">node</a>, <a class="keyword" href="keyword-index.html#KW-parsing">parsing</a>
</p>
</div><hr class="navsep"><div class="navbar" align="center">
<a class="navaid" href="index.html">Contents</a> · <a class="navaid" href="category-index.html">Index</a> · <a class="navaid" href="keyword-index.html">Keywords</a>
</div>
</body>
</html>

<html>
<head>
<link rel="stylesheet" href="manpage.css"><title>tDOM manual: dom</title><meta name="xsl-processor" content="Jochen Loewer ([email protected]), Rolf Ade ([email protected]) et. al."><meta name="generator" content="$RCSfile: tmml-html.xsl,v $ $Revision: 1.11 $"><meta charset="utf-8">
</head><body>
<div class="header">
<div class="navbar" align="center">
<a href="#SECTid0xc37960">NAME</a> · <a href="#SECTid0xbe8eb0">SYNOPSIS</a> · <a href="#SECTid0xb3ad40">DESCRIPTION </a> · <a href="#SECTid0xc83270">KEYWORDS</a>
</div><hr class="navsep">
</div><div class="body">
  <h2><a name="SECTid0xc37960">NAME</a></h2><p class="namesection">
<b class="names">dom - </b><br>Create an in-memory DOM tree from XML</p>
  
  <h2><a name="SECTid0xbe8eb0">SYNOPSIS</a></h2><pre class="syntax">package require tdom

<b class="cmd">dom</b> <i class="m">method</i> ?<i class="m">arg arg ...</i>?</pre>

  <h2><a name="SECTid0xb3ad40">DESCRIPTION </a></h2><p>This command provides the creation of DOM trees in memory. In
the usual case a string containing a XML information is parsed and converted
into a DOM tree. Other possible parse input may be HTML or JSON.
The <i class="m">method</i> indicates a specific subcommand. </p><p>The valid methods are:</p><dl class="commandlist">
        
          <dt>
<b class="cmd">dom</b> <b class="method">parse</b> ?<i class="m">options</i>? ?<i class="m">data</i>?</dt>
          <dd>Parses the XML information and builds up the DOM tree in memory
................................................................................
              
                <dt><b>-simple</b></dt> 
                <dd>If <i class="m">-simple</i> is
specified, a simple but fast parser is used (conforms not fully to XML
recommendation). That should double parsing and DOM generation speed. The
encoding of the data is not transformed inside the parser. The simple parser
does not respect any encoding information in the XML declaration. It skips over
the internal DTD subset and ignores any information in it. Therefore it doesn't
include defaulted attribute values into the tree, even if the according
attribute declaration is in the internal subset. It also doesn't expand
internal or external entity references other than the predefined entities and
character references.</dd>
              

              
................................................................................
                <dt><b>-html</b></dt>
                <dd>If <i class="m">-html</i> is specified, a fast HTML parser is 
used, which tries to even parse badly formed HTML into a DOM tree.</dd>
              

              
                <dt><b>-html5</b></dt>
                <dd>This option is only available if tDOM was build
                with --enable-html5. Try the <i class="m">featureinfo</i> method
                if you need to know if this feature is build in. If
                <i class="m">-html5</i> is specified, the gumbo lib html5 parser
                (https://github.com/google/gumbo-parser) is used to
                build the DOM tree. This is, as far as it goes, XML
                namespace-aware. Since this probably isn't wanted by a
                lot of users and adds only burden for no good in a lot
                of use cases <i class="m">-html5</i> can be combined with
                <i class="m">-ignorexmlns</i>, in which case all nodes and
                attributes in the DOM tree are not in an XML
                namespace. All tag and attribute names in the DOM tree
                will be lower case, even for foreign elements not in
                the xhtml, svg or mathml namespace. The DOM tree may
                include nodes, that the parser inserted because they
                are implied by the context (as &lt;head&gt;,
                &lt;tbody&gt;, etc.).</dd>
              

              
                <dt><b>-json</b></dt>
                <dd>If <i class="m">-json</i> is specified, the <i class="m">data</i> is
................................................................................
                command or handle is an ordinary DOM doc, which may be
                investigated or modified with the full range of the
                doc and node methods. Please note that the element
                node names and the text node values within the tree
                may be outside of what the appropriate XML productions
                allow.</dd>
              

              
                <dt>
<b>-jsonmaxnesting</b> <i>integer</i>
</dt>
                
                <dd>This option only has effect if used together
                with the <i class="m">-json</i> option. The current implementation uses recursive descent JSON parser. In order to avoid using excess stack space, any JSON input that has more than a certain levels of nesting is considered invalid. The default maximum nesting is 2000. The option -jsonmaxnesting allows the user to adjust that.</dd>
              
              
              
                <dt><b>--</b></dt> 
                <dd>The option <i class="m">--</i> marks the end of options.
                While respected in general this option is only needed
                in case of parsing JSON data, which may start with a
                "-".</dd>
              

              
                <dt><b>-keepEmpties</b></dt> 
                <dd>If <i class="m">-keepEmpties</i> is
specified then text nodes which contain only whitespaces will be part of the
resulting DOM tree. In default case (<i class="m">-keepEmpties</i> not given) those empty
text nodes are removed at parsing time.</dd>
              

              
                <dt><b>-keepCDATA</b></dt> 
                <dd>If <i class="m">-keepCDATA</i> is
specified then CDATA sections aren't added to the tree as text nodes
(and, if necessary, combined with sibling text nodes into one text
node) as without this option but are added as CDATA_SECTION_NODEs to
the tree. Please note that the resulting tree isn't prepared for XPath
selects or to be the source or the stylesheet of an XSLT
transformation. If not combined with <i class="m">-keepEmpties</i> only not
whitespace only CDATA sections will be added to the resulting DOM
                tree.</dd>
              
              
              
                <dt>
<b>-channel</b> <i>&lt;channel-ID&gt;</i>
</dt>
                
                <dd>If <i class="m">-channel &lt;channel-ID&gt;</i> is specified, the
input to be parsed is read from the specified channel. The encoding setting of
the channel (via fconfigure -encoding) is respected, ie the data read from the
channel are converted to UTF-8 according to the encoding settings before the
data is parsed.</dd>
              

              
                <dt>
<b>-baseurl</b> <i>&lt;baseURI&gt;</i>
</dt>
                
                <dd>If <i class="m">-baseurl &lt;baseURI&gt;</i> is specified,
                the baseURI is used as the base URI of the document.
                External entities references in the document are
                resolved relative to this base URI. This base URI is
                also stored within the DOM tree.</dd>
              

              
                <dt>
<b>-feedbackAfter</b> <i>&lt;#bytes&gt;</i>
</dt>
                
                <dd>If <i class="m">-feedbackAfter &lt;#bytes&gt;</i> is
                specified, the tcl command given by
                <i class="m">-feedbackcmd</i> is evaluated at the first element
                start within the document (or an external entity)
                after the start of the document or external entity or
                the last such call after #bytes. For backward
                compatibility if no -feedbackcmd is given but there is
                a tcl proc named ::dom::domParseFeedback this proc is
                used as -feedbackcmd. If there isn't such a proc and
                -feedbackAfter is used it is an error to not also use
                -feedbackcmd. If the called script raises error, then
                parsing will be aborted, the <i class="m">dom parse</i> call
                returns error, with the script error msg as error msg.
                If the called script <i class="m">return -code break</i>, the
                parsing will abort and the <i class="m">dom parse</i> call will
                return the empty string.</dd>
              

              
                <dt>
<b>-feedbackcmd</b> <i>&lt;script&gt;</i>
</dt>
                
................................................................................
                
                <dd>If <i class="m">-externalentitycommand &lt;script&gt;</i> is
specified, the specified tcl script is called to resolve any external entities
of the document. The actual evaluated command consists of this option followed
by three arguments: the base uri, the system identifier of the entity and the
public identifier of the entity. The base uri and the public identifier may be
the empty list. The script has to return a tcl list consisting of three
elements. The first element of this list signals how the external entity is
returned to the processor. Currently the two allowed types are "string"
and "channel". The second element of the list has to be the (absolute) base URI
of the external entity to be parsed.  The third element of the list are data,
either the already read data out of the external entity as string in the case
of type "string", or the name of a tcl channel, in the case of type
"channel". Note that if the script returns a tcl channel, it will not be closed
by the processor.  It must be closed separately if it is no longer
needed.</dd>
              

              
                <dt>
<b>-useForeignDTD</b> <i>&lt;boolean&gt;</i>
</dt>
                
                <dd>If &lt;boolean&gt; is true and the document does not have
an external subset, the parser will call the -externalentitycommand script with
empty values for the systemId and publicID arguments. Please note that if
the document also doesn't have an internal subset, the
-startdoctypedeclcommand and -enddoctypedeclcommand scripts, if set, are not
called. The <i class="m">-useForeignDTD</i> respects </dd>
              

              
                <dt>
<b>-paramentityparsing</b> <i>&lt;always|never|notstandalone&gt;</i>
</dt>
                
                <dd>The <i class="m">-paramentityparsing</i> option controls,
                if the parser tries to resolve the external entities
                (including the external DTD subset) of the document
                while building the DOM tree.
                <i class="m">-paramentityparsing</i> requires an argument, which
                must be either "always", "never", or "notstandalone".
                The value "always" means that the parser tries to
                resolves (recursively) all external entities of the
                XML source. This is the default in case
                <i class="m">-paramentityparsing</i> is omitted. The value
                "never" means that only the given XML source is
                parsed and no external entity (including the external
                subset) will be resolved and parsed. The value
                "notstandalone" means, that all external entities will
                be resolved and parsed, with the exception of
                documents, which explicitly states standalone="yes" in
                their XML declaration.</dd>
              


              
                <dt><b>-ignorexmlns</b></dt>
                <dd>It is recommended, that you only use this option
                with the <i class="m">-html5</i> option. If this option is
                given, no node within the created DOM tree will be
                internally marked as placed into an XML Namespace,
                even if there is a default namespace in scope for
                un-prefixed elements or even if the element has a
                defined namespace prefix. One consequence is that
                XPath node expressions on such a DOM tree doesn't work
                as expected. Prefixed element nodes can't be selected
                and element nodes without prefix will be seen by XPath
                expressions as if they are not in any namespace (no

                matter if they are in fact should be in a default
                namespace).
                </dd>
              

            </dl>
<p></p>
</dd>
................................................................................
memory handling as explained above.</dd>
        

        
          <dt>
<b class="cmd">dom</b> <b class="method">createDocumentNode</b>
?<i class="m">objVar</i>?</dt>
          <dd>Creates a new 'empty' DOM document object without any element
node. <i class="m">objVar</i> controls the memory handling as explained above.</dd>
        














        
          <dt>
<b class="cmd">dom</b> <b class="method">createNodeCmd</b>
<i class="m">?-returnNodeCmd?</i> <i class="m">?-tagName name?</i> <i class="m">?-jsonType jsonType?</i> <i class="m">?-namespace URI?</i> <i class="m">(element|comment|text|cdata|pi)Node</i> <i class="m">commandName</i>
</dt>
          <dd>This method creates Tcl commands, which in turn create
          tDOM nodes. Tcl commands created by this command are only
          available inside a script given to the domNode methods
          <i class="m">appendFromScript</i> or <i class="m">insertBeforeFromScript</i>. If
          a command created with <i class="m">createNodeCmd</i> is invoked in
          any other context, it will return error. The created command
          <i class="m">commandName</i> replaces any existing command or
          procedure with that name. If the <i class="m">commandName</i> includes
          any namespace qualifiers, it is created in the specified
          namespace. The <i class="m">-tagName</i> option is only allowed for
................................................................................
option <i class="m">-returnNodeCmd</i> was given, the command returns the
created node as Tcl command. If this option was omitted, the command
returns nothing. Each command creates always the same type of node.
Which type of node is created by the command is determined by the
first argument to the <i class="m">createNodeCmd</i>. The syntax of the created
command depends on the type of the node it creates.</p>

<p>If the command type to create is <i class="m">elementNode</i>, the created
command will create an element node, if called. Without the
<i class="m">-tagName</i> option the tag name of the created node is
<i class="m">commandName</i> without namespace qualifiers. If the
<i class="m">-tagName</i> option was given then the created command the created
elements will have this tag name. If the <i class="m">-jsonType</i> option was
given then the created node elements will have the given JSON type. If
the <i class="m">-namespace</i> option is given the created element node will be
XML namespaced and in the namespace given by the option. The element
name will be literal as given either by the command name or the
<i class="m">-tagname</i> option, if that was given. An appropriate XML
namespace declaration will be automatically added, to bind the prefix
(if the element name has one) or the default namespace (if the element
name hasn't a prefix) to the namespace if such a binding isn't in
scope.</p>

<p>The syntax of the created command is:</p>

<pre class="syntax">
<b class="cmd">elementNodeCmd</b> <i class="m">?attributeName attributeValue ...? ?script?</i>
<b class="cmd">elementNodeCmd</b> <i class="m">?-attributeName attributeValue ...? ?script?</i>
<b class="cmd">elementNodeCmd</b> <i class="m">name_value_list script</i>
</pre>

................................................................................
        

        
          <dt>
<b class="cmd">dom</b> <b class="method">setStoreLineColumn</b> <i class="m">?boolean</i>?</dt>
          <dd>If switched on, the DOM nodes will contain line and column
position information for the original XML document after parsing. The default
is not to store line and column position information.</dd>
        

        
          <dt>
<b class="cmd">dom</b> <b class="method">setNameCheck</b> <i class="m">?boolean</i>?</dt>
          <dd>If NameCheck is true, every method which expects an XML Name,
a full qualified name or a processing instructing target will check, if the
given string is valid according to its production rule. For commands created
with the <i class="m">createNodeCmd</i> method to be used in the context of
<i class="m">appendFromScript</i> the status of the flag at creation time
decides. If NameCheck is true at creation time, the command will
check its arguments, otherwise not. The <i class="m">setNameCheck</i>
set this flag. It returns the current NameCheck flag state. The
default state for NameCheck is true. </dd>
        

        
          <dt>
<b class="cmd">dom</b> <b class="method">setTextCheck</b> <i class="m">?boolean</i>?</dt>
          <dd>If TextCheck is true, every command which expects XML Chars,
a comment, a CDATA section value or a processing instructing value will check,
if the given string is valid according to its production rule. For commands
created with the <i class="m">createNodeCmd</i> method to be used in the
context of <i class="m">appendFromScript</i> the status of the flag at
creation time decides. If TextCheck is true at creation time, the
command will check its arguments, otherwise not.The
<i class="m">setTextCheck</i> method sets this flag. It returns the current
TextCheck flag state. The default state for TextCheck is true.</dd>
      

        
          <dt>
<b class="cmd">dom</b> <b class="method">setObjectCommands</b> ?<i class="m">(automatic|token|command)</i>?</dt>
          <dd>Controls if documents and nodes are created as tcl commands or
as token to be
used with the domNode and domDoc commands. If the mode is
'automatic', then methods used at tcl commands will create tcl
commands and methods used at doc or node tokes will create tokens. If
the mode is 'command' then always tcl commands will be created. If
the mode is 'token', then always token will be created. The method
returns the current mode. This method is an experimental interface.</dd>
      

        
          <dt>
<b class="cmd">dom</b> <b class="method">isName</b> <i class="m">name</i>
</dt>
          <dd>Returns 1 if <i class="m">name</i> is a valid XML Name according to
production 5 of the <a href="http://www.w3.org/TR/2004/REC-xml-20040204/#NT-NameChar">XML
            1.0</a> recommendation. This means that <i class="m">name</i> is a valid
          XML element or attribute name. Otherwise it returns 0.</dd>
        

        
          <dt>
<b class="cmd">dom</b> <b class="method">isPIName</b> <i class="m">name</i>
</dt>
          <dd>Returns 1 if <i class="m">name</i> is a valid XML processing instruction
          target according to
production 17 of the <a href="http://www.w3.org/TR/2000/REC-xml-20001006.html">XML 1.0</a> recommendation. Otherwise it returns 0.</dd>
        

        
          <dt>
<b class="cmd">dom</b> <b class="method">isNCName</b> <i class="m">name</i>
</dt>
          <dd>Returns 1 if <i class="m">name</i> is a valid NCName according
to production 4 of the of the <a href="http://www.w3.org/TR/1999/REC-xml-names-19990114">Namespaces in XML</a> recommendation. Otherwise it returns
0.</dd>
        

        
          <dt>
<b class="cmd">dom</b> <b class="method">isQName</b> <i class="m">name</i>
</dt>
          <dd>Returns 1 if <i class="m">name</i> is a valid QName according
to production 6 of the of the <a href="http://www.w3.org/TR/1999/REC-xml-names-19990114">Namespaces in XML</a> recommendation. Otherwise it returns
0.</dd>
        

        
          <dt>
<b class="cmd">dom</b> <b class="method">isCharData</b>
<i class="m">string</i>
</dt>
          <dd>Returns 1 if every character in <i class="m">string</i> is
a valid XML Char according to production 2 of the <a href="http://www.w3.org/TR/2000/REC-xml-20001006.html">XML 1.0</a>
recommendation. Otherwise it returns 0.</dd>
        

        
          <dt>
<b class="cmd">dom</b> <b class="method">isBMPCharData</b>
<i class="m">string</i>
</dt>
          <dd>Returns 1 if every character in <i class="m">string</i> is
a valid XML Char with a Unicode code point within the Basic
Multilingual Plane (that means, that every character within the string
is at most 3 bytes long). Otherwise it returns 0.</dd>
        

        
          <dt>
<b class="cmd">dom</b> <b class="method">isComment</b>
<i class="m">string</i>
</dt>
          <dd>Returns 1 if <i class="m">string</i> is
a valid comment according to production 15 of the <a href="http://www.w3.org/TR/2000/REC-xml-20001006.html">XML 1.0</a>
recommendation. Otherwise it returns 0.</dd>
        

        
          <dt>
<b class="cmd">dom</b> <b class="method">isCDATA</b>
<i class="m">string</i>
</dt>
          <dd>Returns 1 if <i class="m">string</i> is
valid according to production 20 of the <a href="http://www.w3.org/TR/2000/REC-xml-20001006.html">XML 1.0</a>
recommendation. Otherwise it returns 0.</dd>
        

        
          <dt>
<b class="cmd">dom</b> <b class="method">isPIValue</b>
<i class="m">string</i>
</dt>
          <dd>Returns 1 if <i class="m">string</i> is
valid according to production 16 of the <a href="http://www.w3.org/TR/2000/REC-xml-20001006.html">XML 1.0</a>
recommendation. Otherwise it returns 0.</dd>
        

        
            <dt>
<b class="cmd">dom</b> <b class="method">featureinfo</b> <i class="m">feature</i>
................................................................................
            build options and the expat version. The valid values for
            the <i class="m">feature</i> argument are:
            <dl class="optlist">
                
                    <dt><b>expatversion</b></dt>
                    <dd>Returns the version of the underlyling expat
                    version as string, something like
                    "exapt_2.1.0". This is what the expat API
                    function XML_ExpatVersion() returns.</dd>
                
                
                    <dt><b>expatmajorversion</b></dt>
                    <dd>Returns the major version of the at build time
                    used expat version as integer.</dd>
                
                
                    <dt><b>expatminorversion</b></dt>
                    <dd>Returns the minor version of the at build time
                    used expat version as integer.</dd>
                
                
                    <dt><b>expatmicroversion</b></dt>
                    <dd>Returns the micro version of the at build time
                    used expat version as integer.</dd>
                
                
                    <dt><b>dtd</b></dt>
                    <dd>Returns as boolean if build with
                    <i class="m">--enable-dtd</i>.</dd>
                
                
                    <dt><b>ns</b></dt>
                    <dd>Returns as boolean if build with
                    <i class="m">--enable-ns</i>.</dd>
                
                
                    <dt><b>unknown</b></dt>
                    <dd>Returns as boolean if build with
                    <i class="m">--enable-unknown</i>.</dd>
                
                
                    <dt><b>tdomalloc</b></dt>
                    <dd>Returns as boolean if build with
                    <i class="m">--enable-tdomalloc</i>.</dd>
                
                
                    <dt><b>lessns</b></dt>
                    <dd>Returns as boolean if build with
                    <i class="m">--enable-lessns</i>.</dd>
                
                
                    <dt><b>TCL_UTF_MAX</b></dt>
                    <dd>Returns the TCL_UTF_MAX value of the tcl
                    core, tDOM was build with as integer</dd>
                
                
                    <dt><b>html5</b></dt>
                    <dd>Returns as boolean, if build with
                    <i class="m">--enable-html5</i>.</dd>
                
                
                    <dt><b>versionhash</b></dt>
                    <dd>Returns the fossil repository version hash.</dd>
                
                
                    <dt><b>pullparser</b></dt>
                    <dd>Returns as boolean if the pullparser command
                    is build in.</dd>
                
            </dl>
            </dd>   
        
    </dl>

<h2><a name="SECTid0xc83270">KEYWORDS</a></h2><p class="keywords">
<a class="keyword" href="keyword-index.html#KW-XML">XML</a>, <a class="keyword" href="keyword-index.html#KW-DOM">DOM</a>, <a class="keyword" href="keyword-index.html#KW-document">document</a>, <a class="keyword" href="keyword-index.html#KW-node">node</a>, <a class="keyword" href="keyword-index.html#KW-parsing">parsing</a>
</p>
</div><hr class="navsep"><div class="navbar" align="center">
<a class="navaid" href="index.html">Contents</a> · <a class="navaid" href="category-index.html">Index</a> · <a class="navaid" href="keyword-index.html">Keywords</a> · <a class="navaid" href="http://tdom.org">Repository</a>
</div>
</body>
</html>

The valid options are:
.IP "\fB-simple\fR"
If \fI-simple\fR is
specified, a simple but fast parser is used (conforms not fully to XML
recommendation). That should double parsing and DOM generation speed. The
encoding of the data is not transformed inside the parser. The simple parser
does not respect any encoding information in the XML declaration. It skips over
the internal DTD subset and ignores any information in it. Therefor it doesn't
include defaulted attribute values into the tree, even if the according
attribute declaration is in the internal subset. It also doesn't expand
internal or external entity references other than the predefined entities and
character references.
.IP "\fB-html\fR"
If \fI-html\fR is specified, a fast HTML parser is
used, which tries to even parse badly formed HTML into a DOM tree.
.IP "\fB-html5\fR"
This option is only available, if tDOM was build
with --enable-html5. Try the \fIfeatureinfo\fR method
if you need to know, if this feature is build in. If
\&\fI-html5\fR is specified, the gumbo lib html5 parser
(https://github.com/google/gumbo-parser) is used, to
build the DOM tree. This is, as far as it goes, XML
namespace aware. Since this probably isn't wanted by a
lot of users and adds only burden for no good in a lot
of use cases \fI-html5\fR can be combined with
\&\fI-ignorexmlns\fR, in which case all nodes and
attributes in the DOM tree are not in an XML
namespace. All tag and attribute names in the DOM tree
will be lower case, even for foreign elements not in
the xhtml, svg or mathml namespace. The DOM tree may
include nodes, that the parser inserted, because they
are implied by the context (as <head>,
<tbody>, etc.).
.IP "\fB-json\fR"
If \fI-json\fR is specified, the \fIdata\fR is
expected to be a valid JSON string (according to RFC
7159). The command returns an ordinary DOM document
with nesting token inside the JSON data translated
................................................................................
from this JSON type information the returned doc
command or handle is an ordinary DOM doc, which may be
investigated or modified with the full range of the
doc and node methods. Please note that the element
node names and the text node values within the tree
may be outside of what the appropriate XML productions
allow.








.IP "\fB-keepEmpties\fR"
If \fI-keepEmpties\fR is
specified, text nodes, which contain only whitespaces, will be part of the
resulting DOM tree. In default case (\fI-keepEmpties\fR not given) those empty
text nodes are removed at parsing time.










.IP "\fB-channel  \fI<channel-ID>\fP\fR"
If \fI-channel <channel-ID>\fR is specified, the
input to be parsed is read from the specified channel. The encoding setting of
the channel (via fconfigure -encoding) is respected, ie the data read from the
channel are converted to UTF-8 according to the encoding settings, befor the
data is parsed.
.IP "\fB-baseurl  \fI<baseURI>\fP\fR"
If \fI-baseurl <baseURI>\fR is specified, the
baseURI is used as the base URI of the document. External entities referenced

in the document are resolved relative to this base URI. This base URI is also
stored within the DOM tree.
.IP "\fB-feedbackAfter  \fI<#bytes>\fP\fR"
If \fI-feedbackAfter <#bytes>\fR is specified, the

tcl command given by \fI-feedbackcmd\fR is evaluated at the first
element start within the document (or an external entity) after the
start of the document or external entity or the last such call after

#bytes.For backward compatibility, if no -feedbackcmd is given, but
there is a tcl proc named ::dom::domParseFeedback then this proc is
used as -feedbackcmd. If there isn't such a proc and -feedbackAfter is

used, it is an error to not also use -feedbackcmd. If the called
script raises error, then parsing will be aborted, the
\&\fIdom parse\fR call returns error, with the script
error msg as error msg. If the called script \fIreturn
-code break\fR, the parsing will abort and the \fIdom
parse\fR call will return the empty string.
.IP "\fB-feedbackcmd  \fI<script>\fP\fR"
If \fI-feedbackcmd <script>\fR is specified, the
script \fIscript\fR is evaluated at the first
element start within the document (or an external entity) after the
start of the document or external entity or the last such call after
#bytes value given by the \fI-feedbackAfter\fR option. If
\&\fI-feedbackAfter\fR isn't given, using this option
................................................................................
.IP "\fB-externalentitycommand  \fI<script>\fP\fR"
If \fI-externalentitycommand <script>\fR is
specified, the specified tcl script is called to resolve any external entities
of the document. The actual evaluated command consists of this option followed
by three arguments: the base uri, the system identifier of the entity and the
public identifier of the entity. The base uri and the public identifier may be
the empty list. The script has to return a tcl list consisting of three
elements. The first element of this list signals, how the external entity is
returned to the processor. At the moment, the two allowed types are "string"
and "channel". The second element of the list has to be the (absolute) base URI
of the external entity to be parsed.  The third element of the list are data,
either the already read data out of the external entity as string in the case
of type "string", or the name of a tcl channel, in the case of type
"channel". Note that if the script returns a tcl channel, it will not be closed
by the processor.  It must be closed separately if it is no longer
required.
.IP "\fB-useForeignDTD  \fI<boolean>\fP\fR"
If <boolean> is true and the document does not have
an external subset, the parser will call the -externalentitycommand script with
empty values for the systemId and publicID arguments. Pleace notice, that, if
the document also doesn't have an internal subset, the
-startdoctypedeclcommand and -enddoctypedeclcommand scripts, if set, are not
called. The \fI-useForeignDTD\fR respects
.IP "\fB-paramentityparsing  \fI<always|never|notstandalone>\fP\fR"
The \fI-paramentityparsing\fR option controls, if the
parser tries to resolve the external entities (including the external DTD

subset) of the document, while building the DOM
tree. \fI-paramentityparsing\fR requires an argument, which must be either
"always", "never", or "notstandalone". The value "always" means, that the

parser tries to resolves (recursively) all external entities of the XML

source. This is the default, in case \fI-paramentityparsing\fR is omitted. The
value "never" means, that only the given XML source is parsed and no external

entity (including the external subset) will be resolved and parsed. The value
"notstandalone" means, that all external entities will be resolved and parsed,

with the execption of documents, which explicitly states standalone="yes" in
their XML declaration.
.IP "\fB-ignorexmlns\fR"
It is recommended, that you only use this option
together with the \fI-html5\fR option, if ever. If
this option is given, no node within the created DOM
tree will be internally marked as placed into an XML
Namespace, even if there is a default namespace in
scope for un-prefixed elements or even if the element
has a defined namespace prefix. One consequence is of
this is, that XPath node expressions on such a DOM
tree doesn't work as expected. Prefixed element nodes
can't be selected and element nodes without prefix
will be seen by XPath expressions as if they haven't
any namespace (no matter if they in fact in a default

namespace).
.PP
.RE
.TP
\&\fB\fBdom\fP \fBcreateDocument\fP \fIdocElemName\fB ?\fIobjVar\fB?
\&\fRCreates a new DOM document object with one element node with
node name \fIdocElemName\fR. The \fIobjVar\fR controls the
................................................................................
\&\fB\fBdom\fP \fBcreateDocumentNS\fP \fIuri\fB \fIdocElemName\fB ?\fIobjVar\fB?
\&\fRCreates a new DOM document object with one element node with
node name \fIdocElemName\fR. \fIUri\fR gives the namespace of the
document element to create. The \fIobjVar\fR controls the
memory handling as explained above.
.TP
\&\fB\fBdom\fP \fBcreateDocumentNode\fP ?\fIobjVar\fB?
\&\fRCreates a new, 'empty' DOM document object without any element
node. \fIobjVar\fR controls the memory handling as explained above.
.TP
\&\fB\fBdom\fP \fBsetResultEncoding\fP ?\fIencodingName\fB?
\&\fRIf \fIencodingName\fR is not given the current global
result encoding is returned.  Otherwise the global result encoding is set to
\&\fIencodingName\fR.  All character data, attribute values, etc. will
then be converted from UTF-8, which is delivered from the Expat XML parser, to
the given 8 bit encoding at XML/DOM parse time.  Valid values for
\&\fIencodingName\fR are: utf-8, ascii, cp1250, cp1251, cp1252, cp1253,
cp1254, cp1255, cp1256, cp437, cp850, en, iso8859-1, iso8859-2, iso8859-3,
iso8859-4, iso8859-5, iso8859-6, iso8859-7, iso8859-8, iso8859-9, koi8-r.
.TP
\&\fB\fBdom\fP \fBcreateNodeCmd\fP \fI?-returnNodeCmd?\fB \fI?-tagName name?\fB \fI?-jsonType jsonType\fB \fI(element|comment|text|cdata|pi)Node\fB \fIcommandName\fB
\&\fRThis method creates Tcl commands, which in turn create
tDOM nodes. Tcl commands created by this command are only
avaliable inside a script given to the domNode methods
\&\fIappendFromScript\fR or \fIinsertBeforeFromScript\fR. If
a command created with \fIcreateNodeCmd\fR is invoked in
any other context, it will return error. The created command
\&\fIcommandName\fR replaces any existing command or
procedure with that name. If the \fIcommandName\fR includes
any namespace qualifiers, it is created in the specified
namespace. The \fI-tagName\fR option is only allowed for
................................................................................
option \fI-returnNodeCmd\fR was given, the command returns the
created node as Tcl command. If this option was omitted, the command
returns nothing. Each command creates always the same type of node.
Which type of node is created by the command is determined by the
first argument to the \fIcreateNodeCmd\fR. The syntax of the created
command depends on the type of the node it creates.
.PP
If the first argument of the method is \fIelementNode\fR, the
created command will create an element node. Without the
\&\fI-tagName\fR option the tag name of the created node is
\&\fIcommandName\fR without namespace qualifiers. If the
\&\fI-tagName\fR option was given then the created command the created
elements will have this tag name. If the \fI-jsonType\fR option was
given then the created node elements will have the given JSON type.









The syntax of the created command is:



.CS

\&\fBelementNodeCmd\fP \fI?attributeName attributeValue ...? ?script?\fR
................................................................................

.CE
.RE
.TP
\&\fB\fBdom\fP \fBsetStoreLineColumn\fP \fI?boolean\fB?
\&\fRIf switched on, the DOM nodes will contain line and column
position information for the original XML document after parsing. The default
is, not to store line and column position information.
.TP
\&\fB\fBdom\fP \fBsetNameCheck\fP \fI?boolean\fB?
\&\fRIf NameCheck is true, every method which expects an XML Name,
a full qualified name or a processing instructing target will check, if the
given string is valid according to his production rule. For commands created
with the \fIcreateNodeCmd\fR method to be used in the context of
\&\fIappendFromScript\fR the status of the flag at creation time
decides. If NameCheck is true at creation time, the command will
check his arguments, otherwise not. The \fIsetNameCheck\fR
set this flag. It returns the current NameCheck flag state. The
default state for NameCheck is true.
.TP
\&\fB\fBdom\fP \fBsetTextCheck\fP \fI?boolean\fB?
\&\fRIf TextCheck is true, every command which expects XML Chars,
a comment, a CDATA section value or a processing instructing value will check,
if the given string is valid according to his production rule. For commands
created with the \fIcreateNodeCmd\fR method to be used in the
context of \fIappendFromScript\fR the status of the flag at
creation time decides. If TextCheck is true at creation time, the
command will check his arguments, otherwise not.The
\&\fIsetTextCheck\fR method set this flag. It returns the current
TextCheck flag state. The default state for TextCheck is true.
.TP
\&\fB\fBdom\fP \fBsetObjectCommands\fP ?\fI(automatic|token|command)\fB?
\&\fRControls, if documents and nodes are created as tcl commands or
as token to be
used with the domNode and domDoc commands. If the mode is
\&'automatic', then methods used at tcl commands will create tcl
commands and methods used at doc or node tokes will create tokens. If
the mode is 'command' then always tcl commands will be created. If
the mode is 'token', then always token will be created. The method
returns the current mode. This method is an experimental interface.
.TP
\&\fB\fBdom\fP \fBisName\fP \fIname\fB
\&\fRReturns 1, if \fIname\fR is a valid XML Name according to
production 5 of the XML
1.0 recommendation. This means, that \fIname\fR is a valid
XML element or attribute name. Otherwise it returns 0.
.TP
\&\fB\fBdom\fP \fBisPIName\fP \fIname\fB
\&\fRReturns 1, if \fIname\fR is a valid XML processing instruction
target according to
production 17 of the XML 1.0 recommendation. Otherwise it returns 0.
.TP
\&\fB\fBdom\fP \fBisNCName\fP \fIname\fB
\&\fRReturns 1, if \fIname\fR is a valid NCName according
to production 4 of the of the Namespaces in XML recommendation. Otherwise it returns
0.
.TP
\&\fB\fBdom\fP \fBisQName\fP \fIname\fB
\&\fRReturns 1, if \fIname\fR is a valid QName according
to production 6 of the of the Namespaces in XML recommendation. Otherwise it returns
0.
.TP
\&\fB\fBdom\fP \fBisCharData\fP \fIstring\fB
\&\fRReturns 1, if every character in \fIstring\fR is
a valid XML Char according to production 2 of the XML 1.0
recommendation. Otherwise it returns 0.
.TP
\&\fB\fBdom\fP \fBisBMPCharData\fP \fIstring\fB
\&\fRReturns 1, if every character in \fIstring\fR is
a valid XML Char with a Unicode code point within the Basic
Multilingual Plane (that means, that every character within the string
is at most 3 bytes long). Otherwise it returns 0.
.TP
\&\fB\fBdom\fP \fBisComment\fP \fIstring\fB
\&\fRReturns 1, if \fIstring\fR is
a valid comment according to production 15 of the XML 1.0
recommendation. Otherwise it returns 0.
.TP
\&\fB\fBdom\fP \fBisCDATA\fP \fIstring\fB
\&\fRReturns 1, if \fIstring\fR is
valid according to production 20 of the XML 1.0
recommendation. Otherwise it returns 0.
.TP
\&\fB\fBdom\fP \fBisPIValue\fP \fIstring\fB
\&\fRReturns 1, if \fIstring\fR is
valid according to production 16 of the XML 1.0
recommendation. Otherwise it returns 0.
.TP
\&\fB\fBdom\fP \fBfeatureinfo\fP \fIfeature\fB
\&\fRThis method provides information about the used
build options and the expat version. The valid values for
the \fIfeature\fR argument are:
.RS
.IP "\fBexpatversion\fR"
Returns the version of the underlyling expat
version as string, something like
"exapt_2.1.0". This is. what the expat API
function XML_ExpatVersion() returns.
.IP "\fBexpatmajorversion\fR"
Returns the major version of the underlyling
expat version as integer.
.IP "\fBexpatminorversion\fR"
Returns the minor version of the underlyling
expat version as integer.
.IP "\fBexpatmicroversion\fR"
Returns the micro version of the underlyling
expat version as integer.
.IP "\fBdtd\fR"
Returns as boolean, if build with
\&\fI--enable-dtd\fR.
.IP "\fBns\fR"
Returns as boolean, if build with
\&\fI--enable-ns\fR.
.IP "\fBunknown\fR"
Returns as boolean, if build with
\&\fI--enable-unknown\fR.
.IP "\fBtdomalloc\fR"
Returns as boolean, if build with
\&\fI--enable-tdomalloc\fR.
.IP "\fBlessns\fR"
Returns as boolean, if build with
\&\fI--enable-lessns\fR.
.IP "\fBTCL_UTF_MAX\fR"
Returns the TCL_UTF_MAX value of the tcl
core, tDOM was build with as integer
.IP "\fBhtml5\fR"
Returns as boolean, if build with
\&\fI--enable-html5\fR.





.RE
.SH KEYWORDS
XML, DOM, document, node, parsing

The valid options are:
.IP "\fB-simple\fR"
If \fI-simple\fR is
specified, a simple but fast parser is used (conforms not fully to XML
recommendation). That should double parsing and DOM generation speed. The
encoding of the data is not transformed inside the parser. The simple parser
does not respect any encoding information in the XML declaration. It skips over
the internal DTD subset and ignores any information in it. Therefore it doesn't
include defaulted attribute values into the tree, even if the according
attribute declaration is in the internal subset. It also doesn't expand
internal or external entity references other than the predefined entities and
character references.
.IP "\fB-html\fR"
If \fI-html\fR is specified, a fast HTML parser is
used, which tries to even parse badly formed HTML into a DOM tree.
.IP "\fB-html5\fR"
This option is only available if tDOM was build
with --enable-html5. Try the \fIfeatureinfo\fR method
if you need to know if this feature is build in. If
\&\fI-html5\fR is specified, the gumbo lib html5 parser
(https://github.com/google/gumbo-parser) is used to
build the DOM tree. This is, as far as it goes, XML
namespace-aware. Since this probably isn't wanted by a
lot of users and adds only burden for no good in a lot
of use cases \fI-html5\fR can be combined with
\&\fI-ignorexmlns\fR, in which case all nodes and
attributes in the DOM tree are not in an XML
namespace. All tag and attribute names in the DOM tree
will be lower case, even for foreign elements not in
the xhtml, svg or mathml namespace. The DOM tree may
include nodes, that the parser inserted because they
are implied by the context (as <head>,
<tbody>, etc.).
.IP "\fB-json\fR"
If \fI-json\fR is specified, the \fIdata\fR is
expected to be a valid JSON string (according to RFC
7159). The command returns an ordinary DOM document
with nesting token inside the JSON data translated
................................................................................
from this JSON type information the returned doc
command or handle is an ordinary DOM doc, which may be
investigated or modified with the full range of the
doc and node methods. Please note that the element
node names and the text node values within the tree
may be outside of what the appropriate XML productions
allow.
.IP "\fB-jsonmaxnesting  \fIinteger\fP\fR"
This option only has effect if used together
with the \fI-json\fR option. The current implementation uses recursive descent JSON parser. In order to avoid using excess stack space, any JSON input that has more than a certain levels of nesting is considered invalid. The default maximum nesting is 2000. The option -jsonmaxnesting allows the user to adjust that.
.IP "\fB--\fR"
The option \fI--\fR marks the end of options.
While respected in general this option is only needed
in case of parsing JSON data, which may start with a
"-".
.IP "\fB-keepEmpties\fR"
If \fI-keepEmpties\fR is
specified then text nodes which contain only whitespaces will be part of the
resulting DOM tree. In default case (\fI-keepEmpties\fR not given) those empty
text nodes are removed at parsing time.
.IP "\fB-keepCDATA\fR"
If \fI-keepCDATA\fR is
specified then CDATA sections aren't added to the tree as text nodes
(and, if necessary, combined with sibling text nodes into one text
node) as without this option but are added as CDATA_SECTION_NODEs to
the tree. Please note that the resulting tree isn't prepared for XPath
selects or to be the source or the stylesheet of an XSLT
transformation. If not combined with \fI-keepEmpties\fR only not
whitespace only CDATA sections will be added to the resulting DOM
tree.
.IP "\fB-channel  \fI<channel-ID>\fP\fR"
If \fI-channel <channel-ID>\fR is specified, the
input to be parsed is read from the specified channel. The encoding setting of
the channel (via fconfigure -encoding) is respected, ie the data read from the
channel are converted to UTF-8 according to the encoding settings before the
data is parsed.
.IP "\fB-baseurl  \fI<baseURI>\fP\fR"
If \fI-baseurl <baseURI>\fR is specified,
the baseURI is used as the base URI of the document.
External entities references in the document are
resolved relative to this base URI. This base URI is
also stored within the DOM tree.
.IP "\fB-feedbackAfter  \fI<#bytes>\fP\fR"
If \fI-feedbackAfter <#bytes>\fR is
specified, the tcl command given by
\&\fI-feedbackcmd\fR is evaluated at the first element
start within the document (or an external entity)
after the start of the document or external entity or
the last such call after #bytes. For backward
compatibility if no -feedbackcmd is given but there is
a tcl proc named ::dom::domParseFeedback this proc is
used as -feedbackcmd. If there isn't such a proc and
-feedbackAfter is used it is an error to not also use
-feedbackcmd. If the called script raises error, then
parsing will be aborted, the \fIdom parse\fR call
returns error, with the script error msg as error msg.
If the called script \fIreturn -code break\fR, the
parsing will abort and the \fIdom parse\fR call will
return the empty string.
.IP "\fB-feedbackcmd  \fI<script>\fP\fR"
If \fI-feedbackcmd <script>\fR is specified, the
script \fIscript\fR is evaluated at the first
element start within the document (or an external entity) after the
start of the document or external entity or the last such call after
#bytes value given by the \fI-feedbackAfter\fR option. If
\&\fI-feedbackAfter\fR isn't given, using this option
................................................................................
.IP "\fB-externalentitycommand  \fI<script>\fP\fR"
If \fI-externalentitycommand <script>\fR is
specified, the specified tcl script is called to resolve any external entities
of the document. The actual evaluated command consists of this option followed
by three arguments: the base uri, the system identifier of the entity and the
public identifier of the entity. The base uri and the public identifier may be
the empty list. The script has to return a tcl list consisting of three
elements. The first element of this list signals how the external entity is
returned to the processor. Currently the two allowed types are "string"
and "channel". The second element of the list has to be the (absolute) base URI
of the external entity to be parsed.  The third element of the list are data,
either the already read data out of the external entity as string in the case
of type "string", or the name of a tcl channel, in the case of type
"channel". Note that if the script returns a tcl channel, it will not be closed
by the processor.  It must be closed separately if it is no longer
needed.
.IP "\fB-useForeignDTD  \fI<boolean>\fP\fR"
If <boolean> is true and the document does not have
an external subset, the parser will call the -externalentitycommand script with
empty values for the systemId and publicID arguments. Please note that if
the document also doesn't have an internal subset, the
-startdoctypedeclcommand and -enddoctypedeclcommand scripts, if set, are not
called. The \fI-useForeignDTD\fR respects
.IP "\fB-paramentityparsing  \fI<always|never|notstandalone>\fP\fR"
The \fI-paramentityparsing\fR option controls,
if the parser tries to resolve the external entities
(including the external DTD subset) of the document
while building the DOM tree.
\&\fI-paramentityparsing\fR requires an argument, which
must be either "always", "never", or "notstandalone".
The value "always" means that the parser tries to
resolves (recursively) all external entities of the
XML source. This is the default in case
\&\fI-paramentityparsing\fR is omitted. The value
"never" means that only the given XML source is
parsed and no external entity (including the external
subset) will be resolved and parsed. The value
"notstandalone" means, that all external entities will
be resolved and parsed, with the exception of
documents, which explicitly states standalone="yes" in
their XML declaration.
.IP "\fB-ignorexmlns\fR"
It is recommended, that you only use this option
with the \fI-html5\fR option. If this option is
given, no node within the created DOM tree will be
internally marked as placed into an XML Namespace,
even if there is a default namespace in scope for
un-prefixed elements or even if the element has a
defined namespace prefix. One consequence is that
XPath node expressions on such a DOM tree doesn't work
as expected. Prefixed element nodes can't be selected
and element nodes without prefix will be seen by XPath
expressions as if they are not in any namespace (no

matter if they are in fact should be in a default
namespace).
.PP
.RE
.TP
\&\fB\fBdom\fP \fBcreateDocument\fP \fIdocElemName\fB ?\fIobjVar\fB?
\&\fRCreates a new DOM document object with one element node with
node name \fIdocElemName\fR. The \fIobjVar\fR controls the
................................................................................
\&\fB\fBdom\fP \fBcreateDocumentNS\fP \fIuri\fB \fIdocElemName\fB ?\fIobjVar\fB?
\&\fRCreates a new DOM document object with one element node with
node name \fIdocElemName\fR. \fIUri\fR gives the namespace of the
document element to create. The \fIobjVar\fR controls the
memory handling as explained above.
.TP
\&\fB\fBdom\fP \fBcreateDocumentNode\fP ?\fIobjVar\fB?
\&\fRCreates a new 'empty' DOM document object without any element
node. \fIobjVar\fR controls the memory handling as explained above.
.TP










\&\fB\fBdom\fP \fBcreateNodeCmd\fP \fI?-returnNodeCmd?\fB \fI?-tagName name?\fB \fI?-jsonType jsonType?\fB \fI?-namespace URI?\fB \fI(element|comment|text|cdata|pi)Node\fB \fIcommandName\fB
\&\fRThis method creates Tcl commands, which in turn create
tDOM nodes. Tcl commands created by this command are only
available inside a script given to the domNode methods
\&\fIappendFromScript\fR or \fIinsertBeforeFromScript\fR. If
a command created with \fIcreateNodeCmd\fR is invoked in
any other context, it will return error. The created command
\&\fIcommandName\fR replaces any existing command or
procedure with that name. If the \fIcommandName\fR includes
any namespace qualifiers, it is created in the specified
namespace. The \fI-tagName\fR option is only allowed for
................................................................................
option \fI-returnNodeCmd\fR was given, the command returns the
created node as Tcl command. If this option was omitted, the command
returns nothing. Each command creates always the same type of node.
Which type of node is created by the command is determined by the
first argument to the \fIcreateNodeCmd\fR. The syntax of the created
command depends on the type of the node it creates.
.PP
If the command type to create is \fIelementNode\fR, the created
command will create an element node, if called. Without the
\&\fI-tagName\fR option the tag name of the created node is
\&\fIcommandName\fR without namespace qualifiers. If the
\&\fI-tagName\fR option was given then the created command the created
elements will have this tag name. If the \fI-jsonType\fR option was
given then the created node elements will have the given JSON type. If
the \fI-namespace\fR option is given the created element node will be
XML namespaced and in the namespace given by the option. The element
name will be literal as given either by the command name or the
\&\fI-tagname\fR option, if that was given. An appropriate XML
namespace declaration will be automatically added, to bind the prefix
(if the element name has one) or the default namespace (if the element
name hasn't a prefix) to the namespace if such a binding isn't in
scope.
.PP
The syntax of the created command is:



.CS

\&\fBelementNodeCmd\fP \fI?attributeName attributeValue ...? ?script?\fR
................................................................................

.CE
.RE
.TP
\&\fB\fBdom\fP \fBsetStoreLineColumn\fP \fI?boolean\fB?
\&\fRIf switched on, the DOM nodes will contain line and column
position information for the original XML document after parsing. The default
is not to store line and column position information.
.TP
\&\fB\fBdom\fP \fBsetNameCheck\fP \fI?boolean\fB?
\&\fRIf NameCheck is true, every method which expects an XML Name,
a full qualified name or a processing instructing target will check, if the
given string is valid according to its production rule. For commands created
with the \fIcreateNodeCmd\fR method to be used in the context of
\&\fIappendFromScript\fR the status of the flag at creation time
decides. If NameCheck is true at creation time, the command will
check its arguments, otherwise not. The \fIsetNameCheck\fR
set this flag. It returns the current NameCheck flag state. The
default state for NameCheck is true.
.TP
\&\fB\fBdom\fP \fBsetTextCheck\fP \fI?boolean\fB?
\&\fRIf TextCheck is true, every command which expects XML Chars,
a comment, a CDATA section value or a processing instructing value will check,
if the given string is valid according to its production rule. For commands
created with the \fIcreateNodeCmd\fR method to be used in the
context of \fIappendFromScript\fR the status of the flag at
creation time decides. If TextCheck is true at creation time, the
command will check its arguments, otherwise not.The
\&\fIsetTextCheck\fR method sets this flag. It returns the current
TextCheck flag state. The default state for TextCheck is true.
.TP
\&\fB\fBdom\fP \fBsetObjectCommands\fP ?\fI(automatic|token|command)\fB?
\&\fRControls if documents and nodes are created as tcl commands or
as token to be
used with the domNode and domDoc commands. If the mode is
\&'automatic', then methods used at tcl commands will create tcl
commands and methods used at doc or node tokes will create tokens. If
the mode is 'command' then always tcl commands will be created. If
the mode is 'token', then always token will be created. The method
returns the current mode. This method is an experimental interface.
.TP
\&\fB\fBdom\fP \fBisName\fP \fIname\fB
\&\fRReturns 1 if \fIname\fR is a valid XML Name according to
production 5 of the XML
1.0 recommendation. This means that \fIname\fR is a valid
XML element or attribute name. Otherwise it returns 0.
.TP
\&\fB\fBdom\fP \fBisPIName\fP \fIname\fB
\&\fRReturns 1 if \fIname\fR is a valid XML processing instruction
target according to
production 17 of the XML 1.0 recommendation. Otherwise it returns 0.
.TP
\&\fB\fBdom\fP \fBisNCName\fP \fIname\fB
\&\fRReturns 1 if \fIname\fR is a valid NCName according
to production 4 of the of the Namespaces in XML recommendation. Otherwise it returns
0.
.TP
\&\fB\fBdom\fP \fBisQName\fP \fIname\fB
\&\fRReturns 1 if \fIname\fR is a valid QName according
to production 6 of the of the Namespaces in XML recommendation. Otherwise it returns
0.
.TP
\&\fB\fBdom\fP \fBisCharData\fP \fIstring\fB
\&\fRReturns 1 if every character in \fIstring\fR is
a valid XML Char according to production 2 of the XML 1.0
recommendation. Otherwise it returns 0.
.TP
\&\fB\fBdom\fP \fBisBMPCharData\fP \fIstring\fB
\&\fRReturns 1 if every character in \fIstring\fR is
a valid XML Char with a Unicode code point within the Basic
Multilingual Plane (that means, that every character within the string
is at most 3 bytes long). Otherwise it returns 0.
.TP
\&\fB\fBdom\fP \fBisComment\fP \fIstring\fB
\&\fRReturns 1 if \fIstring\fR is
a valid comment according to production 15 of the XML 1.0
recommendation. Otherwise it returns 0.
.TP
\&\fB\fBdom\fP \fBisCDATA\fP \fIstring\fB
\&\fRReturns 1 if \fIstring\fR is
valid according to production 20 of the XML 1.0
recommendation. Otherwise it returns 0.
.TP
\&\fB\fBdom\fP \fBisPIValue\fP \fIstring\fB
\&\fRReturns 1 if \fIstring\fR is
valid according to production 16 of the XML 1.0
recommendation. Otherwise it returns 0.
.TP
\&\fB\fBdom\fP \fBfeatureinfo\fP \fIfeature\fB
\&\fRThis method provides information about the used
build options and the expat version. The valid values for
the \fIfeature\fR argument are:
.RS
.IP "\fBexpatversion\fR"
Returns the version of the underlyling expat
version as string, something like
"exapt_2.1.0". This is what the expat API
function XML_ExpatVersion() returns.
.IP "\fBexpatmajorversion\fR"
Returns the major version of the at build
time used version as integer.
.IP "\fBexpatminorversion\fR"
Returns the minor version of the at build
time used expat version as integer.
.IP "\fBexpatmicroversion\fR"
Returns the micro version of the at build
time used expat version as integer.
.IP "\fBdtd\fR"
Returns as boolean if build with
\&\fI--enable-dtd\fR.
.IP "\fBns\fR"
Returns as boolean if build with
\&\fI--enable-ns\fR.
.IP "\fBunknown\fR"
Returns as boolean if build with
\&\fI--enable-unknown\fR.
.IP "\fBtdomalloc\fR"
Returns as boolean if build with
\&\fI--enable-tdomalloc\fR.
.IP "\fBlessns\fR"
Returns as boolean if build with
\&\fI--enable-lessns\fR.
.IP "\fBTCL_UTF_MAX\fR"
Returns the TCL_UTF_MAX value of the tcl
core, tDOM was build with as integer
.IP "\fBhtml5\fR"
Returns as boolean, if build with
\&\fI--enable-html5\fR.
.IP "\fBversionhash\fR"
Returns the fossil repository version hash.
.IP "\fBpullparser\fR"
Returns as boolean if the pullparser command
is build in.
.RE
.SH KEYWORDS
XML, DOM, document, node, parsing

                command or handle is an ordinary DOM doc, which may be
                investigated or modified with the full range of the
                doc and node methods. Please note that the element
                node names and the text node values within the tree
                may be outside of what the appropriate XML productions
                allow.</desc>
              </optdef>
              















              <optdef>
                <optname>-keepEmpties</optname> 
                <desc>If <m>-keepEmpties</m> is
specified then text nodes which contain only whitespaces will be part of the
resulting DOM tree. In default case (<m>-keepEmpties</m> not given) those empty
text nodes are removed at parsing time.</desc>
              </optdef>














              <optdef>
                <optname>-channel</optname>
                <optarg>&lt;channel-ID&gt;</optarg>
                <desc>If <m>-channel &lt;channel-ID&gt;</m> is specified, the
input to be parsed is read from the specified channel. The encoding setting of
the channel (via fconfigure -encoding) is respected, ie the data read from the
channel are converted to UTF-8 according to the encoding settings before the
................................................................................
                resolves (recursively) all external entities of the
                XML source. This is the default in case
                <m>-paramentityparsing</m> is omitted. The value
                "never" means that only the given XML source is
                parsed and no external entity (including the external
                subset) will be resolved and parsed. The value
                "notstandalone" means, that all external entities will
                be resolved and parsed, with the execption of
                documents, which explicitly states standalone="yes" in
                their XML declaration.</desc>
              </optdef>


              <optdef>
                <optname>-ignorexmlns</optname>
................................................................................
        <commanddef>
          <command><cmd>dom</cmd> <method>createDocumentNode</method>
?<m>objVar</m>?</command>
          <desc>Creates a new 'empty' DOM document object without any element
node. <m>objVar</m> controls the memory handling as explained above.</desc>
        </commanddef>

        <commanddef>
          <command><cmd>dom</cmd> <method>setResultEncoding</method> ?<m>encodingName</m>?</command>
          <desc>This option is for backward compatibility with Tcl
          8.0. If tDOM is build with any newer Tcl version this option
          does not has any effect. If <m>encodingName</m> is not given
          the current global result encoding is returned. Otherwise
          the global result encoding is set to <m>encodingName</m>.
          All character data, attribute values etc. will then be
          converted from UTF-8, which is delivered from the Expat XML
          parser, to the given 8 bit encoding at XML/DOM parse time.
          Valid values for <m>encodingName</m> are: utf-8, ascii,
          cp1250, cp1251, cp1252, cp1253, cp1254, cp1255, cp1256,
          cp437, cp850, en, iso8859-1, iso8859-2, iso8859-3,
          iso8859-4, iso8859-5, iso8859-6, iso8859-7, iso8859-8,
          iso8859-9, koi8-r.</desc>
        </commanddef>

        <commanddef>
          <command><cmd>dom</cmd> <method>createNodeCmd</method>
<m>?-returnNodeCmd?</m> <m>?-tagName name?</m> <m>?-jsonType jsonType</m> <m>(element|comment|text|cdata|pi)Node</m> <m>commandName</m></command>
          <desc>This method creates Tcl commands, which in turn create
          tDOM nodes. Tcl commands created by this command are only
          avaliable inside a script given to the domNode methods
          <m>appendFromScript</m> or <m>insertBeforeFromScript</m>. If
          a command created with <m>createNodeCmd</m> is invoked in
          any other context, it will return error. The created command
          <m>commandName</m> replaces any existing command or
          procedure with that name. If the <m>commandName</m> includes
          any namespace qualifiers, it is created in the specified
          namespace. The <m>-tagName</m> option is only allowed for
................................................................................
option <m>-returnNodeCmd</m> was given, the command returns the
created node as Tcl command. If this option was omitted, the command
returns nothing. Each command creates always the same type of node.
Which type of node is created by the command is determined by the
first argument to the <m>createNodeCmd</m>. The syntax of the created
command depends on the type of the node it creates.</p>

<p>If the first argument of the method is <m>elementNode</m>, the
created command will create an element node, if called. Without the
<m>-tagName</m> option the tag name of the created node is
<m>commandName</m> without namespace qualifiers. If the
<m>-tagName</m> option was given then the created command the created
elements will have this tag name. If the <m>-jsonType</m> option was
given then the created node elements will have the given JSON type.









The syntax of the created command is:</p>

<syntax>
<cmd>elementNodeCmd</cmd> <m>?attributeName attributeValue ...? ?script?</m>
<cmd>elementNodeCmd</cmd> <m>?-attributeName attributeValue ...? ?script?</m>
<cmd>elementNodeCmd</cmd> <m>name_value_list script</m>
</syntax>

................................................................................
                    <desc>Returns the version of the underlyling expat
                    version as string, something like
                    "exapt_2.1.0". This is what the expat API
                    function XML_ExpatVersion() returns.</desc>
                </optdef>
                <optdef>
                    <optname>expatmajorversion</optname>
                    <desc>Returns the major version of the underlyling
                    expat version as integer.</desc>
                </optdef>
                <optdef>
                    <optname>expatminorversion</optname>
                    <desc>Returns the minor version of the underlyling
                    expat version as integer.</desc>
                </optdef>
                <optdef>
                    <optname>expatmicroversion</optname>
                    <desc>Returns the micro version of the underlyling
                    expat version as integer.</desc>
                </optdef>
                <optdef>
                    <optname>dtd</optname>
                    <desc>Returns as boolean if build with
                    <m>--enable-dtd</m>.</desc>
                </optdef>
                <optdef>
................................................................................
                    core, tDOM was build with as integer</desc>
                </optdef>
                <optdef>
                    <optname>html5</optname>
                    <desc>Returns as boolean, if build with
                    <m>--enable-html5</m>.</desc>
                </optdef>









            </optlist>
            </desc>   
        </commanddef>
    </commandlist>
</section>

<keywords>

                command or handle is an ordinary DOM doc, which may be
                investigated or modified with the full range of the
                doc and node methods. Please note that the element
                node names and the text node values within the tree
                may be outside of what the appropriate XML productions
                allow.</desc>
              </optdef>

              <optdef>
                <optname>-jsonmaxnesting</optname>
                <optarg>integer</optarg>
                <desc>This option only has effect if used together
                with the <m>-json</m> option. The current implementation uses recursive descent JSON parser. In order to avoid using excess stack space, any JSON input that has more than a certain levels of nesting is considered invalid. The default maximum nesting is 2000. The option -jsonmaxnesting allows the user to adjust that.</desc>
              </optdef>
              
              <optdef>
                <optname>--</optname> 
                <desc>The option <m>--</m> marks the end of options.
                While respected in general this option is only needed
                in case of parsing JSON data, which may start with a
                "-".</desc>
              </optdef>

              <optdef>
                <optname>-keepEmpties</optname> 
                <desc>If <m>-keepEmpties</m> is
specified then text nodes which contain only whitespaces will be part of the
resulting DOM tree. In default case (<m>-keepEmpties</m> not given) those empty
text nodes are removed at parsing time.</desc>
              </optdef>

              <optdef>
                <optname>-keepCDATA</optname> 
                <desc>If <m>-keepCDATA</m> is
specified then CDATA sections aren't added to the tree as text nodes
(and, if necessary, combined with sibling text nodes into one text
node) as without this option but are added as CDATA_SECTION_NODEs to
the tree. Please note that the resulting tree isn't prepared for XPath
selects or to be the source or the stylesheet of an XSLT
transformation. If not combined with <m>-keepEmpties</m> only not
whitespace only CDATA sections will be added to the resulting DOM
                tree.</desc>
              </optdef>
              
              <optdef>
                <optname>-channel</optname>
                <optarg>&lt;channel-ID&gt;</optarg>
                <desc>If <m>-channel &lt;channel-ID&gt;</m> is specified, the
input to be parsed is read from the specified channel. The encoding setting of
the channel (via fconfigure -encoding) is respected, ie the data read from the
channel are converted to UTF-8 according to the encoding settings before the
................................................................................
                resolves (recursively) all external entities of the
                XML source. This is the default in case
                <m>-paramentityparsing</m> is omitted. The value
                "never" means that only the given XML source is
                parsed and no external entity (including the external
                subset) will be resolved and parsed. The value
                "notstandalone" means, that all external entities will
                be resolved and parsed, with the exception of
                documents, which explicitly states standalone="yes" in
                their XML declaration.</desc>
              </optdef>


              <optdef>
                <optname>-ignorexmlns</optname>
................................................................................
        <commanddef>
          <command><cmd>dom</cmd> <method>createDocumentNode</method>
?<m>objVar</m>?</command>
          <desc>Creates a new 'empty' DOM document object without any element
node. <m>objVar</m> controls the memory handling as explained above.</desc>
        </commanddef>

        <commanddef>

















          <command><cmd>dom</cmd> <method>createNodeCmd</method>
<m>?-returnNodeCmd?</m> <m>?-tagName name?</m> <m>?-jsonType jsonType?</m> <m>?-namespace URI?</m> <m>(element|comment|text|cdata|pi)Node</m> <m>commandName</m></command>
          <desc>This method creates Tcl commands, which in turn create
          tDOM nodes. Tcl commands created by this command are only
          available inside a script given to the domNode methods
          <m>appendFromScript</m> or <m>insertBeforeFromScript</m>. If
          a command created with <m>createNodeCmd</m> is invoked in
          any other context, it will return error. The created command
          <m>commandName</m> replaces any existing command or
          procedure with that name. If the <m>commandName</m> includes
          any namespace qualifiers, it is created in the specified
          namespace. The <m>-tagName</m> option is only allowed for
................................................................................
option <m>-returnNodeCmd</m> was given, the command returns the
created node as Tcl command. If this option was omitted, the command
returns nothing. Each command creates always the same type of node.
Which type of node is created by the command is determined by the
first argument to the <m>createNodeCmd</m>. The syntax of the created
command depends on the type of the node it creates.</p>

<p>If the command type to create is <m>elementNode</m>, the created
command will create an element node, if called. Without the
<m>-tagName</m> option the tag name of the created node is
<m>commandName</m> without namespace qualifiers. If the
<m>-tagName</m> option was given then the created command the created
elements will have this tag name. If the <m>-jsonType</m> option was
given then the created node elements will have the given JSON type. If
the <m>-namespace</m> option is given the created element node will be
XML namespaced and in the namespace given by the option. The element
name will be literal as given either by the command name or the
<m>-tagname</m> option, if that was given. An appropriate XML
namespace declaration will be automatically added, to bind the prefix
(if the element name has one) or the default namespace (if the element
name hasn't a prefix) to the namespace if such a binding isn't in
scope.</p>

<p>The syntax of the created command is:</p>

<syntax>
<cmd>elementNodeCmd</cmd> <m>?attributeName attributeValue ...? ?script?</m>
<cmd>elementNodeCmd</cmd> <m>?-attributeName attributeValue ...? ?script?</m>
<cmd>elementNodeCmd</cmd> <m>name_value_list script</m>
</syntax>

................................................................................
                    <desc>Returns the version of the underlyling expat
                    version as string, something like
                    "exapt_2.1.0". This is what the expat API
                    function XML_ExpatVersion() returns.</desc>
                </optdef>
                <optdef>
                    <optname>expatmajorversion</optname>
                    <desc>Returns the major version of the at build
                    time used expat version as integer.</desc>
                </optdef>
                <optdef>
                    <optname>expatminorversion</optname>
                    <desc>Returns the minor version of the at build
                    time used expat version as integer.</desc>
                </optdef>
                <optdef>
                    <optname>expatmicroversion</optname>
                    <desc>Returns the micro version of the at build
                    time used expat version as integer.</desc>
                </optdef>
                <optdef>
                    <optname>dtd</optname>
                    <desc>Returns as boolean if build with
                    <m>--enable-dtd</m>.</desc>
                </optdef>
                <optdef>
................................................................................
                    core, tDOM was build with as integer</desc>
                </optdef>
                <optdef>
                    <optname>html5</optname>
                    <desc>Returns as boolean, if build with
                    <m>--enable-html5</m>.</desc>
                </optdef>
                <optdef>
                    <optname>versionhash</optname>
                    <desc>Returns the fossil repository version hash.</desc>
                </optdef>
                <optdef>
                    <optname>pullparser</optname>
                    <desc>Returns as boolean if the pullparser command
                    is build in.</desc>
                </optdef>
            </optlist>
            </desc>   
        </commanddef>
    </commandlist>
</section>

<keywords>

<html>
<head>
<link rel="stylesheet" href="manpage.css"><title>tDOM manual: domDoc</title><meta name="xsl-processor" content="Jochen Loewer ([email protected]), Rolf Ade ([email protected]) et. al."><meta name="generator" content="$RCSfile: tmml-html.xsl,v $ $Revision: 1.11 $">
</head><body>
<div class="header">
<div class="navbar" align="center">
<a href="#SECTid0xa2ebe0">NAME</a> · <a href="#SECTid0xa4db80">SYNOPSIS</a> · <a href="#SECTid0xad8760">DESCRIPTION </a> · <a href="#SECTid0xb75940">SEE ALSO</a> · <a href="#SECTid0xb75cd0">KEYWORDS</a>
</div><hr class="navsep">
</div><div class="body">
  <h2><a name="SECTid0xa2ebe0">NAME</a></h2><p class="namesection">
<b class="names">domDoc - </b><br>Manipulates an instance of a DOM document object</p>
  
  <h2><a name="SECTid0xa4db80">SYNOPSIS</a></h2><pre class="syntax">domDocObjCmd <i class="m">method</i> ?<i class="m">arg arg ...</i>?</pre>

  <h2><a name="SECTid0xad8760">DESCRIPTION </a></h2><p>This command manipulates one particular instance of a document
object. <i class="m">method</i> indicates a specific method of the document class. These
methods should closely conform to the W3C recommendation "Document Object Model
(Core) Level 1" (<a href="http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-DOM-Level-1/level-one-core.html">http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-DOM-Level-1/level-one-core.html</a>). Look
at these documents for a deeper understanding of the functionality.</p><p>The valid methods are:</p><dl class="commandlist">
        
          <dt>
<b class="method">documentElement</b> ?<i class="m">objVar</i>?</dt>
................................................................................
          <dt><b class="method">getDefaultOutputMethod</b></dt>
          <dd>Returns the default output method of the document. This is
usually a result of a XSLT transformation.</dd>
        

      
        <dt>
<b class="method">asXML</b> <b class="option">?-indent none/1..8?</b> <b class="option">?-channel channelId?</b> <b class="option">?-escapeNonASCII?</b> <b class="option">?-doctypeDeclaration &lt;boolean&gt;?</b> <b class="option">-xmlDeclaration &lt;boolean&gt;?</b> <b class="option">-encString &lt;string&gt;</b> <b class="option">?-escapeAllQuot?</b> <b class="option">?-indentAttrs?</b>
</dt>
        <dd>
<p>Returns the DOM tree as an (optional indented) XML
        string or sends the output directly to the given
        channelId.</p>

        <p>If the option <i class="m">-escapeNonASCII</i> is given,
        every non 7 bit ASCII character in attribute values or element
        PCDATA content will be escaped as character reference in
        decimal representation.</p>

        <p>The flag <i class="m">-doctypeDeclaration</i>
        determines, whether there will be a DOCTYPE declaration
        emitted before the first node of the document. The default is,
        to do not. The DOCTYPE name will always be the element name of
        the document element. An external entity declaration of the
        external subset is only emitted, if the document has a system
        identifier.</p>

        <p>The flag <i class="m">-xmlDeclaration</i> determines, whether there
        will be an XML Declaration and a newline emitted before
        anything else. The default is, to do not. If this flag is
        given with a true argument then</p>

        <p>
<i class="m">-encString</i> sets the encoding value in the XML
        Declaration. Otherwise, this option is ignored. Please note,
        that this option just enhance the string representation of the
        generated XML Declaration with an encoding information string,
        nothing more. It's up to the user to handle encoding in case
        of writing to a channel or reparsing.</p>
            
        <p>If the option <i class="m">-escapeAllQuot</i> is given,
        quotation marks will be escaped with &amp;quot; even in text
        content of elements.</p>

        <p>If the option <i class="m">-indentAttrs</i> is
        given, then attributes will each be separated with newlines
        and indented to the same level as the parent node plus the
        value given as argument to <i class="m">-indentAttrs</i> (0..8).</p>










</dd>

      

      
        <dt>
<b class="method">asHTML</b> <b class="option">?-channel
channelId?</b> <b class="option">?-escapeNonASCII?</b> <b class="option">?-htmlEntities?</b> <b class="option">?-doctypeDeclaration &lt;boolean&gt;?</b>
</dt> 
        <dd>Returns the DOM tree serialized acording to HTML rules (HTML
elements are recognized regardless of case, without end tags for emtpy HTML

elements etc.), as string or sends the output directly to the given
channelId. If the option <i class="m">-escapeNonASCII</i> is given, every non 7 bit ASCII
character in attribute values or element PCDATA content will be escaped as
character reference in decimal representation. If the option
<i class="m">-htmlEntities</i> is given, a character is outputed using a HTML 4.01
character entity reference, if one is defined for it. The flag
<i class="m">-doctypeDeclaration</i> determines, whether there will be a DOCTYPE
declaration emitted before the first node of the document. The default is, to

do not. The DOCTYPE name will always be the element name of the document
element without case normalization. An external entity declaration of the
external subset is only emitted, if the document has a system identifier. The
doctype declaration will be written from the avaliable informations, without

check, if this is a known (w3c) HTML version information or if the document
confirms to the given HTML version.</dd>
      

      
        <dt><b class="method">asText</b></dt>
          <dd>The asText method outputs the result tree by outputting
the string-value of every text node in the result tree in document
order without any escaping. In effect, this is what the xslt output method
"text" (XSLT 1.0 recommendation, section 16.3) does.</dd>
      

      
        <dt>
<b class="method">asJSON</b> <b class="option">?-indent none/0..8?</b> <b class="option">?-channel channelId?</b>
</dt>
          <dd>
<p>The asJSON method serializes the tree into a valid
          JSON data string. In general this may be a lossy
          serialization. For this serialization all comment, character
          data sections and processing instruction nodes, all
          attributes and all XML namespaces are ignored. Only element
          and text nodes may be reflected in the generated JSON
          serialization. Appropriate JSON data type information of a
          node will be respected.</p>

          <p>If an element node has the JSON type OBJECT then every
          element node child of this element will be serializend as
          member of that object, with the node name of the child as
          the member name and the relevant childs of that child as the
          value. Every other child nodes will be ignored.</p>

          <p>If an element node has the JSON type ARRAY then the text
          and element node childs of that element node are serialized
          as the consecutive values of the array. Element node childs
          of an ARRAY element will be container nodes for nested ARRAY
          or OBJECT values.</p>

          <p>Text nodes with the JSON types TRUE, FALSE or NULL will
          be serialized to the corresponding JSON token without
          looking at the value of the text node. A text node without
          JSON type will always be serialized as a JSON string token.
          A text node with JSON type NUMBER will be serialized as JSON
          number token if the text node value is in fact a valid JSON
          number and as a JSON string if not.</p>

          <p>If an element node doesn't has a JSON type then the
          serialization of its childs is determined by the following
          rules:</p>

          <p>Only text and element node child are relevant. If the
          element node to serialize is the member of a JSON object and
          there is no relevant child node the value of that member
          will be an empty JSON string. If the only relevant child
          node of this element node is a text node then the JSON
          value of that text node will be the value of the object
          member. If the element has more than one relevant child
          nodes and the first one is a text node then the relevant
          childs will be serialized as JSON array. If the only
          relevant child node is an element node or the first relevant
          child is an element node and the node name of that only or
          first relevant child isn't equal to the array container node
          name all element node childs will be serialized as the
          members of a JSON object (while ignoring any intermixed text
          nodes). If the only or first relevant child is an element
          node and the node name of this child is equal to the array
          container element name then all relevant childs will be
          serialized as the values of a JSON array.</p>

          <p>If the element to serialize is a value of a JSON array
          and the node name of this element isn't equal to the array
          container node name that element will be seen as a
          container node for a JSON object and all element node childs
          will be serialized as the members of that array while
          ignoring any text node childs. If the element to serialize
          is a value of a JSON array and the node name of this element
          is equal to the array container node name, all relevant
          childs will be serialized as JSON array.</p>

          <p>If the <i class="m">-channel</i> option is given the serialization
          isn't returned as string but send directly to the channel,
          given as argument to the option.</p>

          <p>If the <i class="m">-indent</i> option is given and the argument
          given to this option isn't "none" then the returned JSON
................................................................................
      
        <dt>
<b class="method">internalSubset</b> <i class="m">?internalSubset?</i>
</dt>
        <dd>Returns the internal subset of the doctype declaration of the
document, if there is one, otherwise the empty string. If there is a value
given to the method, the internal subset of the document is set to this
value. Note, that none of the parsing methods preserve the internal subset
of a document; a freshly parsed document will always have an empty internal
subset. Also note, that the method doesen't do any syntactical check on a
given internal subset.</dd>
      

      
        <dt>
<b class="method">cdataSectionElements</b> <i class="m">(?URI:?localname|*) ?&lt;boolean&gt;?</i>
</dt>
        <dd>This method allows to control, for which element nodes
the text node childs will be serialized as CDATA sections (this affects only
serialization with the asXML method, no text node is altered in any
way by this method). IF the method is called with an element name as
first argument and a boolean with value true as second argument, every
text node child of every element node in the document with the same
name as the first argument will be serialized as CDATA section. If the
second argument is a boolean with value false, all text nodes of all
elements with the same name as the first argument will be serialized
as usual. Namespaced element names have to given in the form
namespace_URI:localname, not in the otherwise usual prefix:localname
form. With two arguments called, the method returns the used boolean
value. If the method is called with only an element name, it will
return a boolean value, indicating, if the text nodes childs of all
elements with that name in the document will be serialized as CDATA
section elements (return value 1) or not (return value 0). If the
method is called with only one argument and that argument is an
asterisk ('*'), then the method returns an unordered list of all
element names of the document, for which the text node childs will be
serialized as CDATA section nodes.</dd>
      

      
        <dt>
<b class="method">selectNodesNamespaces</b> <b class="option">?prefixUriList?</b>
</dt>
        <dd>This method allows to control a document global prefix
to namespace URI mapping, which will be used for selectNodes method
calls (on document as well as on all nodes, which belongs to the
document), if it is not overwritten by using the -namespaces option of

the selectNodes method. Any namespace prefix within an xpath
expression will be first resolved against this list. If the list bind
the same prefix to different namespaces, then the first binding will
win. If a prefix could not resolved against the document global prefix
/ namespaces list, then the namespace definitions in scope of the
context node will be used to resolve the prefix, as usual. If the
optional argument <i class="m">prefixUriList</i> is given, then the global prefix /
namespace list is set to this list and returns it. Without
the optional argument the method returns the current list. The
default is the empty list.</dd>
      

      
        <dt>
<b class="method">xslt</b> <b class="option">?-parameters
parameterList?</b> <b class="option">?-ignoreUndeclaredParameters?</b>
<b class="option">?-maxApplyDepth int?</b>
................................................................................
<p>The optional <i class="m">-parameters</i> option sets top level
&lt;xsl:param&gt; to string values. The <i class="m">parameterList</i> has to be a tcl
list consisting of parameter name and value pairs.</p>

<p>If the option <i class="m">-ignoreUndeclaredParameters</i> is given, then parameter
names in the <i class="m">parameterList</i> given to the <i class="m">-parameters</i> options that
are not declared as top-level parameters in the stylesheet are silently
ignored. Without this option, an error is raised, if the user tries to set a
top-level parameter, which is not declared in the stylesheet.</p>

<p>The option <i class="m">-maxApplyDepth</i> expects a positiv integer as
argument. By default, the xslt engine allows xslt templates to nest up
to 3000 levels (and raises error if they nest deeper). This limit can
be set by the <i class="m">-maxApplyDepth</i> option.</p>

<p>The <i class="m">-xsltmessagecmd</i> option sets a callback for xslt:message elements
................................................................................

      
        <dt>
<b class="method">toXSLTcmd</b> ?<i class="m">objVar</i>?</dt>
     
        <dd>If the DOM tree represents a valid XSLT stylesheet, this method
transforms the DOM tree into an xslt command, otherwise it returns error. The
created xsltCmd is returnd and stored in the <i class="m">objVar</i>, if a var name was
given. A successful transformation of the DOM tree to an xsltCmd removes the
domDoc cmd and all nodeCmds of the document. 

<p>The syntax of the created xsltCmd is:</p>
 
<pre class="syntax">
<b class="cmd">xsltCmd</b> <b class="option">method</b> <b class="option">?arg ...?</b>
................................................................................
<p>The optional <i class="m">-parameters</i> option sets top level
&lt;xsl:param&gt; to string values. The <i class="m">parameterList</i> has to be a tcl
list consisting of parameter name and value pairs.</p>

<p>If the option <i class="m">-ignoreUndeclaredParameters</i> is given, then parameter
names in the <i class="m">parameterList</i> given to the <i class="m">-parameters</i> options that
are not declared as top-level parameters in the stylesheet are silently
ignored. Without this option, an error is raised, if the user tries to set a
top-level parameter, which is not declared in the stylesheet.</p>

<p>The option <i class="m">-maxApplyDepth</i> expects a positiv integer as
argument. By default, the xslt engine allows xslt templates to nest up
to 3000 levels (and raises error if they nest deeper). This limit can
be set by the <i class="m">-maxApplyDepth</i> option.</p>

................................................................................
      

      
        <dt>
<b class="method">getElementById</b> <i class="m">id</i>
</dt>
        <dd>Returns the node having a id attribute with value
<i class="m">id</i> or the emtpy string, if no node has an id attribute with that value.</dd>
      

      
        <dt>
<b class="method">firstChild</b> <b class="variable">?objVar?</b>
</dt>
        <dd>Returns the first top level node of the document.</dd>
................................................................................
      

      
        <dt>
<b class="method">insertBefore</b> <i class="m">newChild</i>  <i class="m">refChild</i>
</dt>
        <dd>Insert <i class="m">newChild</i> before the <i class="m">refChild</i> into the list of
top level nodes of the document. If <i class="m">refChild</i> is the empty string, insert
<i class="m">newChild</i> at the end of the top level nodes.</dd>
      

      
        <dt>
<b class="method">replaceChild</b> <i class="m">newChild</i>  <i class="m">oldChild</i>
</dt>
        <dd>Replace <i class="m">oldChild</i> with <i class="m">newChild</i> in the list of
children of that node. The <i class="m">oldChild</i> node will be part of the
document fragment list after this operation.</dd>
      

      
        <dt>
<b class="method">appendFromList</b> <i class="m">list</i>
................................................................................
the xpath engine. Cast the value explicitly with the according xpath
functions (number(), boolean()) to another data type, if needed.</p>

<p>The option <i class="m">-namespaces</i> expects a tcl list with prefix /
namespace pairs as argument. If this option is not given, then any
namespace prefix within the xpath expression will be first resolved
against the list of prefix / namespace pairs set with the
selectNodesNamespaces method for the document, the node belongs to. If
this fails, then the namespace definitions in scope of the context
node will be used to resolve the prefix. If this option is given, any
namespace prefix within the xpath expression will be first resolved
against that given list (and ignoring the document global prefix /
namespace list). If the list bind the same prefix to different
namespaces, then the first binding will win.  If this fails, then the
namespace definitions in scope of the context node will be used to
resolve the prefix, as usual.</p>

<p>If the <i class="m">-cache</i> option is used with a true value, then the
<i class="m">xpathQuery</i> will be looked up in a document specific cache. If
the query is found, then the stored pre-compiled query will be used.
If the query isn't found, it will be compiled and stored in the cache,
for use in further calls. Please notice, that the <i class="m">xpathQuery</i> as
given as string is used as key for the cache. This means, that equal
XPath expressions, which differ only in white space are treated as
different cache entries. Special care is needed, if the XPath
expression includes namespace prefixes or references to tcl variables.
Both namespace prefixes and tcl variable references will be resolved
according to the XML prefix namespace mappings and tcl variable values
at expression compilation time. If the same XPath expression is used
later on in a context with other XML prefix namespace mappings or
values of the used tcl variables, make sure to first remove the
compiled expression from the cache with the help of the
................................................................................
from the cache, if it is there. The method always returns an
empty string.</dd>
      

  </dl><p>Otherwise, if an unknown method name is given, the command with the
same name as the given method within the namespace <tt class="samp">::dom::domDoc</tt> is
tried to be executed. This allows quick method additions on Tcl level.</p><p>Newly created nodes are appended to a hidden fragment list. If they
are not moved into the tree they are automaticaly deleted, when the whole
document gets deleted.</p>

    <h2><a name="SECTid0xb75940">SEE ALSO</a></h2><p class="seealso">dom, domNode</p>

    <h2><a name="SECTid0xb75cd0">KEYWORDS</a></h2><p class="keywords">
<a class="keyword" href="keyword-index.html#KW-DOMnodecreation">DOM node creation</a>, <a class="keyword" href="keyword-index.html#KW-documentelement">document element</a>
</p>

</div><hr class="navsep"><div class="navbar" align="center">
<a class="navaid" href="index.html">Contents</a> · <a class="navaid" href="category-index.html">Index</a> · <a class="navaid" href="keyword-index.html">Keywords</a>
</div>
</body>
</html>

<html>
<head>
<link rel="stylesheet" href="manpage.css"><title>tDOM manual: domDoc</title><meta name="xsl-processor" content="Jochen Loewer ([email protected]), Rolf Ade ([email protected]) et. al."><meta name="generator" content="$RCSfile: tmml-html.xsl,v $ $Revision: 1.11 $"><meta charset="utf-8">
</head><body>
<div class="header">
<div class="navbar" align="center">
<a href="#SECTid0x1eae960">NAME</a> · <a href="#SECTid0x1e5ff20">SYNOPSIS</a> · <a href="#SECTid0x1e97f70">DESCRIPTION </a> · <a href="#SECTid0x1efaea0">SEE ALSO</a> · <a href="#SECTid0x1efb230">KEYWORDS</a>
</div><hr class="navsep">
</div><div class="body">
  <h2><a name="SECTid0x1eae960">NAME</a></h2><p class="namesection">
<b class="names">domDoc - </b><br>Manipulates an instance of a DOM document object</p>
  
  <h2><a name="SECTid0x1e5ff20">SYNOPSIS</a></h2><pre class="syntax">domDocObjCmd <i class="m">method</i> ?<i class="m">arg arg ...</i>?</pre><pre class="syntax">domDoc <i class="m">docToken</i> <i class="m">method</i> ?<i class="m">arg arg ...</i>?</pre>

  <h2><a name="SECTid0x1e97f70">DESCRIPTION </a></h2><p>This command manipulates one particular instance of a document
object. <i class="m">method</i> indicates a specific method of the document class. These
methods should closely conform to the W3C recommendation "Document Object Model
(Core) Level 1" (<a href="http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-DOM-Level-1/level-one-core.html">http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-DOM-Level-1/level-one-core.html</a>). Look
at these documents for a deeper understanding of the functionality.</p><p>The valid methods are:</p><dl class="commandlist">
        
          <dt>
<b class="method">documentElement</b> ?<i class="m">objVar</i>?</dt>
................................................................................
          <dt><b class="method">getDefaultOutputMethod</b></dt>
          <dd>Returns the default output method of the document. This is
usually a result of a XSLT transformation.</dd>
        

      
        <dt>
<b class="method">asXML</b> <b class="option">?-indent none/1..8?</b> <b class="option">?-channel channelId?</b> <b class="option">?-escapeNonASCII?</b> <b class="option">?-doctypeDeclaration &lt;boolean&gt;?</b> <b class="option">-xmlDeclaration &lt;boolean&gt;?</b> <b class="option">-encString &lt;string&gt;</b> <b class="option">?-escapeAllQuot?</b> <b class="option">?-indentAttrs?</b> <b class="option">?-nogtescape?</b> <b class="option">?-noEmptyElementTag?</b>
</dt>
        <dd>
<p>Returns the DOM tree as an (optional indented) XML
        string or sends the output directly to the given
        channelId.</p>

        <p>If the option <i class="m">-escapeNonASCII</i> is given,
        every non 7 bit ASCII character in attribute values or element
        PCDATA content will be escaped as character reference in
        decimal representation.</p>

        <p>The flag <i class="m">-doctypeDeclaration</i> determines whether
        there will be a DOCTYPE declaration emitted before the first
        node of the document. The default is not to emit it. The
        DOCTYPE name will always be the element name of the document
        element. An external entity declaration of the external subset
        is only emitted if the document has a system identifier.</p>


        <p>The flag <i class="m">-xmlDeclaration</i> determines whether there
        will be an XML Declaration and a newline emitted before
        anything else. The default is not to emit one. If this flag is
        given with a true argument then</p>

        <p>
<i class="m">-encString</i> sets the encoding value in the XML
        Declaration. Otherwise this option is ignored. Please note
        that this option just enhances the string representation of the
        generated XML Declaration with an encoding information string,
        nothing more. It's up to the user to handle encoding in case
        of writing to a channel or reparsing.</p>
            
        <p>If the option <i class="m">-escapeAllQuot</i> is given,
        quotation marks will be escaped with &amp;quot; even in text
        content of elements.</p>

        <p>If the option <i class="m">-indentAttrs</i> is
        given, then attributes will each be separated with newlines
        and indented to the same level as the parent node plus the
        value given as argument to <i class="m">-indentAttrs</i> (0..8).</p>

        <p>If the option <i class="m">-nogtescape</i> is given then the
        character '&gt;' won't get escaped in attribute values and text
        content of elements. The default is to escape this
        character.</p>

        <p>If the option <i class="m">-noEmptyElementTag</i> is given then no
        empty tag syntax will be used. Instead, if an element has
        empty content it will be serialized with an element start tag
        and an immediately following element end tag.</p>
</dd>

      

      
        <dt>
<b class="method">asHTML</b> <b class="option">?-channel
channelId?</b> <b class="option">?-escapeNonASCII?</b> <b class="option">?-htmlEntities?</b> <b class="option">?-doctypeDeclaration &lt;boolean&gt;?</b>
</dt> 
        <dd>Returns the DOM tree serialized according to HTML rules
        (HTML elements are recognized regardless of case, without end
        tags for empty HTML elements etc.) as string or sends the
        output directly to the given channelId. If the option
        <i class="m">-escapeNonASCII</i> is given, every non 7 bit ASCII
        character in attribute values or element PCDATA content will
        be escaped as character reference in decimal representation.
        If the option <i class="m">-htmlEntities</i> is given, a character is
        written using its HTML 4.01 character entity reference, if it
        has one. If the flag <i class="m">-doctypeDeclaration</i> is given there
        will be a DOCTYPE declaration emitted before the first node of
        the document. The default is, to do not. The DOCTYPE name will
        always be the element name of the document element without
        case normalization. An external entity declaration of the
        external subset is only emitted, if the document has a system
        identifier. The doctype declaration will be written from the
        available information, without check, if this is a known
        (w3c) HTML version information or if the document confirms to
        the given HTML version.</dd>
      

      
        <dt><b class="method">asText</b></dt>
          <dd>The asText method returns the tree by serializing the
          string-value of every text node in document order without
          any escaping. In effect, this is what the xslt output method
          "text" (XSLT 1.0 recommendation, section 16.3) does.</dd>
      

      
        <dt>
<b class="method">asJSON</b> <b class="option">?-indent none/0..8?</b> <b class="option">?-channel channelId?</b>
</dt>
          <dd>
<p>The asJSON method serializes the tree into a valid
          JSON data string. In general, this may be a lossy
          serialization. For this serialization all comment, character
          data sections and processing instruction nodes, all
          attributes and all XML namespaces are ignored. Only element
          and text nodes may be reflected in the generated JSON
          serialization. Appropriate JSON data type information of a
          node will be respected.</p>

          <p>If an element node has the JSON type OBJECT, then every
          element node child of this element will be serialized as
          member of that object, with the node name of the child as
          the member name and the relevant children of that child as
          the value. Every other child nodes will be ignored.</p>

          <p>If an element node has the JSON type ARRAY, then the text
          and element node children of that element node are serialized
          as the consecutive values of the array. Element node children
          of an ARRAY element will be container nodes for nested ARRAY
          or OBJECT values.</p>

          <p>Text nodes with the JSON types TRUE, FALSE or NULL will
          be serialized to the corresponding JSON token without
          looking at the value of the text node. A text node without
          JSON type will always be serialized as a JSON string token.
          A text node with JSON type NUMBER will be serialized as JSON
          number token if the text node value is in fact a valid JSON
          number and as a JSON string if not.</p>

          <p>If an element node doesn't has a JSON type then the
          serialization of its children is determined by the following
          rules:</p>

          <p>Only text and element node child are relevant. If the
          element node to serialize is the member of a JSON object and
          there is no relevant child node the value of that member
          will be an empty JSON string. If the only relevant child
          node of this element node is a text node then the JSON
          value of that text node will be the value of the object
          member. If the element has more than one relevant child
          nodes and the first one is a text node then the relevant
          children will be serialized as JSON array. If the only
          relevant child node is an element node or the first relevant
          child is an element node and the node name of that only or
          first relevant child isn't equal to the array container node
          name all element node children will be serialized as the
          members of a JSON object (while ignoring any intermixed text
          nodes). If the only or first relevant child is an element
          node and the node name of this child is equal to the array
          container element name then all relevant children will be
          serialized as the values of a JSON array.</p>

          <p>If the element to serialize is a value of a JSON array
          and the node name of this element isn't equal to the array
          container node name that element will be seen as a container
          node for a JSON object and all element node children will be
          serialized as the members of that array while ignoring any
          text node children. If the element to serialize is a value of
          a JSON array and the node name of this element is equal to
          the array container node name, all relevant children will be
          serialized as JSON array.</p>

          <p>If the <i class="m">-channel</i> option is given the serialization
          isn't returned as string but send directly to the channel,
          given as argument to the option.</p>

          <p>If the <i class="m">-indent</i> option is given and the argument
          given to this option isn't "none" then the returned JSON
................................................................................
      
        <dt>
<b class="method">internalSubset</b> <i class="m">?internalSubset?</i>
</dt>
        <dd>Returns the internal subset of the doctype declaration of the
document, if there is one, otherwise the empty string. If there is a value
given to the method, the internal subset of the document is set to this
value. Note that none of the parsing methods preserve the internal subset
of a document; a freshly parsed document will always have an empty internal
subset. Also note, that the method doesn't do any syntactical check on a
given internal subset.</dd>
      

      
        <dt>
<b class="method">cdataSectionElements</b> <i class="m">(?URI:?localname|*) ?&lt;boolean&gt;?</i>
</dt>
        <dd>This method allows one to control for which element nodes
the text node children will be serialized as CDATA sections (this affects only
serialization with the asXML method, no text node is altered in any
way by this method). IF the method is called with an element name as
first argument and a boolean with value true as second argument, every
text node child of every element node in the document with the same
name as the first argument will be serialized as CDATA section. If the
second argument is a boolean with value false, all text nodes of all
elements with the same name as the first argument will be serialized
as usual. Namespaced element names have to be given in the form
namespace_URI:localname, not in the otherwise usual prefix:localname
form. With two arguments called, the method returns the used boolean
value. If the method is called with only an element name, it will
return a boolean value, indicating that the text node children of all
elements with that name in the document will be serialized as CDATA
section elements (return value 1) or not (return value 0). If the
method is called with only one argument and that argument is an
asterisk ('*'), then the method returns an unordered list of all
element names of the document, for which the text node children will be
serialized as CDATA section nodes.</dd>
      

      
        <dt>
<b class="method">selectNodesNamespaces</b> <b class="option">?prefixUriList?</b>
</dt>
        <dd>This method allows one to control a document global prefix
        to namespace URI mapping, which will be used for selectNodes
        method calls (on document as well as on all nodes, which
        belongs to the document) if it is not overwritten by using
        the -namespaces option of the selectNodes method. Any
        namespace prefix within an xpath expression will be first
        resolved against this list. If the list binds the same prefix
        to different namespaces, then the first binding will win. If a
        prefix could not resolved against the document global prefix /
        namespaces list, then the namespace definitions in scope of
        the context node will be used to resolve the prefix, as usual.
        If the optional argument <i class="m">prefixUriList</i> is given, then
        the global prefix / namespace list is set to this list and
        returns it. Without the optional argument the method returns
        the current list. The default is the empty list.</dd>
      

      
        <dt>
<b class="method">xslt</b> <b class="option">?-parameters
parameterList?</b> <b class="option">?-ignoreUndeclaredParameters?</b>
<b class="option">?-maxApplyDepth int?</b>
................................................................................
<p>The optional <i class="m">-parameters</i> option sets top level
&lt;xsl:param&gt; to string values. The <i class="m">parameterList</i> has to be a tcl
list consisting of parameter name and value pairs.</p>

<p>If the option <i class="m">-ignoreUndeclaredParameters</i> is given, then parameter
names in the <i class="m">parameterList</i> given to the <i class="m">-parameters</i> options that
are not declared as top-level parameters in the stylesheet are silently
ignored. Without this option, an error is raised if the user tries to set a
top-level parameter that is not declared in the stylesheet.</p>

<p>The option <i class="m">-maxApplyDepth</i> expects a positiv integer as
argument. By default, the xslt engine allows xslt templates to nest up
to 3000 levels (and raises error if they nest deeper). This limit can
be set by the <i class="m">-maxApplyDepth</i> option.</p>

<p>The <i class="m">-xsltmessagecmd</i> option sets a callback for xslt:message elements
................................................................................

      
        <dt>
<b class="method">toXSLTcmd</b> ?<i class="m">objVar</i>?</dt>
     
        <dd>If the DOM tree represents a valid XSLT stylesheet, this method
transforms the DOM tree into an xslt command, otherwise it returns error. The
created xsltCmd is returned and stored in the <i class="m">objVar</i>, if a var name was
given. A successful transformation of the DOM tree to an xsltCmd removes the
domDoc cmd and all nodeCmds of the document. 

<p>The syntax of the created xsltCmd is:</p>
 
<pre class="syntax">
<b class="cmd">xsltCmd</b> <b class="option">method</b> <b class="option">?arg ...?</b>
................................................................................
<p>The optional <i class="m">-parameters</i> option sets top level
&lt;xsl:param&gt; to string values. The <i class="m">parameterList</i> has to be a tcl
list consisting of parameter name and value pairs.</p>

<p>If the option <i class="m">-ignoreUndeclaredParameters</i> is given, then parameter
names in the <i class="m">parameterList</i> given to the <i class="m">-parameters</i> options that
are not declared as top-level parameters in the stylesheet are silently
ignored. Without this option, an error is raised if the user tries to set a
top-level parameter, which is not declared in the stylesheet.</p>

<p>The option <i class="m">-maxApplyDepth</i> expects a positiv integer as
argument. By default, the xslt engine allows xslt templates to nest up
to 3000 levels (and raises error if they nest deeper). This limit can
be set by the <i class="m">-maxApplyDepth</i> option.</p>

................................................................................
      

      
        <dt>
<b class="method">getElementById</b> <i class="m">id</i>
</dt>
        <dd>Returns the node having a id attribute with value
<i class="m">id</i> or the empty string, if no node has an id attribute with that value.</dd>
      

      
        <dt>
<b class="method">firstChild</b> <b class="variable">?objVar?</b>
</dt>
        <dd>Returns the first top level node of the document.</dd>
................................................................................
      

      
        <dt>
<b class="method">insertBefore</b> <i class="m">newChild</i>  <i class="m">refChild</i>
</dt>
        <dd>Insert <i class="m">newChild</i> before the <i class="m">refChild</i> into the list of
top level nodes of the document. If <i class="m">refChild</i> is the empty string, inserts
<i class="m">newChild</i> at the end of the top level nodes.</dd>
      

      
        <dt>
<b class="method">replaceChild</b> <i class="m">newChild</i>  <i class="m">oldChild</i>
</dt>
        <dd>Replaces <i class="m">oldChild</i> with <i class="m">newChild</i> in the list of
children of that node. The <i class="m">oldChild</i> node will be part of the
document fragment list after this operation.</dd>
      

      
        <dt>
<b class="method">appendFromList</b> <i class="m">list</i>
................................................................................
the xpath engine. Cast the value explicitly with the according xpath
functions (number(), boolean()) to another data type, if needed.</p>

<p>The option <i class="m">-namespaces</i> expects a tcl list with prefix /
namespace pairs as argument. If this option is not given, then any
namespace prefix within the xpath expression will be first resolved
against the list of prefix / namespace pairs set with the
selectNodesNamespaces method for the document the node belongs to. If
this fails, then the namespace definitions in scope of the context
node will be used to resolve the prefix. If this option is given, any
namespace prefix within the xpath expression will be first resolved
against that given list (and ignoring the document global prefix /
namespace list). If the list binds the same prefix to different
namespaces, then the first binding will win.  If this fails, then the
namespace definitions in scope of the context node will be used to
resolve the prefix, as usual.</p>

<p>If the <i class="m">-cache</i> option is used with a true value, then the
<i class="m">xpathQuery</i> will be looked up in a document specific cache. If
the query is found, then the stored pre-compiled query will be used.
If the query isn't found, it will be compiled and stored in the cache,
for use in further calls. Please notice, that the <i class="m">xpathQuery</i> as
given as string is used as key for the cache. This means that equal
XPath expressions, which differ only in white space, are treated as
different cache entries. Special care is needed if the XPath
expression includes namespace prefixes or references to tcl variables.
Both namespace prefixes and tcl variable references will be resolved
according to the XML prefix namespace mappings and tcl variable values
at expression compilation time. If the same XPath expression is used
later on in a context with other XML prefix namespace mappings or
values of the used tcl variables, make sure to first remove the
compiled expression from the cache with the help of the
................................................................................
from the cache, if it is there. The method always returns an
empty string.</dd>
      

  </dl><p>Otherwise, if an unknown method name is given, the command with the
same name as the given method within the namespace <tt class="samp">::dom::domDoc</tt> is
tried to be executed. This allows quick method additions on Tcl level.</p><p>Newly created nodes are appended to a hidden fragment list. If they
are not moved into the tree they are automatically deleted as soon as the whole
document gets deleted.</p>

    <h2><a name="SECTid0x1efaea0">SEE ALSO</a></h2><p class="seealso">dom, domNode</p>

    <h2><a name="SECTid0x1efb230">KEYWORDS</a></h2><p class="keywords">
<a class="keyword" href="keyword-index.html#KW-DOMnodecreation">DOM node creation</a>, <a class="keyword" href="keyword-index.html#KW-documentelement">document element</a>
</p>

</div><hr class="navsep"><div class="navbar" align="center">
<a class="navaid" href="index.html">Contents</a> · <a class="navaid" href="category-index.html">Index</a> · <a class="navaid" href="keyword-index.html">Keywords</a> · <a class="navaid" href="http://tdom.org">Repository</a>
</div>
</body>
</html>